Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Copyright © 2009 by Bachtiar Bima Mustriana, Yuniarti Dwi Arini and PT Intan Pariwara. No part of this publication may be reproduced,stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise,without prior written permission of the publisher.© Hak cipta dilindungi undang-undang, 2009 pada Tim Penyusun dan hak penerbitan pada PT Intan Pariwara, Anggota IKAPI Nomor016/JTE/79, Nomor Kode Penerbitan IP/424/2009.Dilarang mencetak ulang, menyimpan dalam sistem retrival, atau memindahkan dalam bentuk apa pun dan dengan cara bagaimanapun,elektronik, mekanik, fotokopi, rekaman, dan sebagainya, tanpa izin tertulis dari penerbit.Kode file IP2_BING7B_PG09.
Penyusun: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana, Yuniarti Dwi Arini; Editor: Cicik Kurniawati, Marta Yuliani; Ilustrator: Agung Suroso, Andi Kurniawan,Aris Partomo, Nunung Suparna, Rio Kuswanto; Desainer kover: Aris Partomo; Perwajahan: M. Aris Wibowo, M.M. Endang Iriyanti.Penanggung jawab produksi: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana.Dicetak oleh: PT Macanan Jaya Cemerlang, Kotak Pos 181, Klaten 57438, Indonesia (isi di luar tanggung jawab percetakan).
PT Intan Pariwara
Jalan Ki Hajar Dewantoro, Kotak Pos 111, Klaten 57438, Indonesia,Telp. (0272) 322441, Fax (0272) 322607, e-mail: [email protected] Konsumen: 0272 - 310 - 1515, e-mail: [email protected]
iiiPG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 iiiPG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Mari kita perhatikan dengan saksama rumusan di bawah ini.
Ubah Rutinitas + Lawan Kebosanan = Prestasi
Barangkali rumusan tersebut terlalu sederhana untuk menggambarkan kunci meraih kesuksesan belajar.Namun, kesederhanaan rumusan itu justru memudahkan kita untuk menerapkannya dalam berbagai konteks,tidak terkecuali dalam kegiatan belajar.
Sudah menjadi keniscayaan bahwa belajar semestinya memberikan pengalaman bermakna bagi pesertadidik. Oleh karena itu, strategi pembelajaran harus terus dikembangkan. Guru, sebagai pendidik, berpeluanguntuk menyusun strategi pembelajaran yang lebih baik.
Pembelajaran yang bermakna dapat diawali dengan penciptaan kondisi belajar yang nyaman. Jika pesertadidik merasa nyaman ketika belajar, mereka akan termotivasi untuk belajar dengan baik. Salah satunya denganmenata ruang belajar sesuai aspirasi peserta didik.
Belajar sebenarnya aktivitas yang menyenangkan. Belajar tidak sebatas menghafalkan materi yang tertulisdalam buku. Peserta didik perlu diajak mengenal lebih jauh suatu hal dengan bimbingan pendidik. Setapakdemi setapak cakrawala peserta didik menjadi terang benderang oleh sinar ilmu pengetahuan. Proses belajartadi merupakan pengalaman berharga yang membangun kepribadian mereka. Nah, menjadi tugas pendidikuntuk membantu peserta didik memaknai setiap pengalaman belajarnya. Yakinkan mereka bahwa tidak adayang sia-sia dari proses belajar yang mereka lalui. Jadi, mereka perlu menjalaninya dengan sungguh-sungguh.
Aktivitas belajar kadang-kadang menjebak peserta didik dan pendidik dalam rutinitas. Ketika rutinitasterbentuk, rasa bosan akan segera menyerang. Tentu sudah terbayangkan akibat yang akan dialami, bukan?Inilah tantangan yang dihadapi pendidik. Sebagai pendidik, guru dituntut untuk dapat mengubah kegiatanpembelajaran yang membosankan menjadi suatu kegiatan yang menarik. Jika perlu, ubahlah aktivitaspembelajaran menjadi petualangan yang mengasyikkan. Dengan mengadakan inovasi pembelajaran, pesertadidik akan terdorong untuk mengintegrasikan berbagai informasi yang diterima menjadi pengetahuan dankemampuan (kompetensi). Mereka dapat mengekspresikan kemampuan, mengemukakan pendapat, ataumengajukan pertanyaan. Pengalaman belajar tadi dapat diperoleh jika peserta didik mampu mengaitkan berbagaifenomena kehidupan dengan aneka konsep yang diajarkan di ruang kelas.
Guna mencapai pembelajaran seperti itu, suatu sarana belajar yang tepat sangat diperlukan. Sebagaisarana pembelajaran aktif, buku PG PR menawarkan skenario pembelajaran yang akan membangunpemahaman pengetahuan peserta didik baik melalui kegiatan belajar mandiri maupun bimbingan orang lain.Tentu saja kegiatan pembelajaran tersebut mengacu pada tuntutan ketercapaian kompetensi siswa.
Walaupun peserta didik dimotivasi untuk merumuskan sendiri pengetahuannya, buku PG PR jugamemberikan materi pokok yang harus dipelajari. Ini sebagai pijakan dasar mereka dalam mempelajari suatumateri. Inti materi disajikan secara ringkas dan lengkap sesuai tuntutan kurikulum. Dengan demikian, fokusbelajar peserta didik tetap terjaga.
Ketercapaian kompetensi peserta didik juga dapat diukur menggunakan buku PG PR melalui soal latihanyang bervariasi dalam setiap unitnya. Soal-soal dalam buku ini disusun dengan mengindahkan pola soal yanglazim digunakan dalam ulangan umum. Oleh karena itu, peserta didik dapat berlatih menyelesaikan soal-soaltersebut sehingga siap menghadapi ulangan nanti.
Berbagai kegatan variasi dan Reading Materials dalam PG PR menjadi amunisi pendidik untuk melawanperangkap rutinitas pembelajaran yang bermuara pada kebosanan. Semua keunggulan tadi mengukuhkanposisi buku PG PR sebagai mitra pendidik dalam menciptakan pembelajaran yang aktif, atraktif, dan bermakna.
Klaten, November 2009
Penyusun
Alokasi Waktu Kegiatan Tatap Muka Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VII Semester 2
Diolah dari Lampiran Peraturan Mendiknas RI Nomor 22 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah:Bab II Kerangka Dasar dan Struktur Kurikulum, Bab III Beban Belajar.
Keterangan:1. Satuan pendidikan dimungkinkan menambah maksimum 4 jam pelajaran per minggu secara keseluruhan.2. Alokasi waktu satu jam pembelajaran adalah 40 menit.3. Cara menghitung:
a. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (Jam Pembelajaran) = Alokasi Waktu × Minggu Efektif Per Tahunb. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (JP) × 1 Jam Pembelajaran (menit)c. Jumlah Jam Per Tahun = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) : 60 menit
4. Pengembangan diri bukan merupakan mata pelajaran yang harus diasuh oleh guru. Pengembangan diri bertujuan memberikankesempatan kepada peserta didik untuk mengembangkan dan mengekspresikan diri sesuai kebutuhan, bakat, dan minat setiappeserta didik sesuai dengan kondisi sekolah.
5. *) Ekuivalen 2 jam pembelajaran.
4. Bahasa Inggris 4 17–19 68–76 2.720–3.040 45,5–50,5
Mata Pelajaran AlokasiWaktu
Minggu EfektifPer Semester
Waktu PembelajaranPer Semester
(jam pembelajaran)
Waktu PembelajaranPer Semester
(menit)
Jumlah JamPer Semester(@ 60 menit)
KomponenAlokasiWaktu
Minggu EfektifPer Tahun
Ajaran
Waktu PembelajaranPer Tahun
(jam pembelajaran)
Waktu PembelajaranPer Tahun
(menit)
Jumlah JamPer Tahun
(@ 60 menit)
A. Mata Pelajaran
1. Pendidikan Agama 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
2. PendidikanKewarganegaraan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
3. Bahasa Indonesia 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
4. Bahasa Inggris 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
5. Matematika 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
6. IPA 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
7. IPS 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
8. Seni Budaya danKeterampilan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
9. PendidikanJasmani, Olahraga,dan Kesehatan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
10. Keterampilan/TIK 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3040 45–51
B. Muatan Lokal 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
Jumlah 32 374–418 1.088–1.216 43.520–48.640 725–811
Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untukKeseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas VII SMP/MTs
iv Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas VII SMP/MTs
vPG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Peraturan Menteri Pendidikan Nasional Republik Indonesia Nomor 22 Tahun 2006tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah
Lampiran 3 : Standar Kompetensi dan Kompetensi DasarMata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris untuk Sekolah Menengah Pertama (SMP)/Madrasah Tsanawiyah (MTs)
Kelas VII, Semester 2
Standar Kompetensi Kompetensi Dasar
7.1 Merespon makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) daninterpersonal (bersosialisasi) sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterimauntuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: memintadan memberi jasa, meminta dan memberi barang, serta meminta dan memberi fakta
7.2 Merespon makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) daninterpersonal (bersosialisasi) sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterimauntuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: memintadan memberi pendapat, menyatakan suka dan tidak suka, meminta klarifikasi, danmerespon secara interpersonal
8.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhanasecara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat
8.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam monolog sangat sederhana secara akurat,lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teksberbentuk descriptive dan procedure
9.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) daninterpersonal (bersosialisasi) sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasalisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekatyang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi jasa, meminta dan memberibarang, dan meminta dan memberi fakta
9.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) daninterpersonal (bersosialisasi) sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasalisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekatyang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi pendapat, menyatakan suka dantidak suka, meminta klarifikasi, merespon secara interpersonal
10.1 Mengungkapkan makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangatsederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, danberterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat
10.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sangat sederhana denganmenggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksidengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan procedure
11.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhanasecara akurat, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat
11.2 Merespon makna dan langkah retorika secara akurat, lancar dan berterima dalamesei sangat sederhana yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teksberbentuk descriptive dan procedure
11.3 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks fungsional dan esei pendek dan sangat sederhanaberbentuk descriptive dan procedure dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterima
12.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana denganmenggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untukberinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat
12.2 Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sangat sederhana denganmenggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksidengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan procedure
Mendengarkan7. Memahami makna dalam per-
cakapan transaksional daninterpersonal sangat sederhanauntuk berinteraksi dengan lingkunganterdekat
8. Memahami makna dalam teks lisanfungsional dan monolog pendeksangat sederhana yang berbentukdescriptive dan procedure untukberinteraksi dengan lingkunganterdekat
Berbicara9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam
percakapan transaksional daninterpersonal sangat sederhanauntuk berinteraksi dengan lingkunganterdekat
10. Mengungkapkan makna dalam tekslisan fungsional dan monologpendek sangat sederhana berbentukdescriptive dan procedure untukberinteraksi dengan lingkunganterdekat
Membaca11. Memahami makna teks tulis
fungsional dan esei pendek sangatsederhana berbentuk descriptive danprocedure yang berkaitan denganlingkungan terdekat
Menulis12. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks
tulis fungsional dan esei pendeksangat sederhana berbentukdescriptive dan procedure untukberinteraksi dengan lingkunganterdekat
vi Kegiatan Tatap Mukavi Daftar Isi
SILABUS 1– 28
– Unit 1 Descriptives– Unit 2 Descriptives– Unit 3 Procedures
UNIT 1 Descriptives 29– 74
– Expressing Likes and Dislikes– Asking for and Giving Opinions– Genre: Descriptive– Prepositions– Telling Time– Announcements and Greeting Cards
UNIT 2 Descriptives 75–118
– Asking for and Giving Things– Genre: Descriptive– The Simple Present Tense– Announcements and Notices
Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester 119–130
UNIT 3 Procedures 131–198
– Asking for and Giving Facts– Asking for and Giving Services– Asking for Clarification– Responding Interpersonally– Genre: Procedure– Adverbs– Warnings and Tips
Latihan Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas 199–209
Daftar Pustaka 210
1PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
SIL
AB
US
Un
it 1
Des
crip
tive
s
Nam
a S
eko
lah
:S
MP
/MT
s . .
.K
elas
/Sem
este
r:
VII/
2M
ata
Pel
ajar
an:
Bah
asa
Ing
gri
sU
nit
:1
Gen
re:
Des
crip
tive
Sta
nd
ar K
om
pet
ensi
:M
end
eng
arka
n7.
Mem
aham
i m
akn
a d
alam
per
caka
pan
tra
nsa
ksio
nal
dan
in
terp
erso
nal
san
gat
sed
erh
ana
un
tuk
ber
inte
raks
i d
eng
an l
ing
kun
gan
ter
dek
at.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
4 4
0'7.
2 M
eres
pons
mak
na d
alam
perc
akap
antr
ansa
ksio
nal
(to
get t
hing
sdo
ne)
dan
inte
rper
sona
l(b
erso
sial
isas
i)sa
ngat
sede
rhan
ase
cara
aku
rat,
lanc
ar,
dan
bert
erim
aun
tuk
berin
tera
ksi
deng
anlin
gkun
gan
terd
ekat
yan
gm
elib
atka
ntin
dak
tutu
r:m
emin
ta d
anm
emb
eri
pen
dap
at,
men
yata
kan
suka
dan
tid
aksu
ka,
mem
inta
klar
ifika
si,
dan
mer
espo
nsse
cara
inte
rper
sona
l.
•P
erca
kapa
ntr
ansa
ksio
nal d
anin
terp
erso
nal y
ang
mem
uat
ungk
apan
mem
inta
dan
mem
beri
pend
apat
sert
a m
enya
taka
nsu
ka d
an ti
dak
suka
.
•M
ampu
ber
eaks
iat
au m
eres
pons
deng
an b
enar
terh
adap
tin
dak
tutu
r: m
emin
ta d
anm
embe
ri pe
ndap
atse
rta
men
yata
kan
suka
dan
tida
ksu
ka.
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
2–5.
•K
amus
Ingg
ris–
Indo
nesi
ada
nIn
done
sia–
Ingg
ris.
•B
uku-
buku
lain
yan
gre
leva
n.
1.M
emah
ami
perc
akap
an d
anbe
rbag
ai u
ngka
pan
mem
inta
dan
mem
beri
pend
apat
ser
tam
enya
taka
n su
ka d
antid
ak s
uka.
2.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
aper
seps
i yan
gbe
rkai
tan
deng
anun
gkap
an y
ang
diba
has.
3.M
enyi
mak
kal
imat
-ka
limat
yan
gdi
baca
kan
guru
, la
lum
enul
is k
alim
at-
kalim
at t
erse
but.
4.M
elen
gkap
ipe
rcak
apan
berd
asar
kan
perc
akap
an y
ang
diba
caka
n gu
ru.
5.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
berd
asar
kan
perc
akap
an p
ada
kegi
atan
seb
elum
nya.
•N
on te
s
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s lis
an
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•D
ikte
•Is
ian
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g di
alog
.
•A
nsw
er t
hefo
llow
ing
ques
tions
.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Writ
edo
wn
his/
her
sent
ence
s.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Com
plet
eth
e fo
llow
ing
dial
ogba
sed
on w
hat y
ouha
ve h
eard
.
•A
nsw
er t
hefo
llow
ing
ques
tions
bas
edon
the
dial
og in
Task
B.
2 Silabus Unit 1 Descriptives
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k d
anU
raia
n M
ater
iK
egia
tan
Pem
bel
ajar
anIn
dik
ato
rA
loka
siW
aktu
Su
mb
er B
elaj
ar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
6.M
enen
tuka
npe
rnya
taan
ben
ar a
tau
sala
h be
rdas
arka
npe
rcak
apan
yan
gdi
baca
kan
guru
.
7.M
enca
ri ar
ti da
ri ka
ta-
kata
yan
g te
rsed
ia.
8.M
emili
h ja
wab
an y
ang
tepa
t be
rdas
arka
npe
rcak
apan
yan
gdi
baca
kan
guru
.
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•P
erny
ataa
nbe
nar/
sala
h
•U
raia
n
•P
iliha
nga
nda
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Are
the
follo
win
gst
atem
ents
true
(T
)or
fals
e (F
) ba
sed
on w
hat y
ou h
ave
hear
d? C
orre
ct th
efa
lse
ones
.
•F
ind
the
mea
ning
sof
the
follo
win
gw
ords
. You
will
hear
them
in th
edi
alog
s in
Tas
k F.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Cho
ose
A, B
, C o
r D
for
the
corr
ect
answ
er.
Sta
nd
ar K
om
pet
ensi
:M
end
eng
arka
n8.
Mem
aham
i mak
na
dal
am t
eks
lisan
fu
ng
sio
nal
dan
mo
no
log
pen
dek
san
gat
sed
erh
ana
yan
g b
erb
entu
k de
scrip
tive
dan
proc
edur
e u
ntu
kb
erin
tera
ksi
den
gan
lin
gku
ng
an t
erd
ekat
.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
17–1
8.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.
2 4
0'•
Teks
fun
gsio
nal
pend
ek li
san:
anno
unce
men
ts.
1.M
enyi
mak
con
toh
peng
umum
an li
san
bese
rta
penj
elas
anny
a.
2.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
aper
seps
i yan
gbe
rkai
tan
deng
anpe
ngum
uman
.
3.M
enca
ri ar
ti ka
ta-k
ata
yang
ter
sedi
a.
•M
ampu
mem
aham
im
akna
yan
gte
rdap
at d
alam
tek
slis
an f
ungs
iona
lpe
ndek
sed
erha
nabe
rben
tuk
peng
umum
anse
cara
aku
rat,
lanc
ar,
dan
bert
erim
a un
tuk
berin
tera
ksi d
alam
kont
eks
kehi
dupa
nse
hari-
hari.
•N
on te
s
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•U
raia
n
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g te
xt.
•A
nsw
er t
hefo
llow
ing
ques
tions
.
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g w
ords
.F
ind
out t
heir
mea
ning
s.
8.1
Mer
espo
nsm
akna
yan
gte
rdap
at d
alam
teks
lisa
nfu
ngsi
onal
pend
ek s
anga
tse
derh
ana
seca
ra a
kura
t,la
ncar
, da
nbe
rter
ima
untu
k
3PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k d
anU
raia
n M
ater
iK
egia
tan
Pem
bel
ajar
anIn
dik
ato
rA
loka
siW
aktu
Su
mb
er B
elaj
ar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
berin
tera
ksi
deng
anlin
gkun
gan
terd
ekat
.
8.2
Mer
espo
nsm
akna
yan
gte
rdap
at d
alam
mon
olog
san
gat
sede
rhan
ase
cara
aku
rat,
lanc
ar,
dan
bert
erim
a un
tuk
berin
tera
ksi
deng
anlin
gkun
gan
terd
ekat
dal
amte
ks b
erbe
ntuk
desc
riptiv
eda
npr
oced
ure.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Com
plet
eth
e fo
llow
ing
text
base
d on
wha
tyo
u ha
ve h
eard
.
•A
nsw
er t
hequ
estio
ns b
ased
on th
ean
noun
cem
ent
inTa
sk B
.
•R
ead
the
follo
win
gm
onol
og.
•A
nsw
er t
hefo
llow
ing
ques
tions
.
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g w
ords
.F
ind
out t
heir
mea
ning
s.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Com
plet
eth
e fo
llow
ing
text
base
d on
wha
tyo
u ha
ve h
eard
.
•A
nsw
er t
hefo
llow
ing
ques
tions
bas
edon
the
text
inTa
sk B
.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Cho
ose
A, B
, C o
r D
for
the
corr
ect
answ
er.
•M
ampu
mer
espo
nsm
akna
yan
gte
rdap
at d
alam
mon
olog
pen
dek
sede
rhan
a se
cara
akur
at, l
anca
r, da
nbe
rter
ima
dala
mte
ksde
scrip
tive.
4.M
elen
gkap
i tek
spe
ngum
uman
berd
asar
kan
peng
umum
an y
ang
diba
caka
n gu
ru.
5.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
berd
asar
kan
peng
umum
an y
ang
disi
mak
pad
a ke
giat
anse
belu
mny
a.
6.M
emah
ami c
onto
hm
onol
ogde
scrip
tive
dan
penj
elas
anny
a.
7.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
aper
seps
i yan
gbe
rkai
tan
deng
an t
eks
desc
riptiv
e te
ntan
gru
mah
dan
kel
uarg
a.
8.M
enca
ri ar
ti ka
ta-k
ata
yang
ter
sedi
a.
9.M
elen
gkap
i tek
sde
scrip
tive
lisan
berd
asar
kan
mon
olog
yang
dib
acak
an g
uru.
10.
Men
jaw
ab p
erta
nyaa
nbe
rdas
arka
n te
kspa
da k
egia
tan
sebe
lum
nya.
11.
Mem
ilih
jaw
aban
yan
gte
pat
berd
asar
kan
mon
olog
yan
gdi
baca
kan
guru
.
•M
onol
ogde
scrip
tive.
•K
osak
ata
yang
terk
ait t
opik
yan
gdi
pilih
.
• T
es tu
lis
•Te
s lis
an
•N
on te
s
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
• T
es tu
lis
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•Is
ian
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•U
raia
n
•Is
ian
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•P
iliha
nga
nda
2 4
0'
•B
uku-
buku
lain
yan
gre
leva
n.
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
7, 1
1–12
.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
4 Silabus Unit 1 Descriptives
Sta
nd
ar K
om
pet
ensi
:B
erb
icar
a9.
Men
gu
ng
kap
kan
mak
na
dal
am p
erca
kap
an tr
ansa
ksio
nal
dan
inte
rper
son
al s
ang
at s
eder
han
a u
ntu
k b
erin
tera
ksi d
eng
an li
ng
kun
gan
terd
ekat
.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
5–7.
•K
amus
Ingg
ris–
Indo
nesi
a da
nIn
done
sia–
Ingg
ris.
•B
uku-
buku
lain
yan
gre
leva
n.
4 4
0'9.
2 M
eng-
ungk
apka
nm
akna
dal
ampe
rcak
apan
tran
saks
iona
l(t
o ge
t thi
ngs
done
) da
nin
terp
erso
nal
(ber
sosi
alis
asi)
sang
atse
derh
ana
deng
anm
engg
unak
anra
gam
bah
asa
lisan
sec
ara
akur
at,
lanc
ar,
dan
bert
erim
aun
tuk
berin
tera
ksi
deng
anlin
gkun
gan
terd
ekat
yan
gm
elib
atka
ntin
dak
tutu
r:m
emin
ta d
anm
emb
eri
pen
dap
at,
men
yata
kan
suka
dan
tid
aksu
ka,
mem
inta
klar
ifika
si,
dan
mer
espo
nsse
cara
inte
rper
sona
l.
•P
erca
kapa
ntr
ansa
ksio
nal d
anin
terp
erso
nal y
ang
mel
ibat
kan
tinda
ktu
tur
mem
inta
dan
mem
beri
pend
apat
ser
tam
enya
taka
n su
kaat
au ti
dak
suka
.
1.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
berd
asar
kan
perc
akap
an y
ang
ters
edia
.
2.M
elen
gkap
ipe
rcak
apan
den
gan
ungk
apan
-ung
kapa
nda
lam
kot
ak y
ang
sesu
ai.
3.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
berd
asar
kan
perc
akap
an p
ada
kegi
atan
seb
elum
nya.
4.B
erta
nya
jaw
abte
ntan
g ha
l-hal
yan
gdi
suka
i dan
yan
g tid
akdi
suka
i tem
an,
lalu
men
ulis
has
il ta
nya
jaw
ab te
rseb
ut k
eda
lam
kol
om y
ang
sesu
ai.
5.M
enyu
sun
kalim
at-
kalim
at a
cak
men
jadi
perc
akap
an y
ang
baik
.6.
Mem
pera
gaka
npe
rcak
apan
yan
gsu
dah
urut
.
7.M
elen
gkap
i kal
imat
soal
den
gan
kata
yan
gte
pat
berd
asar
kan
perc
akap
an p
ada
kegi
atan
seb
elum
nya.
8.M
embu
at p
erca
kapa
nbe
rdas
arka
n si
tuas
iya
ng t
erse
dia,
lalu
mem
pera
gaka
npe
rcak
apan
yan
g te
lah
dibu
at.
•M
ampu
mel
akuk
anbe
rbag
ai t
inda
ktu
tur
dala
m w
acan
alis
an t
rans
aksi
onal
/in
terp
erso
nal
sepe
rti:
mem
inta
dan
mem
beri
pend
apat
ser
tam
enya
taka
n su
kaat
au ti
dak
suka
.
•M
ampu
men
gem
bang
kan
wac
ana
tran
saks
iona
l/in
terp
erso
nal
pend
ek m
enja
dise
buah
obr
olan
atau
inte
raks
iona
lya
ng le
bih
panj
ang.
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•Is
ian
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•Ta
nya
jaw
ab
•M
enyu
sun
kalim
atac
ak•
Unj
uk k
erja
•Is
ian
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•R
ead
the
dial
og.
Ans
wer
the
ques
tions
tha
tfo
llow
.
•C
ompl
ete
the
follo
win
g di
alog
with
the
corr
ect
expr
essi
ons
from
the
box.
•A
nsw
er th
efo
llow
ing
ques
tions
base
d on
the
dial
og in
Tas
k B
.
•In
turn
s, a
skw
heth
er y
our
frien
d lik
es o
rdi
slik
es th
eac
tiviti
es in
the
tabl
e. P
ut a
tick
(✔)
in th
e rig
ht c
olum
n.S
ee th
e ex
ampl
e.
•P
ut t
he fo
llow
ing
sent
ence
s in
the
corr
ect o
rder
toge
t a g
ood
dial
og.
•C
ompl
ete
the
follo
win
g st
atem
ents
with
th
e
pro
pe
rw
ords
bas
ed o
n th
edi
alog
in T
ask
E.
•M
ake
dial
ogs
base
d on
the
follo
win
gsi
tuat
ions
.
5PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Sta
nd
ar K
om
pet
ensi
:B
erb
icar
a10
.M
eng
un
gka
pka
n m
akn
a d
alam
tek
s lis
an f
un
gsi
on
al d
an m
on
olo
g p
end
ek s
ang
at s
eder
han
a b
erb
entu
k de
scrip
tive
dan
proc
edur
e u
ntu
kb
erin
tera
ksi
den
gan
lin
gku
ng
an t
erd
ekat
.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
18–1
9.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
12.
•K
amus
Ingg
ris–
Indo
nesi
a da
nIn
done
sia–
Ingg
ris.
•B
uku-
buku
lain
yan
gre
leva
n.
1 4
0'
2 4
0'
•Te
ks li
san
fung
sion
alpe
ndek
:pe
ngum
uman
.
•M
onol
ogde
scrip
tive.
•K
osak
ata
yang
terk
ait t
opik
yan
gdi
pilih
.
1.M
embu
atpe
ngum
uman
lisa
nbe
rdas
arka
n ka
ta-k
ata
kunc
i yan
g te
rsed
ia.
2.M
embu
atpe
ngum
uman
lisa
nbe
rdas
arka
n si
tuas
iya
ng t
erse
dia,
lalu
mem
baca
nya
ring
peng
umum
an y
ang
tela
h di
buat
.
3.M
ence
ritak
an k
emba
lite
ksde
scrip
tive
deng
an k
ata-
kata
send
iri.
4.M
elak
ukan
mon
olog
desc
ript
ive
berd
asar
kan
gam
bar
yang
ter
sedi
a.
5.B
erm
onol
og t
enta
ngru
mah
ata
u sa
lah
satu
ruan
gan
yang
ada
di
rum
ah.
•M
ampu
mel
akuk
anm
onol
og d
alam
bent
ukpe
ngum
uman
deng
an la
ncar
dan
bert
erim
a.
•M
ampu
mel
akuk
anm
onol
og d
alam
tek
sbe
rben
tuk
desc
riptiv
e de
ngan
raga
m b
ahas
a lis
anse
cara
lanc
ar d
anbe
rter
ima.
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•M
ake
anan
noun
cem
ent
base
d on
the
follo
win
g cu
ew
ords
.
•M
ake
anno
unce
men
tsba
sed
on th
efo
llow
ing
situ
atio
ns.
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g te
xt.
Ret
ell i
t usi
ngyo
ur o
wn
wor
ds.
•Lo
ok a
t the
pict
ure.
Des
crib
eit
brie
fly.
•D
escr
ibe
your
hous
e or
one
of
the
room
s in
you
rho
use
oral
ly.
10.1
Men
g-un
gkap
kan
mak
na y
ang
terd
apat
dal
amte
ks li
san
fung
sion
alpe
ndek
san
gat
sede
rhan
ase
cara
aku
rat,
lanc
ar,
dan
bert
erim
aun
tuk
berin
tera
ksi
deng
anlin
gkun
gan
terd
ekat
.
10.2
Men
g-un
gkap
kan
mak
na d
alam
mon
olog
pend
ek s
anga
tse
derh
ana
seca
ra a
kura
t,la
ncar
, da
nbe
rter
ima
untu
kbe
rinte
raks
ide
ngan
lingk
unga
nte
rdek
at d
alam
teks
ber
bent
ukde
scrip
tive
dan
proc
edur
e.
6 Silabus Unit 1 Descriptives
Sta
nd
ar K
om
pet
ensi
:M
emb
aca
11.
Mem
aham
i m
akn
a te
ks t
ulis
fu
ng
sio
nal
dan
ese
i p
end
ek s
ang
at s
eder
han
a b
erb
entu
k de
scrip
tive
dan
proc
edur
e ya
ng
ber
kait
an d
eng
anlin
gku
ng
an t
erd
ekat
.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
19–2
0.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
8–11
,13
–16.
•K
amus
Ingg
ris–
Indo
nesi
a da
nIn
done
sia–
Ingg
ris.
•B
uku-
buku
lain
yan
gre
leva
n.
1 4
0'
4 4
0'
•Te
ks f
ungs
iona
lpe
ndek
tulis
: kar
tuuc
apan
(gr
eetin
gca
rds)
.
•Te
ks d
escr
iptiv
e.
•K
ata
depa
n(p
repo
sitio
n).
•U
ngka
pan
untu
km
enan
yaka
n at
aum
enya
taka
nw
aktu
.
•K
osak
ata
yang
terk
ait t
opik
yan
gdi
pilih
.
1.M
emah
ami c
onto
hka
rtu
ucap
an d
anpe
njel
asan
nya.
2.M
enye
butk
an is
i tek
s(k
artu
uca
pan)
yan
gte
rsed
ia.
3.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
berd
asar
kan
kart
uuc
apan
pad
a ke
giat
anse
belu
mny
a.
4.M
enjo
dohk
an s
ituas
i-si
tuas
i den
gan
kart
uuc
apan
yan
g se
suai
.
5.M
emah
ami c
onto
hte
ksde
scrip
tive
tulis
dan
penj
elas
anny
a.
6.M
emah
ami c
onto
hda
n pe
njel
asan
tent
ang
prep
ositi
onda
ntim
e.
7.M
enyu
sun
para
graf
acak
men
jadi
teks
yang
bai
k.
8.M
enen
tuka
npe
rnya
taan
ben
ar a
tau
sala
h be
rdas
arka
nte
ks p
ada
kegi
atan
sebe
lum
nya.
•M
ampu
mer
espo
nsm
akna
yan
gte
rdap
at d
alam
tek
sfu
ngsi
onal
pen
dek
berb
entu
k ka
rtu
ucap
an d
enga
nbe
nar.
•M
ampu
mem
baca
nyar
ing
seca
rabe
rmak
na w
acan
ape
ndek
sed
erha
na.
•M
ampu
men
gide
ntifi
kasi
mak
na g
agas
an(id
easi
onal
) da
nin
form
asi f
aktu
alda
lam
teks
, m
ain
idea
s,su
ppor
ting
idea
s,de
tails
.
•M
ampu
men
gide
ntifi
kasi
lang
kah-
lang
kah
reto
rika
dala
mw
acan
a de
scrip
tive.
•N
on te
s
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•N
on te
s
•N
on te
s
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•M
enjo
doh-
kan
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•M
enyu
sun
para
graf
acak
•P
erny
ataa
nbe
nar/
sala
h
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g te
xt.
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g te
xt.
Wha
t is
it ab
out?
•A
nsw
er t
hefo
llow
ing
ques
tions
bas
edon
the
text
inTa
sk A
.
•M
atch
the
follo
win
gsi
tuat
ions
with
the
suita
ble
gree
ting
card
s.
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g te
xt.
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g di
alog
.
•P
ut t
he fo
llow
ing
para
grap
hs in
the
corr
ect o
rder
toge
t a g
ood
text
.
•A
re th
e st
atem
ents
belo
w tr
ue (
T)
orfa
lse
(F)
base
d on
the
text
in T
ask
A?
Cor
rect
the
fals
eon
es.
11.1
Mer
espo
nsm
akna
yan
gte
rdap
at d
alam
teks
tulis
fung
sion
alpe
ndek
san
gat
sede
rhan
ase
cara
aku
rat,
lanc
ar,
dan
bert
erim
a ya
ngbe
rkai
tan
deng
anlin
gkun
gan
terd
ekat
.
11.2
Mer
espo
nsm
akna
dan
lang
kah
reto
rika
seca
raak
urat
, la
ncar
,da
n be
rter
ima
dala
m e
sei
sang
atse
derh
ana
yang
ber
kaita
nde
ngan
lingk
unga
nte
rdek
at d
alam
teks
ber
bent
ukde
scrip
tive
dan
proc
edur
e.
7PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k d
anU
raia
n M
ater
iK
egia
tan
Pem
bel
ajar
anIn
dik
ato
rA
loka
siW
aktu
Su
mb
er B
elaj
ar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
9.M
elen
gkap
i fam
ily t
ree
berd
asar
kan
teks
pada
keg
iata
nse
belu
mny
a.
10.
Men
jaw
ab p
erta
nyaa
nbe
rdas
arka
n te
ks y
ang
ters
edia
.
11.
Mem
ilih
jaw
aban
yan
gte
pat
berd
asar
kan
teks
yan
g te
rsed
ia.
12.
Men
gart
ikan
kat
a-ka
taya
ng t
erse
dia,
lalu
men
entu
kan
tem
pat
dim
ana
bend
a te
rseb
utbi
asa
terle
tak.
13.
Men
ulis
kal
imat
men
ggun
akan
prep
ositi
onbe
rdas
arka
nga
mba
r-ga
mba
rya
ng t
erse
dia.
14.
Mel
engk
api t
eks
deng
an w
aktu
yan
gte
pat
sesu
ai d
enga
nja
dwal
yan
g te
rsed
ia.
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Is
ian
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•P
iliha
nga
nda
•Id
entif
ikas
i
•U
raia
n
•Is
ian
•C
ompl
ete
the
follo
win
g fa
mily
tree
bas
ed o
n th
ete
xt in
Tas
k A
.
• R
ead
the
text
.A
nsw
er t
hequ
estio
ns t
hat
follo
w.
•
Cho
ose
A, B
, C o
rD
for
the
corr
ect
answ
er.
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g w
ords
and
find
thei
rm
eani
ngs.
Put
atic
k (✔
) in
the
colu
mns
whe
reyo
u us
ually
find
such
thi
ngs.
•W
rite
sent
ence
sab
out
the
follo
win
g pi
ctur
esus
ing
prop
erpr
epos
ition
s. S
eeth
e ex
ampl
e.
•Lo
ok a
t the
follo
win
g tim
esc
hedu
le.
Com
plet
e th
e te
xtba
sed
on th
e tim
esc
hedu
le.
11.3
Mem
baca
nyar
ing
berm
akna
tek
sfu
ngsi
onal
dan
esei
pen
dek
dan
sang
atse
derh
ana
berb
entu
kde
scrip
tive
dan
proc
edur
ede
ngan
ucap
an,
teka
nan,
dan
into
nasi
yan
gbe
rter
ima.
8 Silabus Unit 1 Descriptives
Sta
nd
ar K
om
pet
ensi
:M
enu
lis12
.M
eng
un
gka
pka
n m
akn
a d
alam
tek
s tu
lis f
un
gsi
on
al d
an e
sei
pen
dek
san
gat
sed
erh
ana
ber
ben
tuk
desc
riptiv
ed
anpr
oced
ure
un
tuk
ber
inte
raks
i d
eng
an l
ing
kun
gan
ter
dek
at.
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
20.
•K
amus
Ingg
ris–
Indo
nesi
a da
nIn
done
sia–
Ingg
ris.
•B
uku-
buku
lain
yan
gre
leva
n.
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
16–1
7.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
1 4
0'
2 4
0'
12.1
Men
g-un
gkap
kan
mak
na d
alam
teks
tulis
fung
sion
alpe
ndek
san
gat
sede
rhan
ade
ngan
men
ggun
akan
raga
m b
ahas
atu
lis s
ecar
aak
urat
, la
ncar
,da
n be
rter
ima
untu
kbe
rinte
raks
ide
ngan
lingk
unga
nte
rdek
at.
12.2
Men
g-un
gkap
kan
mak
na d
anla
ngka
h re
torik
ada
lam
ese
ipe
ndek
san
gat
sede
rhan
ade
ngan
men
ggun
akan
raga
m b
ahas
atu
lis s
ecar
aak
urat
, lan
car,
dan
bert
erim
aun
tuk
berin
tera
ksi
deng
anlin
gkun
gan
terd
ekat
dal
amte
ks b
erbe
ntuk
desc
riptiv
eda
npr
oced
ure.
•Te
ks f
ungs
iona
lpe
ndek
tulis
: kar
tuuc
apan
(gr
eetin
gca
rds)
.
•Te
ks d
escr
iptiv
e.
1.M
embu
at k
artu
ucap
an b
erda
sark
ansi
tuas
i yan
g te
rsed
ia.
2.M
enul
is k
artu
uca
pan
deng
an t
opik
beb
as.
3.M
enga
mat
i pos
isi l
ima
bend
a di
dal
am k
elas
,la
lu m
enul
is k
alim
atte
ntan
g ha
l ter
sebu
t.
4.M
enul
is li
ma
kalim
atte
ntan
g w
aktu
sis
wa
mel
akuk
an k
egia
tan
seha
ri-ha
ri.
5M
emah
ami t
eks,
lalu
mem
buat
fam
ily t
ree
berd
asar
kan
teks
ters
ebut
.
6.M
enul
is t
eks
desc
riptiv
e te
ntan
gke
luar
ga t
eman
dek
atbe
rdas
arka
n ta
nya
jaw
ab y
ang
dila
kuka
n.
•M
ampu
men
ulis
berb
agai
tek
s un
tuk
kom
unik
asi s
ehar
i-ha
ri se
pert
i ka
rtu
ucap
an d
enga
nbe
nar
dan
bert
erim
a.
•M
ampu
men
ulis
berb
agai
tek
ste
ruta
ma
yang
berb
entu
kde
scrip
tive
deng
anla
ngka
h re
torik
ada
n st
rukt
ur te
ksya
ng b
enar
dan
bert
erim
a.
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•E
sai
•E
sai
•U
raia
n
•U
raia
n
•U
raia
n
•E
sai
•W
rite
gree
ting
card
s ba
sed
onth
e fo
llow
ing
situ
atio
ns.
•W
rite
a gr
eetin
gca
rd. Y
ou’re
free
to c
hoos
e yo
urow
n to
pic.
•N
otic
e fiv
e th
ings
in y
our c
lass
room
.W
rite
the
posi
tions
of th
e th
ings
usi
ngpr
epos
ition
s.
•W
rite
five
sent
ence
s te
lling
the
time
you
doyo
ur d
aily
act
iviti
es.
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g te
xt.
Mak
e a
fam
ily tr
eeba
sed
on th
e te
xt.
•A
sk y
our c
lose
frie
nd a
bout
his
/he
r fa
mily
. Writ
ea
desc
riptiv
e ab
out
his/
her
fam
ily.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
9PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
SIL
AB
US
Un
it 2
Des
crip
tive
s
Nam
a S
eko
lah
:S
MP
/MT
s . .
.K
elas
/Sem
este
r:
VII/
2M
ata
Pel
ajar
an:
Bah
asa
Ing
gri
sU
nit
:2
Gen
re:
Des
crip
tive
Sta
nd
ar K
om
pet
ensi
:M
end
eng
arka
n7.
Mem
aham
i m
akn
a d
alam
per
caka
pan
tra
nsa
ksio
nal
dan
in
terp
erso
nal
san
gat
sed
erh
ana
un
tuk
ber
inte
raks
i d
eng
an l
ing
kun
gan
ter
dek
at.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
3 4
0'7.
1 M
eres
pons
mak
na d
alam
perc
akap
antr
ansa
ksio
nal
(to
get t
hing
sdo
ne)
dan
inte
rper
sona
l(b
erso
sial
isas
i)sa
ngat
sede
rhan
ase
cara
aku
rat,
lanc
ar,
dan
bert
erim
aun
tuk
berin
tera
ksi
deng
anlin
gkun
gan
terd
ekat
yan
gm
elib
atka
ntin
dak
tutu
r:m
emin
ta d
anm
embe
ri ja
sa,
mem
inta
dan
mem
ber
ib
aran
g,
sert
am
emin
ta d
anm
embe
ri fa
kta.
•P
erca
kapa
ntr
ansa
ksio
nal d
anin
terp
erso
nal y
ang
mem
uat
ungk
apan
untu
k m
emin
tada
n m
embe
riba
rang
.
•M
ampu
ber
eaks
iat
au m
eres
pons
deng
an b
enar
terh
adap
tin
dak
tutu
r: m
emin
ta d
anm
embe
ri ba
rang
.
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
26–2
9.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
1.M
emba
ca d
anm
emah
ami
perc
akap
an d
alam
gam
bar
sert
a be
rbag
aiun
gkap
an m
emin
tada
n m
embe
ri ba
rang
.
2.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
aper
seps
i yan
gbe
rkai
tan
deng
anm
ater
i pad
a un
itse
belu
mny
a.
3.M
elen
gkap
i tek
spe
rcak
apan
berd
asar
kan
perc
akap
an y
ang
diba
caka
n gu
ru.
4.M
enen
tuka
n ap
akah
pern
yata
an y
ang
ters
edia
ben
ar a
tau
sala
h be
rdas
arka
npe
rcak
apan
pad
ake
giat
an s
ebel
umny
a,la
lu m
embe
tulk
anpe
rnya
taan
yan
gsa
lah.
•N
on te
s
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•Is
ian
•P
erny
ataa
nbe
nar/
sala
h
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g di
alog
s.
•A
nsw
er t
hefo
llow
ing
ques
tions
.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Com
plet
e th
efo
llow
ing
dial
ogs
base
d on
wha
tyo
u ha
ve h
eard
.
•A
re t
he fo
llow
ing
stat
emen
ts t
rue
(T)
or fa
lse
(F)
base
d on
the
dial
ogs
inTa
sk A
? C
orre
ctth
e fa
lse
ones
.
10 Silabus Unit 2 Descriptives
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k d
anU
raia
n M
ater
iK
egia
tan
Pem
bel
ajar
anIn
dik
ato
rA
loka
siW
aktu
Su
mb
er B
elaj
ar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
5.M
enyi
mak
per
caka
pan
yang
dib
acak
an g
uru,
lalu
men
iruka
nnya
.6.
Men
entu
kan
topi
kse
tiap
perc
akap
an.
7.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
berd
asar
kan
perc
akap
an p
ada
kegi
atan
seb
elum
nya.
8.M
engi
ngat
kem
bali
nam
a-na
ma
bagi
anw
ajah
yan
g te
lah
dipe
laja
ri pa
dase
mes
ter
sebe
lum
nya,
kem
udia
nm
enye
butk
an n
ama
bagi
an-b
agia
n w
ajah
itu.
9.M
enca
ri ar
ti ka
ta-k
ata
yang
ter
sedi
a.
10.
Men
jodo
hkan
desk
ripsi
den
gan
gam
bar
yang
ter
sedi
a.
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•U
raia
n
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•U
raia
n
•U
raia
n
•M
enjo
doh-
kan
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Rep
eat
afte
r hi
m/h
er.
Wha
t is
each
dial
og a
bout
?
•A
nsw
er t
hequ
estio
ns b
ased
on th
e di
alog
s in
Task
C.
•R
ecal
l the
nam
esof
thes
e pa
rts
ofth
e bo
dy y
oule
arne
d la
stse
mes
ter.
Men
tion
the
nam
es.
•T
he w
ords
bel
owca
n be
use
d to
desc
ribe
part
s of
the
body
. Fin
dth
eir
mea
ning
s in
the
dict
iona
ry.
•M
atch
the
follo
win
gde
scrip
tions
belo
w w
ith th
eco
rrec
tde
scrip
tions
.
11PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Sta
nd
ar K
om
pet
ensi
:M
end
eng
arka
n8.
Mem
aham
i mak
na
dal
am t
eks
lisan
fu
ng
sio
nal
dan
mo
no
log
pen
dek
san
gat
sed
erh
ana
yan
g b
erb
entu
k de
scrip
tive
dan
pro
cedu
re u
ntu
kb
erin
tera
ksi
den
gan
lin
gku
ng
an t
erd
ekat
.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
39, 4
0.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
2 4
0'•
Teks
lisa
nfu
ngsi
onal
pend
ek:
peng
umum
an(a
nnou
ncem
ent)
.
1.M
enyi
mak
dan
mem
pela
jari
cont
ohse
rta
penj
elas
ante
ntan
g pe
ngum
uman
lisan
.
2.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
aper
seps
i men
gena
ipe
ngum
uman
yan
gbi
asa
dide
ngar
di s
ekol
ah.
3.M
enyi
mak
peng
umum
an y
ang
diba
caka
n gu
ru.
4.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
berd
asar
kan
peng
umum
ante
rseb
ut.
5.M
elen
gkap
ipe
ngum
uman
ses
uai
deng
an y
ang
dide
ngar
.
6.M
enen
tuka
n ap
akah
pern
yata
an y
ang
ters
edia
ben
ar a
tau
sala
h be
rdas
arka
npe
ngum
uman
pad
ake
giat
an s
ebel
umny
a.7.
Mem
betu
lkan
pern
yata
an y
ang
sala
h.
•M
ampu
mer
espo
nsm
akna
yan
gte
rdap
at d
alam
tek
slis
an f
ungs
iona
lpe
ndek
sed
erha
nabe
rben
tuk
peng
umum
anse
cara
aku
rat,
lanc
ar,
dan
bert
erim
a un
tuk
berin
tera
ksi d
alam
kont
eks
kehi
dupa
nse
hari-
hari.
•N
on te
s
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•Is
ian
•P
erny
ataa
nbe
nar/
sala
h
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g te
xt.
•A
nsw
er t
hefo
llow
ing
ques
tions
.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Ans
wer
the
ques
tions
belo
w.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Com
plet
eth
e fo
llow
ing
anno
unce
men
tbe
low
bas
ed o
nw
hat y
ou h
ave
hear
d.
•A
re t
he fo
llow
ing
stat
emen
ts t
rue
(T)
or fa
lse
base
don
the
anno
unce
men
tin
Tas
k B
? C
orre
ctth
e fa
lse
ones
.
8.1
Mer
espo
nsm
akna
yan
gte
rdap
at d
alam
teks
lisa
nfu
ngsi
onal
pend
ek s
anga
tse
derh
ana
seca
ra a
kura
t,la
ncar
, da
nbe
rter
ima
untu
kbe
rinte
raks
ide
ngan
lingk
unga
nte
rdek
at.
12 Silabus Unit 2 Descriptives
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k d
anU
raia
n M
ater
iK
egia
tan
Pem
bel
ajar
anIn
dik
ato
rA
loka
siW
aktu
Su
mb
er B
elaj
ar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
8.2
Mer
espo
nsm
akna
yan
gte
rdap
at d
alam
mon
olog
sang
atse
derh
ana
seca
ra a
kura
t,la
ncar
, da
nbe
rter
ima
untu
kbe
rinte
raks
ide
ngan
lingk
unga
nte
rdek
at d
alam
teks
ber
bent
ukde
scrip
tive
dan
proc
edur
e.
•M
onol
ogde
scrip
tive.
•K
osak
ata
yang
terk
ait
deng
ante
ma
yang
dip
ilih.
8.M
emba
ca d
anm
empe
laja
ri co
ntoh
mon
olog
pen
jela
san
desc
riptiv
e.
9.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
yang
ber
kaita
nde
ngan
mat
eri p
ada
unit
sebe
lum
nya.
10.
Men
yim
ak m
onol
ogya
ng d
ibac
akan
gur
u,la
lu m
enja
wab
pert
anya
anbe
rdas
arka
n m
onol
ogte
rseb
ut.
11.
Men
yim
ak m
onol
ogya
ng d
ibac
akan
gur
u,la
lu m
elen
gkap
i tek
sbe
rdas
arka
n m
onol
ogte
rseb
ut.
12.
Men
entu
kan
apak
ahpe
rnya
taan
yan
gte
rsed
ia b
enar
ata
usa
lah
berd
asar
kan
perc
akap
an p
ada
kegi
atan
seb
elum
nya.
13.
Mem
betu
lkan
pern
yata
an y
ang
sala
h.
•M
ampu
mer
espo
nsm
akna
yan
gte
rdap
at d
alam
mon
olog
pen
dek
sede
rhan
a se
cara
akur
at, l
anca
r, da
nbe
rter
ima
dala
mte
ksde
scrip
tive.
•N
on te
s
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•Is
ian
•P
erny
ataa
nbe
nar/
sala
h
•R
ead
the
follo
win
gm
onol
og.
•A
nsw
er t
hefo
llow
ing
ques
tions
.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Ans
wer
the
ques
tions
base
d on
the
text
you
have
hea
rd.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Com
plet
eth
e te
xt b
ased
on
wha
t you
hav
ehe
ard.
•A
re t
he fo
llow
ing
stat
emen
ts t
rue
(T)
or fa
lse
(F)
base
d on
the
com
plet
e te
xt in
Task
B?
Cor
rect
the
fals
e on
es.
3 4
0'•
Buk
u P
RB
ahas
aIn
ggris
SM
P/
MT
s V
IIBIn
tan
Par
iwar
aha
l. 32
–33,
35–3
6.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
13PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Sta
nd
ar K
om
pet
ensi
:B
erb
icar
a9.
Men
gu
ng
kap
kan
mak
na
dal
am p
erca
kap
an t
ran
saks
ion
al d
an i
nte
rper
son
al s
ang
at s
eder
han
a u
ntu
k b
erin
tera
ksi
den
gan
lin
gku
ng
ante
rdek
at.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
29–3
2.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
4 4
0'9.
1 M
eng-
ungk
apka
nm
akna
dal
ampe
rcak
apan
tran
saks
iona
l(t
o ge
t thi
ngs
done
) da
nin
terp
erso
nal
(ber
sosi
alis
asi)
sang
atse
derh
ana
deng
anm
engg
unak
anra
gam
bah
asa
lisan
sec
ara
akur
at,
lanc
ar,
dan
bert
erim
aun
tuk
berin
tera
ksi
deng
anlin
gkun
gan
terd
ekat
yan
gm
elib
atka
ntin
dak
tutu
r:m
emin
ta d
anm
embe
ri ja
sa,
mem
inta
dan
mem
ber
ib
aran
g, s
erta
mem
inta
dan
mem
beri
fakt
a.
•P
erca
kapa
ntr
ansa
ksio
nal d
anin
terp
erso
nal
yang
mel
ibat
kan
tinda
k tu
tur
mem
inta
dan
mem
beri
bara
ng.
1.M
elen
gkap
ipe
rcak
apan
den
gan
kata
-kat
a ya
ng te
pat
dari
dala
m k
otak
.2.
Mem
pera
gaka
npe
rcak
apan
den
gan
lafa
l dan
into
nasi
yan
gte
pat.
3.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
berd
asar
kan
perc
akap
an p
ada
kegi
atan
seb
elum
nya.
4M
enyu
sun
kalim
atac
ak m
enja
dipe
rcak
apan
yan
g ba
ik.
5.M
empe
raga
kan
perc
akap
an y
ang
suda
h ur
ut te
rseb
ut.
6.M
enen
tuka
n ap
akah
pern
yata
an y
ang
ters
edia
ben
ar a
tau
sala
h be
rdas
arka
npe
rcak
apan
pad
ake
giat
an s
ebel
umny
a,la
lu m
embe
tulk
anpe
rnya
taan
yan
gsa
lah.
7.M
enyi
mak
per
caka
pan
yang
dib
acak
an g
uru,
lalu
men
iruka
n.8.
Mem
pela
jari
perc
akap
an-
perc
akap
an y
ang
ters
edia
.
•M
ampu
mel
akuk
anbe
rbag
ai t
inda
ktu
tur
dala
m w
acan
alis
an t
rans
aksi
onal
/in
terp
erso
nal
sepe
rti:
mem
inta
dan
mem
beri
bara
ng.
•M
ampu
men
gem
bang
kan
wac
ana
tran
saks
iona
l/in
terp
erso
nal
pend
ek m
enja
dise
buah
obr
olan
atau
inte
raks
iona
lya
ng le
bih
panj
ang.
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s lis
an
•Is
ian
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•M
enyu
sun
kalim
atac
ak•
Unj
uk k
erja
•P
erny
ataa
nbe
nar/
sala
h
•M
eniru
kan
•C
ompl
ete
the
follo
win
g di
alog
sw
ith t
he s
uita
ble
expr
essi
ons
from
the
boxe
s.
•A
nsw
er t
hequ
estio
ns b
ased
on th
e di
alog
s in
Task
A.
•P
ut t
he fo
llow
ing
sent
ence
s in
the
corr
ect
orde
rto
get
goo
ddi
alog
s.
•A
re t
he fo
llow
ing
stat
emen
ts t
rue
(T)
or fa
lse
base
don
the
dial
ogs
inTa
sk C
? C
orre
ctth
e fa
lse
ones
.
•R
ead
the
dial
ogs
and
repe
at a
fter
your
tea
cher
.
14 Silabus Unit 2 Descriptives
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
9.S
ecar
a be
rpas
anga
n,m
elen
gkap
ipe
rcak
apan
yan
gte
rsed
ia b
erda
sark
anga
mba
r da
nm
engg
unak
an k
ata-
kata
kun
ci.
10.
Mem
pera
gaka
npe
rcak
apan
yan
g te
lah
leng
kap.
11.
Mem
buat
per
caka
pan
berd
asar
kan
gam
bar-
gam
bar
yang
ter
sedi
a.12
.M
empe
raga
kan
perc
akap
an y
ang
tela
hdi
buat
.
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Is
ian
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•W
ork
in p
airs
.C
ompl
ete
the
follo
win
g di
alog
sbe
low
bas
ed o
nth
e pi
ctur
es. U
seth
e w
ords
giv
en.
•M
ake
dial
ogs
usin
g th
e fo
llow
ing
pict
ures
. Use
expr
essi
ons
ofas
king
for
and
givi
ng s
omet
hing
.
15PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Sta
nd
ar K
om
pet
ensi
:B
erb
icar
a10
.M
eng
un
gka
pka
n m
akn
a d
alam
tek
s lis
an f
un
gsi
on
al d
an m
on
olo
g p
end
ek s
ang
at s
eder
han
a b
erb
entu
k de
scrip
tive
dan
pro
cedu
re u
ntu
kb
erin
tera
ksi
den
gan
lin
gku
ng
an t
erd
ekat
.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
41.
•K
amus
Ingg
ris–
Indo
nesi
a da
nIn
done
sia–
Ingg
ris.
•B
uku-
buku
lain
yan
gre
leva
n.
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
36–3
7.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
2 4
0'
2 4
0'
•Te
ks li
san
fung
sion
alpe
ndek
:pe
ngum
uman
.
•M
onol
ogde
scrip
tive.
•K
osak
ata
yang
terk
ait t
opik
yan
gdi
pilih
.
1.M
elen
gkap
ipe
ngum
uman
men
ggun
akan
kat
a-ka
ta y
ang
ters
edia
dala
m k
otak
.
2.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
berd
asar
kan
peng
umum
an p
ada
kegi
atan
seb
elum
nya.
3.M
embu
atpe
ngum
uman
berd
asar
kan
situ
asi
yang
ter
sedi
a.4.
Mem
baca
nya
ring
peng
umum
ante
rseb
ut.
5.M
elih
at g
amba
r da
nm
emba
ca d
ata-
data
yang
ter
sedi
a, d
anm
enam
bah
info
rmas
iya
ng d
irasa
per
lu.
6.M
ende
skrip
sika
nse
cara
lisa
n or
ang-
oran
g da
lam
gam
bar
berd
asar
dat
a da
nga
mba
r te
rseb
ut.
7.M
embu
at c
atat
anm
enge
nai d
ata
sese
oran
g da
n ya
ngdi
laku
kan
oran
gte
rseb
ut d
alam
peke
rjaan
nya.
8.M
ende
skrip
sika
nor
ang
ters
ebut
berd
asar
kan
data
yan
gdi
pero
leh
seca
ra li
san.
•M
ampu
men
gung
kapk
anm
akna
gag
asan
dala
m te
ks li
san
fung
sion
al p
ende
kbe
rben
tuk
peng
umum
ande
ngan
lanc
ar d
anbe
rter
ima.
•M
ampu
mel
akuk
anm
onol
og d
alam
tek
sbe
rben
tuk
desc
riptiv
e de
ngan
raga
m b
ahas
a lis
anse
cara
lanc
ar d
anbe
rter
ima.
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Is
ian
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•C
ompl
ete
the
follo
win
gan
noun
cem
ent
with
the
sui
tabl
ew
ords
or
phra
ses
from
the
box.
•A
nsw
er th
efo
llow
ing
ques
tions
base
d on
the
anno
unce
men
t in
Task
A.
•S
uppo
se y
ou w
ere
in c
harg
e of
a b
ook
fair.
Mak
e an
anno
unce
men
t tha
tth
ere
wou
ld b
e a
talk
sho
w in
the
fair.
•Lo
ok a
t the
pict
ures
and
rea
dth
e da
ta. D
escr
ibe
the
peop
le b
ased
on th
e da
ta. Y
oum
ay a
dd o
ther
info
rmat
ion
you
know
abo
ut th
epe
ople
.
•F
ind
out o
ne o
fyo
ur r
elat
ive’
s or
neig
hbor
s’ jo
bs.
Tell
your
frie
nds
abou
t wha
t he/
she
does
in h
is/
her
job.
10.1
Men
g-un
gkap
kan
mak
na y
ang
terd
apat
dal
amte
ks li
san
fung
sion
alpe
ndek
san
gat
sede
rhan
ade
ngan
men
ggun
akan
raga
m b
ahas
alis
an s
ecar
aak
urat
, la
ncar
,da
n be
rter
ima
untu
kbe
rinte
raks
ide
ngan
lingk
unga
nte
rdek
at.
10.2
Men
g-un
gkap
kan
mak
na d
alam
mon
olog
pend
ek s
anga
tse
derh
ana
deng
anm
engg
unak
anra
gam
bah
asa
lisan
sec
ara
akur
at,
lanc
ar,
dan
bert
erim
aun
tuk
berin
tera
ksi
deng
anlin
gkun
gan
terd
ekat
dal
amte
ks b
erbe
ntuk
desc
riptiv
eda
npr
oced
ure.
16 Silabus Unit 2 Descriptives
Sta
nd
ar K
om
pet
ensi
:M
emb
aca
11.
Mem
aham
i m
akn
a te
ks t
ulis
fu
ng
sio
nal
dan
ese
i p
end
ek s
ang
at s
eder
han
a b
erb
entu
k de
scrip
tive
dan
pro
cedu
re y
ang
ber
kait
an d
eng
anlin
gku
ng
an t
erd
ekat
.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
39,
41–4
2.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
33–3
5,37
–38.
•K
amus
Ingg
ris–
Indo
nesi
a da
nIn
done
sia–
Ingg
ris.
•B
uku-
buku
lain
yan
gre
leva
n.
2 4
0'
4 4
0'
•Te
ks tu
lisfu
ngsi
onal
pend
ek: n
otic
e.
•Te
ks d
escr
iptiv
e.
•T
he s
impl
epr
esen
t te
nse.
1.M
emba
ca d
anm
empe
laja
ri no
tices
yang
ter
sedi
a.
2.M
elen
gkap
i no
tices
men
ggun
akan
kat
a-ka
ta y
ang
ters
edia
.
3.M
emba
ca k
emba
lino
tices
pada
keg
iata
nse
belu
mny
a da
nm
enye
butk
an h
al-h
alya
ng s
ebai
knya
dila
kuka
n/tid
akdi
laku
kan
berd
asar
kan
notic
es t
erse
but.
4.M
emili
h ja
wab
an y
ang
tepa
t be
rdas
arka
nno
tices
yang
ter
sedi
a.
5.M
emba
ca d
anm
empe
laja
ri te
ksde
krip
tif y
ang
ters
edia
.
6.M
emba
ca d
anm
emah
ami
penj
elas
anda
n co
ntoh
kal
imat
the
sim
ple
pres
ent
tens
e.
7.M
emba
ca te
ks y
ang
ters
edia
, la
lum
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
berd
asar
kan
teks
ters
ebut
.
•M
ampu
mer
espo
nsm
akna
yan
gte
rdap
at d
alam
tek
sfu
ngsi
onal
pen
dek
berb
entu
kno
tices
deng
an b
enar
.
•M
ampu
men
gide
ntifi
kasi
mak
na g
agas
an(id
easi
onal
) da
nin
form
asi f
aktu
alda
lam
teks
, m
ain
idea
s,su
ppor
ting
idea
s,de
tails
.
•M
ampu
mem
baca
nyar
ing
seca
rabe
rmak
na w
acan
ape
ndek
sed
erha
na.
•N
on te
s
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•N
on te
s
•N
on te
s
•Te
s tu
lis
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•Is
ian
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•P
iliha
nga
nda
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g te
xts.
•Lo
ok a
t the
follo
win
g no
tices
.C
ompl
ete
them
with
the
corr
ect
wor
ds fr
om th
e bo
x.
•W
hat
shou
ld/
shou
ld n
ot w
e do
acco
rdin
g to
eac
hno
tice
in T
ask
A?
•C
hoos
e A
, B, C
or
D fo
r th
e co
rrec
tan
swer
.
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g te
xt.
•R
ead
the
follo
win
gse
nten
ces.
•R
ead
the
text
.A
nsw
er t
hequ
estio
ns t
hat
follo
w.
11.1
Mer
espo
nsm
akna
yan
gte
rdap
at d
alam
teks
tulis
fung
sion
alpe
ndek
san
gat
sede
rhan
ase
cara
aku
rat,
lanc
ar,
dan
bert
erim
a ya
ngbe
rkai
tan
deng
anlin
gkun
gan
terd
ekat
.
11.2
Mer
espo
nsm
akna
dan
lang
kah
reto
rika
seca
raak
urat
, la
ncar
,da
n be
rter
ima
dala
m e
sei
sang
atse
derh
ana
yang
ber
kaita
nde
ngan
lingk
unga
nte
rdek
at d
alam
teks
ber
bent
ukde
scrip
tive
dan
proc
edur
e.
17PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
8.M
engu
bah
kata
-kat
ada
lam
kur
ung
men
jadi
bent
uk y
ang
tepa
tun
tuk
mel
engk
api t
eks.
9.M
emba
ca n
yarin
g te
ksya
ng t
elah
leng
kap.
10.
Mel
ihat
gam
bar
dan
mem
baca
teks
yan
gte
rsed
ia.
11.
Men
entu
kan
apak
ahpe
rnya
taan
yan
gte
rsed
ia b
enar
ata
usa
lah
berd
asar
kan
teks
ters
ebut
.12
.M
embe
tulk
anpe
rnya
taan
yan
gsa
lah.
11.3
Mem
baca
nyar
ing
berm
akna
tek
sfu
ngsi
onal
dan
esei
pen
dek
dan
sang
atse
derh
ana
berb
entu
kde
scrip
tive
dan
proc
edur
ede
ngan
ucap
an,
teka
nan,
dan
into
nasi
yan
gbe
rter
ima.
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s tu
lis
•Is
ian
•M
emba
cany
arin
g
•P
erny
ataa
nbe
nar/
sala
h
•C
hang
e th
e w
ords
in b
rack
ets
into
thei
r co
rrec
tfo
rms.
•Lo
ok a
t the
pic
ture
and
read
the
text
.A
re t
he fo
llow
ing
stat
emen
ts t
rue
(T)
or fa
lse
(F)
base
d on
the
text
?C
orre
ct th
e fa
lse
ones
.
18 Silabus Unit 2 Descriptives
Sta
nd
ar K
om
pet
ensi
:M
enu
lis12
.M
eng
un
gka
pka
n m
akn
a d
alam
tek
s tu
lis f
un
gsi
on
al d
an e
sei
pen
dek
san
gat
sed
erh
ana
ber
ben
tuk
desc
riptiv
e d
an p
roce
dure
un
tuk
ber
inte
raks
i d
eng
an l
ing
kun
gan
ter
dek
at.
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
42.
•K
amus
Ingg
ris–
Indo
nesi
a da
nIn
done
sia–
Ingg
ris.
•B
uku-
buku
lain
yan
gre
leva
n.
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
38–3
9.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
1 4
0'
2 4
0'
12.1
Men
g-un
gkap
kan
mak
na d
alam
teks
tulis
fung
sion
alpe
ndek
san
gat
sede
rhan
ade
ngan
men
ggun
akan
raga
m b
ahas
atu
lis s
ecar
aak
urat
, la
ncar
,da
n be
rter
ima
untu
kbe
rinte
raks
ide
ngan
lingk
unga
nte
rdek
at.
12.2
Men
g-un
gkap
kan
mak
na d
anla
ngka
hre
torik
a da
lam
esei
pen
dek
sang
atse
derh
ana
deng
anm
engg
unak
anra
gam
bah
asa
tulis
sec
ara
akur
at,
lanc
ar,
dan
bert
erim
aun
tuk
berin
tera
ksi
deng
anlin
gkun
gan
terd
ekat
dal
amte
ks b
erbe
ntuk
desc
riptiv
eda
npr
oced
ure.
•Te
ks f
ungs
iona
lpe
ndek
tulis
:no
tice.
•Te
ks d
escr
iptiv
e.
1.M
enul
is n
otic
esbe
rdas
arka
n si
tuas
iya
ng t
erse
dia.
2.M
enul
is n
otic
esya
ngbi
asa
dite
mui
sis
wa
dite
mpa
t-te
mpa
tte
rten
tu.
3.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
berd
asar
kan
gam
bar
yang
ter
sedi
a.
4.M
enul
is t
eks
desc
riptiv
ebe
rdas
arka
n ja
wab
anpe
rtan
yaan
-pe
rtan
yaan
pad
ake
giat
an s
ebel
umny
a.
5.M
enul
is t
eks
desc
riptiv
e m
enge
nai
sala
h se
oran
g st
afse
kola
h.
•M
ampu
men
ulis
berb
agai
tek
s un
tuk
kom
unik
asi s
ehar
i-ha
ri se
pert
i not
ice
deng
an b
enar
dan
bert
erim
a.
•M
ampu
men
ulis
berb
agai
tek
ste
ruta
ma
yang
berb
entu
kde
scrip
tive
deng
anla
ngka
h re
torik
ada
n st
rukt
ur te
ksya
ng b
enar
dan
bert
erim
a.
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•U
raia
n
•U
raia
n
•U
raia
n
•E
sai
•E
sai
•W
rite
notic
esba
sed
on th
efo
llow
ing
situ
atio
ns.
•W
rite
dow
nno
tices
you
can
find
in th
efo
llow
ing
plac
es.
•Lo
ok a
t the
pict
ure.
Ans
wer
the
follo
win
gqu
estio
ns b
ased
on th
e pi
ctur
e.
•W
rite
the
desc
riptio
n of
the
pers
on in
Tas
k A
base
d on
you
ran
swer
s. Y
ou m
ayad
d ad
ditio
nal
info
rmat
ion
you
like.
•W
rite
a de
scrip
tive
abou
t one
of t
hesc
hool
sta
ffm
embe
rs.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
19PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
SIL
AB
US
Un
it 3
Pro
ced
ure
s
Nam
a S
eko
lah
:S
MP
/MT
s . .
.K
elas
/Sem
este
r:
VII/
2M
ata
Pel
ajar
an:
Bah
asa
Ing
gri
sU
nit
:3
Gen
re:
Proc
edur
eS
tan
dar
Ko
mp
eten
si:
Men
den
gar
kan
7.M
emah
ami
mak
na
dal
am p
erca
kap
an t
ran
saks
ion
al d
an i
nte
rper
son
al s
ang
at s
eder
han
a u
ntu
k b
erin
tera
ksi
den
gan
lin
gku
ng
an t
erd
ekat
.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
3 4
0'7.
1 M
eres
pons
mak
na d
alam
perc
akap
antr
ansa
ksio
nal
(to
get t
hing
sdo
ne)
dan
inte
rper
sona
l(b
erso
sial
isas
i)sa
ngat
sede
rhan
ase
cara
aku
rat,
lanc
ar,
dan
bert
erim
aun
tuk
berin
tera
ksi
deng
anlin
gkun
gan
terd
ekat
yan
gm
elib
atka
ntin
dak
tutu
r:m
emin
ta d
anm
emb
eri
jasa
,m
emin
ta d
anm
embe
riba
rang
, se
rta
mem
inta
dan
mem
ber
ifa
kta.
•P
erca
kapa
n-pe
rcak
apan
tran
saks
iona
l dan
inte
rper
sona
l yan
gm
emua
tun
gkap
an-
ungk
apan
:–
mem
inta
dan
mem
beri
fakt
a,–
mem
inta
dan
mem
beri
jasa
,–
mem
inta
klar
ifika
si,
dan
–m
eres
pons
seca
rain
terp
erso
nal.
•M
ampu
ber
eaks
iat
au m
eres
pons
deng
an b
enar
terh
adap
tin
dak
tutu
r:–
mem
inta
dan
mem
beri
fakt
a,–
mem
inta
dan
mem
beri
jasa
,–
mem
inta
klar
ifika
si,
dan
–m
eres
pons
seca
rain
terp
erso
nal.
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
53–6
0.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
1.M
emba
ca p
erca
kapa
nda
n m
emah
ami
penj
elas
an t
enta
ngun
gkap
an-u
ngka
pan
yang
dip
elaj
ari d
alam
unit
ini.
2.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan-
pert
anya
an a
pers
epsi
tent
ang
mat
eri p
ada
unit
sebe
lum
nya.
3.M
enyi
mak
gur
um
emba
ca p
erca
kapa
n-pe
rcak
apan
yan
gte
rsed
ia,
lalu
men
iruka
nnya
.
4.M
elen
gkap
ipe
rcak
apan
soa
lbe
rdas
arka
npe
rcak
apan
yan
gdi
baca
kan
guru
.
5.M
enca
ri ar
ti ka
ta-k
ata
yang
ter
sedi
a.
•N
on te
s
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•Is
ian
•U
raia
n
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g di
alog
.
•A
nsw
er t
hefo
llow
ing
ques
tions
.
•Li
sten
and
rep
eat
afte
r yo
urte
ache
r.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Com
plet
e th
edi
alog
s ba
sed
onw
hat y
ou h
ave
hear
d.
•F
ind
the
mea
ning
s of
the
follo
win
g w
ords
.
20 Silabus Unit 3 Procedures
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k d
anU
raia
n M
ater
iK
egia
tan
Pem
bel
ajar
anIn
dik
ato
rA
loka
siW
aktu
Su
mb
er B
elaj
ar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
7.2
Mer
espo
nsm
akna
yan
gte
rdap
at d
alam
perc
akap
antr
ansa
ksio
nal
(to
get t
hing
sdo
ne)
dan
inte
rper
sona
l(b
erso
sial
isas
i)sa
ngat
sede
rhan
ase
cara
aku
rat,
lanc
ar,
dan
bert
erim
a un
tuk
berin
tera
ksi
deng
anlin
gkun
gan
terd
ekat
yan
gm
elib
atka
ntin
dak
tutu
r:m
emin
ta d
anm
embe
ripe
ndap
at,
men
yata
kan
suka
dan
tida
ksu
ka,
mem
inta
klar
ifik
asi,
dan
mer
esp
on
sse
cara
inte
rper
son
al.
6.M
enen
tuka
npe
rnya
taan
soa
l ben
arat
au s
alah
berd
asar
kan
perc
akap
an p
ada
kegi
atan
seb
elum
nya.
7.M
embe
tulk
anpe
rnya
taan
yan
gsa
lah.
8.M
emba
ca d
anm
emah
ami
perc
akap
an y
ang
ada.
9.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
yang
dib
acak
an g
uru
berd
asar
kan
perc
akap
an t
erse
but.
10.
Men
ulis
kan
ungk
apan
-un
gkap
an y
ang
diba
caka
n gu
ru.
11.
Ber
caka
p-ca
kap
deng
an t
eman
men
ggun
akan
ungk
apan
ter
sebu
t.
12.
Mem
ilih
jaw
aban
yan
gbe
nar
berd
asar
kan
perc
akap
an y
ang
dipe
rden
gark
an.
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s tu
lis
•P
erny
ataa
nbe
nar/
sala
h
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•D
ikte
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•P
iliha
nga
nda
•A
re t
he fo
llow
ing
stat
emen
ts t
rue
(T)
or fa
lse
(F)
base
d on
the
com
plet
e di
alog
sin
Tas
k B
? C
orre
ctth
e fa
lse
ones
.
•R
ead
the
follo
win
gdi
alog
s. Y
our
teac
her
will
ask
you
som
equ
estio
ns b
ased
on th
e di
alog
s.Li
sten
to h
im/h
erca
refu
lly a
ndan
swer
the
ques
tions
.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Writ
edo
wn
the
expr
essi
ons
you
have
hea
rd o
na
shee
t of p
aper
.In
turn
s, u
se th
eex
pres
sion
s in
shor
tco
nver
satio
ns w
ithyo
ur f
riend
.
•Li
sten
to th
edi
alog
s. C
hoos
eA
, B, C
or
D fo
rth
e co
rrec
tan
swer
.
21PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Sta
nd
ar K
om
pet
ensi
:M
end
eng
arka
n8.
Mem
aham
i mak
na d
alam
tek
s lis
anfu
ng
sio
nal
dan
mo
no
log
pen
dek
san
gat
sed
erha
na y
ang
ber
ben
tuk
desc
riptiv
e d
an p
roce
dure
un
tuk
ber
inte
raks
i d
eng
an l
ing
kun
gan
ter
dek
at.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
76–7
7.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
2 4
0'•
Teks
lisa
nfu
ngsi
onal
pend
ek:
perin
gata
n(w
arni
ng).
1.M
enyi
mak
gur
um
emba
caka
npe
ringa
tan
(war
ning
)da
n m
emah
ami
penj
elas
an y
ang
ters
edia
.
2.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
aper
seps
i ber
dasa
rkan
peng
alam
an s
isw
a.
3.M
enje
lask
an a
rti k
ata-
kata
yan
g te
rsed
ia.
4.M
elen
gkap
i tek
s ya
ngad
a be
rdas
arka
n te
ksle
ngka
p ya
ngdi
baca
kan
guru
.
5.M
enja
wab
per
nyat
aan
berd
asar
kan
teks
yan
gte
lah
dipe
rden
gark
anpa
da k
egia
tan
sebe
lum
nya.
6.M
enyi
mak
tek
spe
ringa
tan
yang
diba
caka
n gu
ru.
7.M
emili
h ja
wab
an y
ang
bena
r be
rdas
arka
nte
ks te
rseb
ut.
•M
ampu
mer
espo
nsm
akna
gag
asan
yang
ter
dapa
tda
lam
teks
lisa
nfu
ngsi
onal
pen
dek
sede
rhan
abe
rben
tuk
perin
gata
n(w
arni
ng)
seca
raak
urat
, lan
car,
dan
bert
erim
a un
tuk
berin
tera
ksi d
alam
kont
eks
kehi
dupa
nse
hari-
hari.
•N
on te
s
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•U
raia
n
•Is
ian
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•P
iliha
nga
nda
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her
and
unde
rsta
nd t
heex
plan
atio
n.
•A
nsw
er t
hefo
llow
ing
ques
tions
.
•Yo
u w
ill h
ear
the
follo
win
g w
ords
inth
e te
xt in
Tas
k B
.F
ind
thei
rm
eani
ngs.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Com
plet
eth
e fo
llow
ing
text
base
d on
wha
tyo
u ha
ve h
eard
.
•A
nsw
er t
hefo
llow
ing
ques
tions
bas
edon
the
text
you
have
hea
rd.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
The
n,co
mpl
ete
the
stat
emen
ts b
ased
on w
hat y
ou h
ave
hear
d.
8.1
Mer
espo
nsm
akna
yan
gte
rdap
at d
alam
teks
lisa
nfu
ngsi
onal
pend
ek s
anga
tse
derh
ana
seca
ra a
kura
t,la
ncar
, da
nbe
rter
ima
untu
kbe
rinte
raks
ide
ngan
lingk
unga
nte
rdek
at.
22 Silabus Unit 3 Procedures
3 4
0'•
Buk
u P
RB
ahas
aIn
ggris
SM
P/
MT
s V
IIBIn
tan
Par
iwar
aha
l. 66
, 69–
71.
•K
amus
Ingg
ris–
Indo
nesi
ada
nIn
done
sia–
Ingg
ris.
•B
uku-
buku
lain
yan
gre
leva
n.
8.2
Mer
espo
nsm
akna
yan
gte
rdap
at d
alam
mon
olog
sang
atse
derh
ana
seca
ra a
kura
t,la
ncar
, da
nbe
rter
ima
untu
kbe
rinte
raks
ide
ngan
lingk
unga
nte
rdek
at d
alam
teks
ber
bent
ukde
scrip
tive
dan
proc
edur
e.
•M
onol
ogpr
oced
ure.
•K
osak
ata
yang
terk
ait t
opik
yan
gdi
pilih
.
8.M
enyi
mak
gur
um
emba
caka
nm
onol
ogpr
oced
ure
dan
mem
aham
ike
tera
ngan
yan
gte
rsed
ia.
9.M
engi
ngat
mat
eri
pada
uni
t se
belu
mny
ada
n m
enja
wab
pert
anya
an y
ang
ters
edia
.
10.
Men
jela
skan
art
i kat
a-ka
ta y
ang
ters
edia
.
11.
Men
yim
ak te
ks y
ang
diba
caka
n gu
ru,
lalu
men
entu
kan
pern
yata
an y
ang
ters
edia
ben
ar a
tau
sala
h be
rdas
arka
nte
ks te
rseb
ut.
12.
Mel
engk
api t
eks
yang
ters
edia
ber
dasa
rkan
teks
utu
h ya
ngdi
baca
kan
guru
.
13.
Mem
ilih
jaw
aban
yan
gbe
nar
berd
asar
kan
perc
akap
an y
ang
dipe
rden
gark
an.
•M
ampu
mer
espo
nsm
akna
gag
asan
yang
ter
dapa
tda
lam
mon
olog
pend
ek s
eder
hana
seca
ra a
kura
t,la
ncar
, da
nbe
rter
ima
dala
mte
kspr
oced
ure.
•N
on te
s
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•U
raia
n
•P
erny
ataa
nbe
nar/
sala
h
•Is
ian
•P
iliha
nga
nda
•R
ead
the
follo
win
gm
onol
og.
•A
nsw
er t
hefo
llow
ing
ques
tions
.
•Yo
u w
ill h
ear
the
follo
win
g w
ords
inth
e m
onol
og in
Task
B. F
ind
the
mea
ning
s of
the
wor
ds.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Are
the
follo
win
gst
atem
ents
tru
e(T
) or
fals
e (F
)ba
sed
on w
hat
you
have
hea
rd?
Cor
rect
the
fals
eon
es.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Com
plet
eth
e te
xt b
ased
on
wha
t you
hav
ehe
ard.
•C
hoos
e A
, B, C
or
D fo
r th
e co
rrec
tan
swer
bas
ed o
nth
e te
xt in
Tas
k C
.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k d
anU
raia
n M
ater
iK
egia
tan
Pem
bel
ajar
anIn
dik
ato
rA
loka
siW
aktu
Su
mb
er B
elaj
ar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
23PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Sta
nd
ar K
om
pet
ensi
:B
erb
icar
a9.
Men
gu
ng
kap
kan
mak
na
dal
am p
erca
kap
an t
ran
saks
ion
al d
an i
nte
rper
son
al s
ang
at s
eder
han
a u
ntu
k b
erin
tera
ksi
den
gan
lin
gku
ng
ante
rdek
at.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
60–6
5.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
3 4
0'9.
1 M
eng-
ungk
apka
nm
akna
dal
ampe
rcak
apan
tran
saks
iona
l(t
o ge
t thi
ngs
done
) da
nin
terp
erso
nal
(ber
sosi
alis
asi)
sang
atse
derh
ana
deng
anm
engg
unak
anra
gam
bah
asa
lisan
sec
ara
akur
at,
lanc
ar,
dan
bert
erim
aun
tuk
berin
tera
ksi
deng
anlin
gkun
gan
terd
ekat
yan
gm
elib
atka
ntin
dak
tutu
r:m
emin
ta d
anm
emb
eri
jasa
,m
emin
ta d
anm
embe
riba
rang
, da
nm
emin
ta d
anm
emb
eri
fakt
a.
•P
erca
kapa
n-pe
rcak
apan
tran
saks
iona
l dan
inte
rper
sona
lya
ng m
emua
tun
gkap
an-
ungk
apan
:–
mem
inta
dan
mem
beri
fakt
a,–
mem
inta
dan
mem
beri
jasa
,–
mem
inta
klar
ifika
si,
dan
–m
eres
pons
seca
rain
terp
erso
nal.
1.M
enyi
mak
gur
um
emba
cape
rcak
apan
-pe
rcak
apan
yan
gte
rsed
ia,
lalu
men
iruka
nnya
.
2.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan-
pert
anya
an y
ang
ters
edia
ber
dasa
rkan
perc
akap
an-
perc
akap
an p
ada
kegi
atan
seb
elum
nya.
3.M
elen
gkap
ipe
rcak
apan
den
gan
ungk
apan
yan
gte
rsed
ia d
enga
nbe
nar.
4.M
empe
raga
kan
perc
akap
an y
ang
suda
h le
ngka
p.
5.M
elen
gkap
ipe
rnya
taan
-pe
rnya
taan
soa
lbe
rdas
arka
npe
rcak
apan
pad
ake
giat
an s
ebel
umny
a.
6.M
enyu
sun
kalim
at-
kalim
at a
cak
men
jadi
perc
akap
an y
ang
runt
ut.
•M
ampu
mel
akuk
anpe
rcak
apan
den
gan
bena
rm
engg
unak
antin
dak
tutu
r:–
mem
inta
dan
mem
beri
fakt
a,–
mem
inta
dan
mem
beri
jasa
,–
mem
inta
klar
ifika
si,
dan
–m
eres
pons
seca
rain
terp
erso
nal.
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•Is
ian
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•Is
ian
•M
enyu
sun
kalim
atac
ak
•Li
sten
and
rep
eat
afte
r yo
urte
ache
r.
•A
nsw
er t
hefo
llow
ing
ques
tions
bas
edon
the
dial
ogs
inTa
sk A
.
•C
ompl
ete
each
dial
og w
ith t
heco
rrec
tex
pres
sion
s fr
omth
e bo
x. T
hen,
perfo
rm it
with
a fr
iend
.
•C
ompl
ete
the
follo
win
gst
atem
ents
bas
edon
the
dial
ogs
inTa
sk C
.
•P
ut t
he fo
llow
ing
sent
ence
s in
the
corr
ect o
rder
tom
ake
good
dial
ogs.
24 Silabus Unit 3 Procedures
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
9.2
Men
g-un
gkap
kan
mak
na d
alam
perc
akap
antr
ansa
ksio
nal
(to
get t
hing
sdo
ne)
dan
inte
rper
sona
l(b
erso
sial
isas
i)sa
ngat
sede
rhan
ade
ngan
men
ggun
akan
raga
m b
ahas
alis
an s
ecar
aak
urat
, la
ncar
,da
n be
rter
ima
untu
kbe
rinte
raks
ide
ngan
lingk
unga
nte
rdek
at y
ang
mel
ibat
kan
tinda
k tu
tur:
mem
inta
dan
mem
beri
pen
dap
at,
men
yata
kan
suka
dan
tida
ksu
ka,
mem
inta
klar
ifik
asi
mer
esp
on
sse
cara
inte
rper
son
al.
7.M
emah
ami
perc
akap
an p
ada
kegi
atan
seb
elum
nya,
lalu
men
entu
kan
apak
ah p
erny
ataa
nya
ng t
erse
dia
bena
rat
au s
alah
.
8.M
emili
h ja
wab
an y
ang
bena
r be
rdas
arka
npe
rcak
apan
pad
ake
giat
an s
ebel
umny
a.
9.S
ecar
a be
rpas
anga
n,m
enyu
sun
perc
akap
anbe
rdas
arka
n pa
ndua
nya
ng a
da.
10.
Mem
pera
gaka
npe
rcak
apan
yan
gdi
buat
di d
epan
kel
as.
11.
Mem
buat
per
caka
pan
berd
asar
kan
gam
bar
dan
kata
-kat
a ku
nci
yang
ter
sedi
a.12
.M
empe
raga
kan
perc
akap
an y
ang
dibu
at d
i dep
an k
elas
.
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•P
erny
ataa
nbe
nar/
sala
h
•P
iliha
nga
nda
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•A
re t
he fo
llow
ing
stat
emen
ts t
rue
(T)
or fa
lse
(F)
base
d on
the
dial
ogs
in T
ask
E?
Cor
rect
the
fals
eon
es.
•C
hoos
e A
, B, C
or
D fo
r th
e co
rrec
tan
swer
.
•In
pai
rs, m
ake
a di
alog
bas
ed o
nth
e gu
idel
ine
belo
w.
•C
reat
e a
dial
ogba
sed
onon
e of
the
pict
ures
bel
ow.
Use
the
key
wor
dsan
d th
eex
pres
sion
s yo
uha
ve le
arne
d.
25PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Sta
nd
ar K
om
pet
ensi
:B
erb
icar
a10
.M
eng
un
gka
pka
n m
akn
a d
alam
tek
s lis
an f
un
gsi
on
al d
an m
on
olo
g p
end
ek s
ang
at s
eder
han
a b
erb
entu
k de
scrip
tive
dan
proc
edur
e u
ntu
kb
erin
tera
ksi
den
gan
lin
gku
ng
an t
erd
ekat
.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
77–7
8.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
71–7
2.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
2 4
0'
2 4
0'
•Te
ks li
san
fung
sion
alpe
ndek
:pe
ringa
tan
(war
ning
).
•M
onol
ogpr
oced
ure.
•K
osak
ata
yang
terk
ait t
opik
yan
gdi
pilih
.
1.M
enya
mpa
ikan
kem
bali
perin
gata
nya
ng a
da d
i Sum
mar
yde
ngan
kat
a-ka
tany
ase
ndiri
.
2.M
enya
mpa
ikan
sec
ara
lisan
per
inga
tanb
er-
dasa
r pe
ringa
tan
tulis
yang
ters
edia
den
gan
kata
-kat
anya
sen
diri.
3.M
enya
mpa
ikan
sec
ara
lisan
per
inga
tan
berd
asar
kan
situ
asi
soal
dan
pet
unju
kya
ng t
erse
dia.
4.M
enje
lask
an a
rti k
ata-
kata
yan
g te
rsed
ia.
5.M
elen
gkap
i tek
sde
ngan
kat
a-ka
ta y
ang
terd
apat
dal
am k
otak
deng
an t
epat
.
6.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan-
pert
anya
an y
ang
ters
edia
ber
dasa
rkan
teks
pad
a ke
giat
anse
belu
mny
a.
7.M
elak
ukan
mon
olog
berd
asar
kan
gam
bar-
gam
bar
dan
kata
-kat
aku
nci y
ang
ters
edia
.
•M
ampu
men
gung
kapk
anm
akna
gag
asan
dala
m te
ks li
san
fung
sion
al p
ende
kbe
rben
tuk
perin
gata
n(w
arni
ng)
seca
rala
ncar
, aku
rat,
dan
bert
erim
a.
•M
ampu
mel
akuk
anm
onol
og p
roce
dure
sede
rhan
a de
ngan
baha
sa li
san
seca
raak
urat
, lan
car,
dan
tepa
t.
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•U
raia
n
•Is
ian
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•R
ead
the
war
ning
in th
e S
umm
ary
sect
ion.
Ret
ell i
tus
ing
your
ow
nw
ords
.
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g w
arni
ng.
Ret
ell i
t usi
ngyo
ur o
wn
wor
ds.
•D
eliv
er w
arni
ngs
base
d on
the
follo
win
gsi
tuat
ions
and
clue
s.
•Yo
u w
ill fi
nd th
efo
llow
ing
wor
ds in
the
text
in T
ask
B.
Find
thei
r mea
ning
s.
•C
ompl
ete
the
text
with
the
wor
dsfr
om th
e bo
x.
•A
nsw
er t
hequ
estio
ns b
ased
on th
e te
xt in
Task
B.
•Te
ll yo
ur fr
iend
sho
w t
o m
ake
your
loca
l foo
d/dr
ink.
You
may
put
the
pict
ure
of th
e fo
od/d
rink.
10.1
Men
g-un
gkap
kan
mak
na y
ang
terd
apat
dal
amte
ks li
san
fung
sion
alpe
ndek
san
gat
sede
rhan
ade
ngan
men
ggun
akan
raga
m b
ahas
alis
an s
ecar
aak
urat
, la
ncar
,da
n be
rter
ima
untu
kbe
rinte
raks
ide
ngan
lingk
unga
nte
rdek
at.
10.2
Men
g-un
gkap
kan
mak
na d
alam
mon
olog
pend
ek s
anga
tse
derh
ana
deng
anm
engg
unak
anra
gam
bah
asa
lisan
sec
ara
akur
at,
lanc
ar,
dan
bert
erim
aun
tuk
berin
tera
ksi
deng
anlin
gkun
gan
terd
ekat
dal
amte
ks b
erbe
ntuk
desc
riptiv
e da
npr
oced
ure.
26 Silabus Unit 3 Procedures
Sta
nd
ar K
om
pet
ensi
:M
emb
aca
11.
Mem
aham
i mak
na
teks
tu
lis f
un
gsi
on
al d
an e
sei p
end
ek s
ang
at s
eder
han
a b
erb
entu
k de
scrip
tive
dan
pro
cedu
re y
ang
ber
kait
an d
eng
anlin
gku
ng
an t
erd
ekat
.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
76, 7
8–80
.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
1 4
0'•
Teks
tulis
fung
sion
alpe
ndek
: tip
.
1.M
emba
ca d
anm
emah
amit
ipya
ngte
rsed
ia.
2.M
emba
ca n
yarin
g tip
yang
ter
sedi
a de
ngan
lafa
l dan
into
nasi
yan
gbe
nar.
3.M
enje
lask
an a
rti k
ata-
kata
yan
g te
rsed
ia.
4.M
enen
tuka
n ap
akah
suat
u pe
rnya
taan
bena
r at
au s
alah
berd
asar
kan
tippa
dake
giat
an s
ebel
umny
a.
5.M
enjo
dohk
an k
ata-
kata
yan
g te
rsed
iade
ngan
art
inya
yan
gte
pat.
6.M
elen
gkap
i tip
deng
anka
ta-k
ata
yang
ters
edia
den
gan
tepa
t.
7.M
emili
h ja
wab
an y
ang
tepa
t be
rdas
arka
n te
kspa
da k
egia
tan
sebe
lum
nya.
kea
daan
sisw
a, d
anm
emba
ndin
gkan
nya
deng
an s
isw
a la
in.
•M
ampu
mer
espo
nsm
akna
gag
asan
yang
ter
dapa
tda
lam
teks
tulis
fung
sion
al p
ende
kbe
rben
tutip
deng
ante
pat.
•N
on te
s
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•M
emba
cany
arin
g
•U
raia
n
•P
erny
ataa
nbe
nar/
sala
h
•M
enjo
doh-
kan
•Is
ian
•P
iliha
nga
nda
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g te
xt.
•R
ead
the
text
with
prop
erpr
onun
ciat
ion.
Fin
d th
em
eani
ngs
of th
ew
ords
tha
t fo
llow
.
•A
re t
he fo
llow
ing
stat
emen
tstr
ue (
T)
or fa
lse
(F)
base
d on
the
text
in T
ask
A?
Cor
rect
the
fals
eon
es.
•M
atch
the
wor
dsin
col
umn
A w
ithth
eir
corr
ect
mea
ning
s in
colu
mn
B. Y
ou w
illfin
d th
e w
ords
inTa
sk D
.
•C
ompl
ete
the
follo
win
g te
xt w
ithth
e co
rrec
t wor
dsfr
om th
e bo
x.
•C
hoos
e th
eco
rrec
t wor
dsba
sed
on th
eco
mpl
ete
text
inTa
sk D
.
11.1
Mer
espo
nsm
akna
yan
gte
rdap
at d
alam
teks
tulis
fung
sion
alpe
ndek
san
gat
sede
rhan
ase
cara
aku
rat,
lanc
ar,
dan
bert
erim
a ya
ngbe
rkai
tan
deng
anlin
gkun
gan
terd
ekat
.
27PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k d
anU
raia
n M
ater
iK
egia
tan
Pem
bel
ajar
anIn
dik
ato
rA
loka
siW
aktu
Su
mb
er B
elaj
ar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
11.2
Mer
espo
nsm
akna
dan
lang
kah
reto
rika
seca
ra a
kura
t,la
ncar
, da
nbe
rter
ima
dala
m e
sei
sang
atse
derh
ana
yang
berk
aita
nde
ngan
lingk
unga
nte
rdek
at d
alam
teks
ber
bent
uk:
desc
riptiv
e da
npr
oced
ure.
11.3
Mem
baca
nyar
ing
berm
akna
tek
sfu
ngsi
onal
dan
esei
pen
dek
dan
sang
atse
derh
ana
berb
entu
kde
scrip
tive
dan
proc
edur
ede
ngan
uca
pan,
teka
nan
dan
into
nasi
yan
gbe
rter
ima.
•Te
ks p
roce
dure
.
•K
osak
ata
yang
terk
ait t
opik
yan
gdi
pilih
.
•Ta
taba
hasa
yan
gte
rkai
t, ya
itu k
ata
kete
rang
an(a
dver
b).
8.M
emba
ca n
yarin
g te
ksya
ng t
erse
dia
deng
anla
fal d
an in
tona
si y
ang
tepa
t.9.
Mem
aham
i pe
njel
asan
tent
ang
stru
ktur
teks
ters
ebut
.
10.
Mem
aham
i pe
njel
asan
tent
ang
berb
agai
jeni
ska
ta k
eter
anga
n(a
dver
b).
11.
Mem
baca
nya
ring
teks
yang
ter
sedi
a de
ngan
lafa
l dan
into
nasi
yan
gte
pat.
12.
Men
jaw
ab p
erta
nyaa
nbe
rdas
arka
n te
kste
rseb
ut.
13.
Men
ggar
isba
wah
i ka
take
tera
ngan
yan
gte
rdap
at d
alam
tek
spa
da k
egia
tan
sebe
lum
nya.
14.
Mel
engk
api k
alim
at-
kalim
at s
oal d
enga
nka
ta k
eter
anga
n ya
ngse
suai
/coc
ok.
15.
Men
yusu
n ka
limat
-ka
limat
aca
k m
enja
dipr
osed
ur y
ang
urut
.
16.
Mem
ilih
jaw
aban
yan
gte
pat
berd
asar
kan
teks
pad
a ke
giat
anse
belu
mny
a.
•M
ampu
mer
espo
nsm
akna
gag
asan
dala
m w
acan
apr
oced
ure
deng
ante
pat.
•M
emba
ca n
yarin
gse
cara
ber
mak
naw
acan
a pr
oced
ure
deng
an in
tona
si,
lafa
l, da
n ej
aan
yang
ben
ar d
anbe
rter
ima.
•Te
s lis
an
•N
on te
s
•N
on te
s
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•M
emba
cany
arin
g
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•M
emba
cany
arin
g
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•Id
entif
ikas
i
•Is
ian
•M
enyu
sun
kalim
atac
ak
•P
iliha
nga
nda
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g te
xt.
•R
ead
the
follo
win
gse
nten
ces.
•R
ead
the
text
belo
w. A
nsw
er th
equ
estio
ns b
ased
on th
e co
mpl
ete
text
.
•R
ead
the
text
inTa
sk A
onc
eag
ain.
Und
erlin
eth
e ad
verb
s in
the
text
.
•C
ompl
ete
the
sent
ence
s be
low
with
sui
tabl
ead
verb
s.
•P
ut t
he fo
llow
ing
sent
ence
s in
the
corr
ect o
rder
toge
t a g
ood
text
.
•C
hoos
e A
, B, C
or
D fo
r th
e co
rrec
tan
swer
bas
ed o
nth
e te
xt in
Tas
k D
.
28 Silabus Unit 3 Procedures
Sta
nd
ar K
om
pet
ensi
:M
enu
lis12
.M
eng
un
gka
pka
n m
akn
a d
alam
tek
s tu
lis f
un
gsi
on
al d
an e
sei
pen
dek
san
gat
sed
erh
ana
ber
ben
tuk
desc
riptiv
ed
anpr
oced
ure
un
tuk
ber
inte
raks
i d
eng
an l
ing
kun
gan
ter
dek
at.
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
80–8
1.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
VIIB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
74–7
5.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
2 4
0'
2 4
0'
12.1
Men
g-un
gkap
kan
mak
na d
alam
teks
tulis
fung
sion
alpe
ndek
san
gat
sede
rhan
ade
ngan
men
ggun
akan
raga
m b
ahas
atu
lis s
ecar
aak
urat
, la
ncar
,da
n be
rter
ima
untu
kbe
rinte
raks
ide
ngan
lingk
unga
nte
rdek
at.
12.2
Men
gung
-ka
pkan
mak
nada
n la
ngka
hre
torik
a da
lam
esei
pen
dek
sang
at s
eder
-ha
na d
enga
nm
engg
unak
anra
gam
bah
asa
tulis
sec
ara
akur
at, l
anca
r,da
n be
rter
ima
untu
k be
r-in
tera
ksi d
enga
nlin
gkun
gan
terd
ekat
dal
amte
ks b
erbe
ntuk
desc
riptiv
e da
npr
oced
ure.
•Te
ks tu
lisfu
ngsi
onal
pend
ek: t
ip.
•Te
ks p
roce
dure
.
•K
osak
ata
yang
terk
ait t
opik
yan
gdi
pilih
.
1.M
enul
iska
n to
pik
dari
setia
ptip
yan
gte
rsed
ia d
enga
n te
pat.
2.M
elen
gkap
ipe
rnya
taan
-pe
rnya
taan
soa
lbe
rdas
arka
n tip
pad
ake
giat
an s
ebel
umny
a.
3.M
enyu
sun
kalim
at-
kalim
at a
cak
men
jadi
tip y
ang
bena
r.
4.M
enul
is t
ip y
ang
pern
ah d
iikut
i.
5.M
enul
is p
rose
dur
men
ggun
akan
kat
a-ka
ta y
ang
ters
edia
dan
berd
asar
kan
bant
uan
gam
bar.
6.M
enyu
sun
teks
proc
edur
e te
ntan
gca
ra m
embu
at p
ecel
lele
ata
u re
sep
mas
akan
yan
g la
in.
7.M
enyu
sun
teks
proc
edur
e de
ngan
topi
k ya
ng te
lah
dite
ntuk
an.
•M
ampu
men
ulis
tip
deng
an a
kura
t da
nbe
rter
ima.
•M
ampu
men
ulis
teks
proc
edur
ede
ngan
str
uktu
r da
nla
ngka
h-la
ngka
hre
torik
a ya
ng b
enar
dan
bert
erim
a.
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•U
raia
n
•Is
ian
•M
enyu
sun
kalim
atac
ak
•U
raia
n
•E
sai
•E
sai
•E
sai
•H
ere
are
som
etip
s. W
rite
dow
nth
e su
itabl
e to
pic
for
each
of t
hetip
s be
low
.
•C
ompl
ete
the
follo
win
g st
atem
ents
base
d on
the
tips
inTa
sk A
.
•P
ut t
he fo
llow
ing
sent
ence
s in
a go
od o
rder
toge
t a g
ood
tip.
•W
hat t
ips
do y
outh
ink
wor
k on
you?
Writ
e an
dsh
are
the
tips
with
your
frie
nds.
•Lo
ok a
t the
pict
ures
. Writ
ea
proc
edur
e ba
sed
on th
e pi
ctur
es.
•Lo
ok a
t the
pict
ures
. It i
s ca
lled
‘pec
el le
le’ i
n so
me
regi
ons.
Writ
edo
wn
a pr
oced
ure
to m
ake
it. O
r,w
rite
anot
her
proc
edur
e of
adi
ffere
nt r
ecip
e.
•W
rite
dow
na
proc
edur
e.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
29PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Objectives:
At the end of this unit you willbe able to:● express likes and dislikes,● ask for and give opinions,● describe things or places
using spoken English,● deliver spoken
announcements,● create written descriptives,● write greeting cards, and● use prepositions and tell
the time correctly.
All people, including you, must have something they like anddislike. Then, what would you say to express your likes or dislikes?Furthermore, everyone has a right to speak about, such as givingopinions toward something. What should you say if you want to askfor or give opinions? Don’t worry, you will learn about thoseexpressions in this unit.
In this unit you will also learn about family members. You will findsome vocabularies related to kinship. You will have a chance to studyand try to describe your family or other people and places, both usingspoken or written language, as well.
30 UNIT 1 Descriptives
1.1 Expressions
Expressing Likes and Dislikes
Expressing Likes
● I like/love . . . .● I like it so much.● I really like it.● I’m really fond of . . . .● I’m keen on . . . .
Expressing Dislikes
● I don’t like it.● I hate it.● I’m afraid I dislike it.● I can’t stand . . . .
Read the following dialog.
In the dialog above, the girl likes the mobile phone by saying, “I like it.”, while the boy doesn’tfeel the same. He says, “Actually, I don’t like it.” to express his dislikes.
Here are some other expressions you can use to express likes and dislikes.
Do you like thismobile phone?
Actually, I don’t likeit. It’s a secondhand
mobile phone.
Yeah. I like it. Don’tyou feel the same?
31PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Asking for and Giving Opinions
Asking for Opinions
● What do you think of . . .?● What’s your opinion of . . .?● What would you say to . . .?● What about . . .?
Giving Opinions
● I think it’s a good idea.● Well, I must say . . . .● I personally think that . . . .● In my opinion, . . . .
Read the following dialog.
Pay attention to the bold-typed sentences above. The first boy says, “What do you think ofthis jacket?” to ask his friend’s opinion about the jacket. Then, his friend gives his opinion bysaying, “I think it’s nice.”
Here are some other expressions to ask for and give opinions.
Answer the following questions.
1. What do you usually do at home when you have free time?Contoh jawaban: I like listening to music.
2. What kinds of food or drink don’t you like? Why?Contoh jawaban: I don’t like sea food because I’m allergic.
3. When your friend asks your opinion about having a study club, what will you say?Contoh jawaban: I will say, “That’s a good idea! I like it.”
4. When your friend asks your opinion about going to school by motorcycle, what will you say?Contoh jawaban: I will say, “I don’t like your idea. Listen, you don’t have a driving license.”
Look at this! What doyou think of this
jacket?
I think it’s nice.It’s not expensive
either.
32 UNIT 1 Descriptives
A. Listen to your teacher.Write down his/her sentences.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:1. I really love my house.2. I personally think your idea is awful.3. What do you think of our new teacher?4. The students like Mr. Haryadi very much.5. I hate if someone breaks his/her promise.6. I think you should tell your parents about it.7. What’s your opinion on Delia’s performance?8. The girls don’t like Sandra because she is arrogant.9. My little brother dislikes eating spinach and carrots.
10. I must say that the students should join a camping activity.
Variasi:
Classify the sentences you have written in the correct column.
Jawaban:
Expressing Likes
● I really love myhouse.
● The students likeMr. Haryadi verymuch.
Expressing Dislikes
● I hate if someonebreaks his/herpromise.
● The girls don’t likeSandra becauseshe is arrogant.
● My little brotherdislikes eatingspinach andcarrots.
Asking for Opinions
● What do you thinkof our newteacher?
● What’s youropinion on Delia’sperformance?
Giving Opinions
● I personallythink your ideais awful.
● I think youshould tell yourparents about it.
● I must say thatthe studentsshould joina campingactivity.
Expressing Likes
________________________________________________________________
Giving Opinions
____________________________________________________________
Expressing Dislikes
________________________________________________________________
Asking for Opinions
________________________________________________________________
33PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
B. Listen to your teacher.Complete the following dialog based on what you have heard.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Rendy : Vika, what do you think of our new (1) house?Vika : Well, it’s beautiful. I (2) like it.Rendy : But . . . it’s smaller than our old one.Vika : It is true. But I think, it is more (3) comfortable.Rendy : What do you mean?Vika : It’s not (4) noisy here. We no longer hear cars or motorcycles blow their horns loudly.
Therefore, we can live (5) peacefully.Rendy : You’re right.
Variasi:
A. Find the antonyms of the following words in the dialog.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. old >< new 2. ugly >< beautiful3. hate >< like 4. quiet >< noisy5. noisily >< peacefully
B. Make sentences using the words in Task A.Contoh jawaban:1. a. There are some old buildings in my town, but they are well-preserved.
b. My parents bought me a new pair of shoes as my birthday gift.2. a. I find my old shoes. They look ugly now.
b. The scenery from the top of the mountain is beautiful.3. a. I hate spiders. I think they are disgusting.
b. We like English lesson because it is fun and attractive.4. a. The class becomes quiet during the test.
b. The canteen becomes noisy during the breaks.5. a. The cars blow their horns noisily.
b. My grandparents live in a small village peacefully.
C. Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task B.
1. Who are talking in the dialog?Jawaban: They are brother and sister, Vika and Rendy.
2. What is the dialog about?Jawaban: It’s about Vika and Rendy’s new house.
3. How is the old house?Jawaban: It is bigger than the new one.
4. What is Vika’s opinion about the new house?Jawaban: It’s beautiful and comfortable.
5. Does Vika like the new house? Why?Jawaban: Yes, she does. She likes it because it’s not noisy, so they can live peacefully.
34 UNIT 1 Descriptives
D. Listen to your teacher.Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on what you have heard?Correct the false ones.
1. ______ The speakers are talking about Bobby’s new bicycle.2. ______ The bicycle is green.3. ______ Bobby likes the bicycle.4. ______ Indah bought the bicycle in a bicycle shop far from her house.5. ______ Indah’s favorite color is green.
Jawaban:1. F (They are talking about Indah’s new bicycle.)2. T3. T4. F (She bought it in a bicycle shop near her house.)5. T
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:Bobby : Wow! A new bicycle!Indah : Yeah. Do you like it, Bobby?Bobby : I do. I really like its color. You know, green is my favorite color.Indah : I know. It’s my favorite too.Bobby : Anyway, where did you buy it, Indah?Indah : In a bicycle shop near my house.
Variasi:Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi latihan berikut.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
Doni : Do you like rabbits, Puput?Puput : I don’t like them, but my brother does.Doni : Your brother?Puput : Yeah. He has some.Doni : They must be nice. May I have a look?Puput : Sure, Doni. You like rabbits, don’t you?Doni : Yes, I do. I really want to keep some.
1. ______ Doni and Puput are talking about rabbits.2. ______ Puput likes rabbits.3. ______ Puput has some rabbits.4. ______ Doni wants to keep rabbits.5. ______ “They must be nice.” The word “they” refers to Puput and her brother.
Jawaban:1. T2. F (Puput dislikes them, but her brother does.)3. F (It is Puput’s brother who has some rabbits.)4. T5. F (It refers to Puput’s brother’s rabbits.)
35PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
E. Find the meanings of the following words.You will hear them in the dialogs in Task F.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. to paint = mengecat 2. suitable = cocok, sesuai3. surprised = terkejut 4. to bring = membawa5. lunch = makan siang 6. cheaper = lebih murah7. healthier = lebih sehat 8. absolutely = tentunya
F. Listen to your teacher.Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
This dialog is for questions 1 to 3.
Andika : Galih, I think our room needspainting.
Galih : I think so. The color is not suitablewith our new pictures.
Andika : Yeah. What color do you suggest?Galih : Um . . . I think blue is just perfect,
Andika.Andika : You’re right. Let’s make our room
blue.Galih : Yeah, . . . and make our parents
surprised!
1. Where does the dialog happen?A. In a classroom. B. At school.C. In a library. D. At home.Jawaban: DDalam percakapan tersebut Andikaberkata, ”Galih, our room needs painting.”yang menjelaskan kalau kamar merekaperlu dicat ulang. Jadi, dapat disimpulkanbahwa percakapan tersebut terjadi dirumah (at home).
2. Who are talking in the dialog?A. Two brothers.B. Two friends.C. Two classmates.D. Two old friends.Jawaban: AGalih berkata, ”Yeah, . . . and make ourparents surprised!”. Jadi, dapat dipastikanmereka berdua adalah dua saudara laki-laki.
3. What color do Andika and Galih choose topaint their room?A. Red. B. Yellow.C. Blue. D. White.Jawaban: CSaat Galih mengusulkan untuk mengecatkamar mereka dengan warna biru, kalimat”Um, . . . I think blue is just perfect,Andika.” Andika menyetujuinya denganberkata, ”You’re right.”. Jadi, mereka akanmengecat kamar mereka dengan warnabiru.
4. What is the dialog about?A. Breakfast. B. Lunch.C. Dinner. D. Supper.Jawaban: BSecara keseluruhan, percakapan tersebutmembicarakan tentang makan siang. Heraberkata, ”I prefer bringing my lunch fromhome.”.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
This dialog is for questions 4 and 5.
Jacky : What are you bringing, Hera?A lunch box?
Hera : Yeah.Jacky : Don’t you like having lunch in the
school canteen?Hera : Um, . . . actually I don’t quite like it.
I prefer bringing my lunch fromhome.
Jacky : Why?Hera : It’s cheaper and healthier.Jacky : Are you sure?Hera : Absolutely!
36 UNIT 1 Descriptives
5. Where does the dialog happen?A. In a restaurant.B. At hospital.C. At school.D. At home.
Jawaban: CIsi percakapan tersebut adalah tentangbekal makan siang Hera yang dibawanyadari rumah. Tempat berlangsungnyapercakapan disimpulkan dari kalimat,”Don’t you like going to the schoolcanteen?”. Jadi, dapat dipastikan bahwapercakapan terjadi di sekolah.
A. Read the dialog.Answer the questions that follow.
Cindy : Ferdy, what do you like to do in your spare time?Ferdy : I like fishing. Do you like it, Cindy?Cindy : Fishing? Ugh, I don’t like it.Ferdy : Why?Cindy : It’s boring, you know. We need a long time to get a fish.Ferdy : I don’t think so. I enjoy the time when I am waiting for getting the fish.Cindy : It needs much patience.Ferdy : You’re right, but it trains us to be more patient.
Questions:1. What is the dialog about?
Jawaban: It is about fishing.2. Does Ferdy like fishing?
Jawaban: Yes, he does.3. What does Ferdy say to express his likes/dislikes?
Jawaban: He says, “I like fishing.”4. Why does Cindy dislike fishing?
Jawaban: Because fishing is boring. It needs a long time to get a fish.5. What is Ferdy’s opinion about waiting for a long time while fishing?
Jawaban: It trains them to be more patient.
Variasi:
Find the meanings of the following words.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. spare time = waktu senggang2. to fish = memancing3. boring = membosankan4. to wait for = menunggu5. patience = kesabaran
37PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
B. Complete the following dialog with the correct expressions from the box.
a. she will like it b. A gift for my sisterc. I hope d. What do you thinke. I think
Gea : Yenni, what are you wrapping?Yenni : (1) ________. The day after tomorrow is her birthday.Gea : Oh. May I have a look?Yenni : Sure. (2) ________, Gea?Gea : Wow! (3) ________ it’s the nicest watch I have ever seen.Yenni : Really? Thanks. (4) ________ my sister likes it.Gea : I’m sure (5) ________.Jawaban:1. b 2. d 3. e 4. c 5. a
C. Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task B.
1. What is Yenni doing?Jawaban: She is wrapping a gift for her sister’s birthday.
2. When will Yenni’s sister have a birthday?Jawaban: The day after tomorrow.
3. What is the gift?Jawaban: A watch.
4. In Gea’s opinion, how is the gift?Jawaban: It is the nicest watch she has ever seen.
5. Does Gea think that Yenni’s sister will like the gift? How do you know?Jawaban: Yes, she does. She says, “I’m sure she will like it.”
Variasi:
A. Complete the following dialog with the correct words from the box.
a. entertaining b. cinemas c. preferd. frightened e. pay
Chika : Damar, what do you think of Indonesian horror movies in the (1) ________ recently?I mean, do you like them?
Damar: Well, I’d say I don’t really like them, Chika. I’d (2) ________ comedy.Chika : Why? Horror movies are very (3) ________.Damar: In my opinion, why do we (4) ________ just to be (5) ________?Chika : And why do we pay just to laugh? Ha . . . ha . . . ha . . .
Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)Jawaban:1. b 2. c 3. a 4. e 5. d
38 UNIT 1 Descriptives
D. In turns, ask whether your friend likes or dislikes the activities in the table.Put a tick (✔✔✔✔✔) in the right column.See the example.
Example:Student A : Do you like planting flowers?Student B : No, I don’t. What about you?Student A : I like it so much.
Name: _______________________________
B. Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task A.1. What is the dialog about?
Jawaban: It’s about recent Indonesian horror movies.2. Who likes comedy?
Jawaban: Damar does.3. Damar says, “I’d say I don’t really like them, Chika.”
What does it mean?Jawaban: He expresses his dislikes.
4. What is Chika’s opinion about horror movies?Jawaban: In her opinion, horror movies are very entertaining. She likes them.
5. “. . . just to be frightened?”What is the synonym of the bold-typed word?Jawaban: Afraid/scared.
Activities
Plant flowers.Eat fast food.Clean the house.Play chess.Browse the Internet.Talk with strangers.Shop in a market.Go swimming every weekend.Play games in a computer.Join a study club.
LikeNo.
1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.
10.
Dislike
✔
Contoh jawaban:Rida : Do you like planting flowers?Sita : No, I don’t. What about you?Rida : I like it so much. Anyway, what about eating fast food? Do you like it?Sita : I don’t. I think fast food is not good for our health.Rida : I think so. Um . . . do you like cleaning your house?Sita : Sure. My family and I clean our house every day. You know, we have no housemaid.Rida : That’s great! By the way, what do you usually do in your spare time? Do you like playing
chess?Sita : Yeah. I usually play chess with my brother.Rida : What about browsing the Internet, go swimming every weekend or playing games in
a computer?
39PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Sita : I like browsing the Internet and go swimming, but I don’t like playing games in a computer.I think it is useless and just wastes my time.
Rida : I think so. Anyway, do you like talking to someone you haven’t known before?Sita : Of course not. It’s too dangerous to talk to strangers.Rida : I see. Now, do you like go shopping in a market?Sita : Absolutely. I always go shopping in a market with my mom every Sunday.Rida : Good girl. Last question, do you like joining a study club?Sita : Of course, I do.
Name: Sita
Asking for services
Plant flowers.Eat fast food.Clean the house.Play chess.Browse the Internet.Talk with strangers.Shop in a market.Go swimming every weekend.Play games in a computer.Join a study club.
Like
✔✔✔
✔✔
✔
No.
1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.
10.
Dislike
✔✔
✔
✔
E. Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good dialog.
Kalimat-kalimat acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
Desta : I see.Chika : Tell me. Do you like her too?Desta : No, I don’t. She also has a beautiful voice. You must admit it.Chika : Do you think Shanty will win the singing contest?Desta : Yeah. She is beautiful.Chika : I know that. However, I don’t like her. I think she only concerns about her vocal and
the proper singing technique, but she ignores her performance on stage.Desta : I do. She always gets the first rank in an SMS polling.Chika : Ha . . . ha . . . . You just like her because she is beautiful, don’t you?
836147
25
Variasi:Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut.
Kalimat-kalimat acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
Lisa : I’ve never thought you like reading novels.Bunga : I see. By the way, I will go to the fiction section. See you.Lisa : Hi, Bunga. What are you doing here?Bunga : I like novels. I usually spend my spare time reading novels. What about you?
What are you doing here?Lisa : O.K., then. See you.Bunga : Oh, hi, Lisa. I’m looking for some novels.Lisa : I want to borrow some science books.
36
7
52
14
40 UNIT 1 Descriptives
F. Complete the following statements with the proper words based on the dialog in Task E.
1. The speakers are talking about ________.2. Desta thinks that Shanty will win the singing contest because ________.3. Desta likes Shanty because she is ________ and has ________.4. Chika agrees that Shanty has a good voice, but still she ________ her.5. Chika thinks that Shanty only pays attention to ________ and ________, but she ignores
________.Jawaban:1. Shanty, one contestant in a singing contest2. she gets the first rank in an SMS polling3. beautiful; a beautiful voice4. dislikes5. her vocal and proper singing technique; her performance on stage
G. Make dialogs based on the following situations.
1. Your mother bought you a pretty dress for your birthday party. You like the dress. How wouldthe conversation go?
2. Your friend is bringing some candies. He/she offers you some, but you say that you don’t likethem. How would the conversation go?
3. You have a nice small garden in front of your house. You ask for your friend’s opinion aboutthe garden. How would the conversation go?
4. You and your friend are talking about a new student in your classroom. The new studentseems smart and kindhearted. How would the conversation go?
Contoh jawaban:1. Mother : I have something for you, dear. Here you are.
Riana : What is it, Mom?Mother : Open it yourself.Riana : Wow! A beautiful dress! Is it for me, Mom?Mother : Sure. Do you like it?Riana : Yeah! I like it very much.Mother : You can wear it on your birthday party.Riana : I will. Thank you, Mom.Mother : You’re welcome.
2. Kirana : Want some candies?Anin : No, thanks.Kirana : Why? Don’t you like them?Anin : I don’t.Kirana : I see.
3. Indah : Welcome to my garden. What do you think of it?Tiara : Well, it’s very beautiful.Indah : Really? Thanks.Tiara : You have many flowers here.Indah : Yeah. I like them. I like to see them, especially, when they’re blooming.
4. Rendra: Deryl, what do you think of our new classmate?Deryl : Do you mean Rosa?Rendra: Yeah.Deryl : I think she is kindhearted.Rendra: I think so. She also looks smart.
41PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
1.2 Genre
Spoken Text
Read the following monolog.Hello, friends. Let me tell you about my family.There are five people in my family. I do love them. Well, my parents are Mr. and
Mrs. Hendi. They run a business in furniture.I am the second child in my family. I have an elder brother and a younger sister. My
brother’s name is Avian and my sister’s name is Alya.We live in a house situated in the center of the city. It is a big house with a swimming
pool and a small garden at the back yard. My parents make the garden as a playground fortheir children. The swimming pool and the garden are my family’s favorite places. We oftengather and spend our time there.
Please come to my house and let’s enjoy our time together.
The text above is a spoken descriptive. It describes the speaker’s family and house.
Written Text
Read the following text.
Title My Family
Description
My parents are Mr. and Mrs. Hendi. They run a business infurniture. I am the second child in my family. I have an elderbrother and a younger sister. My brother’s name is Avian and mysister’s name is Alya.
We live in a house in the center of the city. It is a big housewith a swimming pool and a small garden at the back yard. Myparents make the garden as a playground for their children. Theswimming pool and the garden are my family’s favorite places. Weoften gather and spend our time there.
Please come to my house and we can enjoy our time together.
IdentificationI live with my family. There are five people in my family who
I really love.
42 UNIT 1 Descriptives
The text is a written descriptive. It describes the writer’s family and house.A descriptive is a text which describes a particular (specific) person, place or thing.A descriptive has a schematic structure in the way to describe something or someone.Those are:1. Identification. It will say something interesting of the specific participation, so the
readers are convinced to read the text.2. Description. It should be specific, in order to help the readers to build a visualization
image of whatever you are describing. You have to describe what you are going to tellin a very detail description and explanation of parts of something, qualities,characteristics of a person or a thing.
Grammar Section
Prepositions
Read the following dialog.
The bold-typed sentence above uses a preposition ‘on’ meaning ‘di atas’.Prepositions are little words whose job is to tell us about the position of someone or something.
There are many kinds of prepositions. Some of them are on, under, behind, in front of, in,beside, and between.
Look at these pictures to get more information about prepositions.
The doll is on the box. The doll is under the box.
Did you see mymobile phone?
Yeah. It is on the diningtable. You left it there,
didn’t you?
The doll is behind the box.
43PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
The doll is in front of the box. The doll is in the box.
Telling Time
Read the following dialog.
The sentence “What time do you usually wake up?” is an expression of asking the time.The sentences “At four thirty.” and “. . . at five o’clock.” are expressions of telling the time.
The doll is beside the box. The doll is between the boxes.
What time do youusually wake up,
Sari?
I usually wakeup at fiveo’clock.
At four thirty.What about
you?
44 UNIT 1 Descriptives
Look at these pictures for more information about telling the time.
The students start their lessons atseven o’clock.
Mr. Ardian has lunch at twelvethirty/at half past twelve.
Sheila does her homework at fifteento eight/at a quarter to eight.
Edo watches television at ten pastsix.
Answer the following questions.
1. Do you live with your family?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do.
2. How many people are there in your family? Who are they?Contoh jawaban: There are four people. They are my father and mother, my elder sister and
me.3. What is your opinion about your house?
Contoh jawaban: It is not big, but comfortable.
45PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
A. Read the following words.Find out their meanings.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. however = namun, akan tetapi 2. busy = sibuk3. to spend = menghabiskan 4. primary school = sekolah dasar5. doll = boneka 6. always = selalu7. unique = unik 8. shelf = rak9. special = khusus 10. abroad = luar negeri
B. Listen to your teacher.Complete the following text based on what you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Hello, everyone, I am Edo. Now, I’d like to tell you about my (1) family. There are four people
in my family. My parents are Mr. and Mrs. Vicky. My father is about forty years old, and my motheris five years younger than him. Both my parents are (2) busy. However, they always have time forus. We often spend our spare time together.
I have a younger (3) sister named Sita. She is still in a primary school. She likes to play dolls.She always gets (4) dolls on her birthdays. When my father goes abroad, he often buys her uniquedolls. No wonder, she has more than twenty dolls. She keeps the dolls on special shelves in herroom. However, her (5) favorite one is the barbie dolls. She says that she wants to be a barbiesomeday. Ha . . . ha . . . a little girl’s dream.
Variasi:
Find the antonyms of the following words in the text in Task B.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. busy >< spare 2. to waste >< to spend3. to come >< to go 4. seldom >< often5. older >< younger 6. to sell >< to buy7. to hate >< to like 8. common >< special
C. Answer the following questions based on the text in Task B.
1. Who is delivering the monolog?Jawaban: Edo is.
2. What is the monolog about?Jawaban: It is about Edo’s family.
3. How old is Mrs. Vicky?Jawaban: She is thirty-five years old.
4. How many children do Mr. and Mrs. Vicky have?Jawaban: They have two children, Edo and Sita.
5. Who is Sita?Jawaban: Edo’s younger sister.
6. Where does Sita study?Jawaban: In a primary school.
46 UNIT 1 Descriptives
7. When does Sita always get dolls?Jawaban: On her birthdays.
8. Where does Sita keep her dolls?Jawaban: On special shelves in her room.
9. What are Sita’s favorite dolls?Jawaban: The barbie dolls.
10. What is Sita’s dream?Jawaban: She wants to be a barbie someday.
Variasi:
A. Listen to your teacher.Complete the following text based on what you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Have you ever come to Bella’s house? What does it look like? Let me tell you about it
then. Bella’s house is very (1) nice. It is surrounded by many trees and (2) rice fields.Bella lives in a big house with a large garden (3) at the front. The house has two floors
with a (4) balcony. She usually spends her afternoon activities, such as (5) reading comics,in the balcony.
The house has a big (6) living room. About Bella’s bedroom, it is also (7) big and clean.I wonder who keeps that house clean. Well, Bella and her (8) family do it themselves. Theydon’t employ a (9) housemaid. Can’t you believe that? But that’s the (10) truth. So, if youhave time, let’s go there together.
B. Answer the following questions based on the text in Task A.1. What is the monolog about?
Jawaban: It’s about Bella’s house.2. What surrounds Bella’s house?
Jawaban: Many trees and rice fields.3. Where is the garden?
Jawaban: In front of the house.4. How many floors does Bella’s house have?
Jawaban: Two floors.5. Where does Bella usually spend her afternoon activities?
Jawaban: In the balcony.6. How is the living room?
Jawaban: It is big.7. Who cleans Bella’s house?
Jawaban: Bella’s family themselves.8. Does Bella’s family have a housemaid?
Jawaban: No, they don’t.9. “So, if you have time, let’s go there together.” (Paragraph 3)
What does the bold-typed word refer to?Jawaban: Bella’s house.
10. “I wonder who keeps that house clean.” (Paragraph 3)What is the antonym of the bold-typed word?Jawaban: Dirty.
47PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
D. Listen to your teacher.Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.
1. The monolog is about the speaker’s________.A. house B. roomC. bathroom D. gardenJawaban: APilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuaidengan kalimat awal teks, yaitu ”Now, letme tell you about my house.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena hanyamerupakan bagian-bagian rumah.
2. The kitchen is ________.A. big B. wideC. small D. narrow
Teks yang dibacakan guru:Now, let me tell you about my house.
It is situated at Jalan Kartini number 14. It isbig enough and nice.
My house has two floors. It has a livingroom, a small kitchen and a bathroom onthe first floor. On the second floor there arethree bedrooms and a bathroom. Myparents’ bedroom is big. My brother’s roomis next to my room.
Um . . . my room is small, but I like it.It has light green wall. There is a desk witha computer on it. I do my homework there.
You know, there is also a nice gardenin front of my house. I often play there withmy brother. Well, that’s my lovely house.
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior HighSchool Student Grade VII
Jawaban: CDalam monolog terdapat kalimat ”It hasa living room, a small kitchen and . . . . ”.Jadi, dapur tersebut kecil, pilihan jawaban(C) benar.
3. The following are the rooms on the firstfloor, except ________.A. a living room B. a kitchenC. a bathroom D. bedroomsJawaban: DRuangan yang tidak terdapat di lantai satuadalah kamar tidur (bedroom). Hal itusesuai dengan kalimat ”It has a livingroom, a small kitchen and a bathroom onthe first floor.”. Di samping itu, kamar tidurterletak di lantai dua, sesuai dengankalimat ”On the second floor there arethree bedrooms . . . .”.
4. The speaker’s room is ________ his/herbrother’s room.A. in front of B. besideC. behind D. insideJawaban: BKamar pembicara berada di sampingkamar saudara laki-lakinya. Hal itu sesuaidengan kalimat, ”My brother’s room is nextto my room.”. Kata depan ’next to’ memilikimakna yang sama dengan ’beside’, yaitudi samping/sebelah.
5. The wall of the speaker’s room is ________.A. red B. pinkC. light blue D. light greenJawaban: DJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”It haslight green wall.”. Kata ’it’ dalam kalimattersebut mengacu pada kamar pembicara.Jadi, dinding kamar pembicara berwarnahijau muda (light green).
A. Read the following text.Retell it using your own words.
I have a favorite place at home. It is certainly my bedroom.My bedroom is quite small, but the white color gives me a wider view. I really enjoy staying in
my room. You know what? To avoid boredom, I often change the arrangement of the things in myroom. I also put some pictures or decorations in it.
48 UNIT 1 Descriptives
There is a small single bed in my room, where I always sleep on it at night. On the bed I puta bed sheet, two blue pillows and a bolster. Beside the bed is a desk with some books on it.I always write, read and study on the desk. Then, I put a round small clock on the wall to tell thetime.
Contoh jawaban:Let me tell you about my bedroom. Um . . . it is my favorite room in my house.Actually, my room is not big enough, but the white color makes the room look larger. I really
enjoy staying in my room. You know what? To avoid boredom, I often change the arrangement ofthe things in my room. I also put some pictures or decorations in it.
My room has a small single bed where I always lay on it at night. On the bed I put a bed sheet,two blue pillows and a bolster. There is a desk with some books on it beside the bed. I alwayswrite, read and study on the desk. I also put a round small clock on the wall to tell the time.
Variasi:
Answer the following questions based on the text in Task A.1. What is the purpose of the text?
Jawaban: To describe a particular place, i.e. the speaker’s bedroom.2. How is the speaker’s bedroom?
Jawaban: It is quite small, but the white color makes the room look wider.3. What does the speaker’s do to avoid boredom in his/her bedroom?
Jawaban: He/she often changes the arrangement of the things in his/her room.4. What things are in the speaker’s bedroom?
Jawaban: A small single bed, a bed sheet, two blue pillows, a bolster, a desk with somebooks on it and a round small clock on the wall.
5. Where is the desk?Jawaban: It is beside the bed.
B. Look at the picture.Describe it briefly.
Contoh jawaban:Look at the house. It is Mr. Wawan’s house.Mr. Wawan and his family live in a small house. The
house is surrounded by white fences.As you can see, there is a coconut tree in front of the
house. It is quite tall. Sometimes, Mr. Wawan picks theyoung coconuts and makes ‘es degan’.
The house consists of some rooms. There area living room, three bedrooms, a dining room, a kitchenand a bathroom. There is a veranda in front of the house.Next to the veranda is a garage where Mr. Wawan keepshis car.
49PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
C. Describe your house or one of the rooms in your house orally.Contoh jawaban:
My family and I live in a lovely house. It is small but comfortable. It is situated in the countryside.My house has some rooms. They are a living room, a dining room, four bedrooms, a bathroom
and a kitchen. There is also a veranda in front of my house and a garden beside it.My favorite room is certainly my bedroom. It’s a nice blue-painted room. I put some posters of
my favorite actors and singers on the wall. There is a shelf for my books and my CDs. I also puta new desk with a yellow lamp. My room has two small windows, so I can get enough fresh air.
A. Put the following paragraphs in the correct order to get a good text.
Paragraf-paragraf acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
3 My grandpa’s name is Mr. Surya. He has a restaurant near Kuta Beach. Do you know whytourists like to visit my grandfather’s restaurant? It faces directly to the beach, so the visitors ofthe restaurant can enjoy the sunset.
1 My name is Kevin. I live with my parents and two elder sisters. My parents are Mr. andMrs. Steward, while my sisters are Jessica and Hanna.
4 That’s my family. I really love them.
2 All my family members, including me, like traveling. The place that we often visit is Balisince my grandfather lives there. Almost every long holiday, we go to visit him.
Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
B. Are the statements below true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A?Correct the false ones.
1. ______ The writer’s name is Jessica.2. ______ The text is about the writer’s relatives.3. ______ The writer’s family likes traveling.4. ______ Mr. Surya has a restaurant in Bali.5. ______ People like to visit Mr. Surya’s restaurant because they can see sunrise.
Jawaban:1. F (The writer’s name is Kevin.)2. F (The text is about the writer’s family.)3. T4. T5. F (People like to visit Mr. Surya’s restaurant because they can enjoy the sunset.)
50 UNIT 1 Descriptives
C. Complete the following family tree based on the text in Task A.
___________________ ___________________
___________________ ______________________________________
___________________ ______________________________________
Jawaban:
Mr. Surya Mrs. Surya
___________________ Mrs. StewardMr. Steward
Hanna KevinJessica
Variasi:
Look at the family tree below.Complete the following statements with the words related to kinship based on thefamily tree.
1. Mr. and Mrs. Gunawan are Lusiana’s ________.2. Mr. Gunawan is Lusiana’s ________.3. Mrs. Hertiana Gunawan is Lusiana’s ________.4. Lusiana is Mr. and Mrs. Gunawan’s ________.5. Aditya is Mr. and Mrs. Gunawan’s ________.6. Lusiana is Mr. Hermawan’s ________.7. Aditya is Mr. Hermawan’s ________.8. Mrs. Berlina Budiman is Lusiana’s ________.9. Lusiana is Mrs. Berlina Budiman ________.
10. Mr. Budiman is Lusiana’s ________.11. Aditya is Mr. Budiman’s ________.12. Reza is Lusiana’s ________.
Jawaban:1. grandparents 2. grandfather 3. grandmother4. granddaughter 5. grandson 6. daughter7. son 8. aunt 9. niece
10. uncle 11. nephew 12. cousin
Mr. Gunawan Mrs. Hertiana Gunawan
Mr. Hermawan Mrs. Septian Hermawan Mrs. Berlina Budiman Mr. Budiman
RezaLusiana AdityaLuksita
51PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
D. Read the text.Answer the questions that follow.
My family and I live on a hill. It is far from the city, so we are still able to enjoy fresh air. Wealways enjoy our spare time at home. We often sit at the veranda and see a mountain view. If wewant to see the green of rice fields, we go to the back yard.
My house is built with classic ‘panggung’ design from Padang. All parts of the house are madeof wood. It has two small stairs, at the front and behind the house. It doesn’t have a living room, butit has a veranda that is full of wooden furniture decorations. The decorations make me wonder andrelax every time I sit there.
We have a very big dining room. We also use it as our family room. There are a small tableand some chairs in the dining room. On the table my mother always serves our meal. There isa TV set and a square small carpet, where we usually eat our meal and watch TV programs.
I share my room with my little brother. We sleep on a big double bed. Our room is completedwith two desks and a big shelf. We usually use the desks to study and the self to keep ourproperties.
The bathroom and kitchen are not in our main house. They are away at the back yard. I guessit is good enough and suitable for our home design. We always clean the bathroom in turns.
Questions:1. What is the text about?
Jawaban: The writer’s house.2. Why is the writer able to enjoy fresh air?
Jawaban: Because his house is far from the city.3. Where does the writer usually go if he wants to see the green of rice fields?
Jawaban: He goes to the back yard.4. What is the house made of?
Jawaban: It is made of wood.5. Which room is called the family room?
Jawaban: The dining room.6. Where are the stairs?
Jawaban: At the front and behind the house.7. How is the dining room?
Jawaban: It is big.8. Who sleeps on a big double bed?
Jawaban: The writer and his little brother do.9. Where is the bathroom?
Jawaban: In the back yard.10. What does the writer’s family do to the bathroom?
Jawaban: They always clean it in turns.
Variasi:
Find the words in the text which have similar meanings as follows.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. distant = far 2. town = city3. terrace = veranda 4. look at = see5. traditional = classic 6. tiny = small7. huge = big 8. own = have9. desk = table 10. fit = suitable
52 UNIT 1 Descriptives
E. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.
Our school is on Jalan Sudirman. It haseighteen classrooms, two laboratories, onelibrary, one principal’s room, one teachers’room, one staff room, one music room, onecomputer room and one canteen. We alwayshold a flag ceremony in our school yard.Our school yard is not so big. That’s why, ifwe have a PE lesson, we practice at the fieldbeside our school.
1. What is the text about?A. The writer’s house.B. The writer’s school.C. The writer’s classroom.D. The writer’s room.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini benar yangdisimpulkan dari kalimat awal teks, yaitu”Our school is on Jalan Sudirman.”.Kalimat-kalimat berikutnya menjelaskanlebih lanjut tentang bagian-bagian sekolahpenulis.
2. How many rooms are there in the school?A. Twenty-seven.B. Twenty-eight.C. Twenty-nine.D. Thirty.Jawaban: ADalam teks terdapat kalimat ”It haseighteen classrooms, two laboratories, onelibrary, one principal’s room, one teachers’room, one staff room, one music room, onecomputer room and one canteen.”. Jadi,jumlah total ruangan dalam sekolahtersebut ada 27 (twenty-seven).
3. Where do they always hold a flagceremony?A. In the room.B. At the field.C. Beside their school.D. In their school yard.
Jawaban: DPada kalimat ketiga disebutkan ”Wealways hold a flag ceremony in our schoolyard.” yang artinya ”Kami selalumengadakan upacara bendera di halamansekolah kami.”. Berdasarkan kalimattersebut, dapat disimpulkan bahwamereka selalu mengadakan upacarabendera di halaman sekolah mereka (intheir school yard).
4. The students don’t practice their PElesson at the school yard because it is________.A. big B. longC. wide D. smallJawaban: DBerdasarkan kalimat keempat dalam teks,”Our school yard is not so big, that’s why. . . .” yang artinya ”Halaman sekolah kamitidak terlalu besar sehingga . . . .”, dapatdisimpulkan bahwa murid-murid tidakmelakukan pelajaran olahraga di halamansekolah karena halaman sekolah kecil(small).
5. ”We always hold a flag ceremony . . . .”(Sentence 3)What does the underlined word refer to?A. The writer and his teachers.B. All the teachers of the school.C. The students in the writer’s class.D. The writer and his schoolmates.
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007Jawaban: DKalimat soal mempunyai arti ”Kami selalumengadakan upacara bendera . . . .”. Kata’we’ (kami) dalam kalimat tersebutmengacu pada penulis dan teman-temansekolahnya (the writer and his/herschoolmates).
53PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
F. Read the following words and find their meanings.Put a tick (✔✔✔✔✔) in the columns where you usually find such things.
Thing
1. toaster2. television3. desk lamp4. sofa5. plate6. water tap7. bed8. gas stove9. glass
10. soap11. pillow12. painting13. dipper14. spoon15. refrigerator
Meaning
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
In theLivingRoom
__________________________________________________________________________________________
In theDiningRoom
__________________________________________________________________________________________
In theBedroom
__________________________________________________________________________________________
In theKitchen
__________________________________________________________________________________________
In theBathroom
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Jawaban:
Thing
1. toaster
2. television
3. desk lamp
4. sofa
5. plate
6. water tap
7. bed
8. gas stove
9. glass
10. soap
11. pillow
12. painting
13. dipper
14. spoon
15. refrigerator
Meaning
alat pemanggang
televisi
lampu meja
sofa
piring
keran air
tempat tidur
kompor gas
gelas
sabun
bantal
lukisan
gayung
sendok
lemari es
In theLivingRoom
✔
✔
✔
In theDiningRoom
✔
✔
✔
✔
In theBedroom
✔
✔
✔
✔
In theKitchen
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
In theBathroom
✔
✔
✔
54 UNIT 1 Descriptives
G. Write sentences about the following pictures using proper prepositions.See the example.
Example:
The dictionary is on the table.
2
Jawaban:1. The mobile phones are in the drawer.2. The shoes are under the cupboard.3. The blackboard is in front of the class.4. The rubbish bin is behind the door.5. The book is beside the bag.
1 3
4 5
________________________ ________________________ ________________________
________________________ ________________________
55PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
H. Look at the following time schedule.Complete the text based on the time schedule.
Time
4:45 a.m5:15 a.m5:40 a.m6 a.m1:55 p.m2:20 p.m4 p.m6:20 p.m6:35 p.m7:30 p.m9:30 p.m
Activities
get uptake a bathhave breakfastgo to schoolhave lunchtake a napplay footballhave dinnerwatch televisionstudygo to bed
Andra has regular habits. He usually gets up at(1) ________. Then, at (2) ________ he takes a bath. He hasbreakfast at (3) ________. After that, he goes to school andstudies until the class is over in the afternoon.
Arriving home from school, Andra usually has lunch at(4) ________. Then, he takes a nap for about one hour. Threetimes a week he plays football with his friends. In the evening,he always has dinner with his family. Then, he usuallywatches TV at (5) ________. After watching TV, he goesstudying. He usually studies for two hours. Finally, he goes tobed.
Jawaban:1. a quarter to five 2. five fifteen/a quarter past five3. twenty to six/five forty 4. five to two5. six thirty-five/twenty-five to seven
A. Notice five things in your classroom.Write the positions of the things using proper prepositions.
Contoh jawaban:1. The bag is in the drawer.2. The map and the calender hang on the wall.3. The blackboard is in front of the class.4. There is a duster behind the door.5. The vase is on the teacher’s desk.
B. Write five sentences telling the time when you do your daily activities.
Contoh jawaban:1. I usually wake up at five o’clock.2. I go to school at six fifteen.3. I have lunch at one thirty.4. I usually watch television at five o’clock.5. I go to sleep at ten.
C. Read the following text.Make a family tree based on the text.
My name is Clara. I live with my family. My family consists of five people. My father’s name isFerdi, and my mother’s name is Rara. However, people usually call them Mr. and Mrs. Ferdi. Myparents like gardening very much. In their spare time they often plant new trees or flowers in thegarden. Those flowers and trees make our garden colorful. That’s why, the garden is our favoriteplace to gather.
56 UNIT 1 Descriptives
I have only an elder brother named Ardian. He is seventeen years old. He is interested incomputer and sports. He also likes to spend a lot of time with his friends.
My grandparents, Mr. and Mrs. Nugraha, live not far from my house. They are in good healthat the age of about sixty-five. My father has a sister named Cinthya. People usually call herMrs. Erwin because she married Erwin. My grandparents live with my aunt and uncle, Mr. and Mrs.Erwin. My aunt and uncle have a daughter named Linda. Since I don’t have a sister, Lindabecomes my dearest cousin.
Jawaban:Mr. Nugraha Mrs. Nugraha
Mrs. Ferdi Mr. Ferdi Mrs. Erwin Mr. Erwin
Ardian
D. Ask your close friend about his/her family.Write a descriptive about his/her family.
Contoh jawaban:I have a close friend named Tiara. She lives with her family.Tiara lives in a small village. Her father, Mr. Iwan, is a farmer and her mother, Mrs. Iwan, is
a tailor. Tiara has a younger brother named Rio. He still studies in a primary school.Tiara and her family lives in a big house. Her house is surrounded by rice fields. There is a big
garden in front of her house. The garden is very beautiful with many flowers in it. There are alsosome trees in the garden. That’s why, it is very shady.
Tiara likes her house so much. It’s far from the town, so it’s quiet. Furthermore, the air is stillfresh, and the water is very clear. It’s really different from the condition in towns.
1.3 Short Functional Texts: Announcements and Greeting Cards
Spoken Text
Read the following text.Attention, please.Our school will hold an English speaking contest at the school hall on January 20, 2010.All students are invited to join the contest.
The text above is an announcement in spoken form.An announcement is a spoken or written statement that informs people about something.
Clara Linda
57PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Written Text
Read the following text.
The text above is a greeting card. It is used to congratulate on someone’s birthday.Greeting cards are illustrated cards featuring expressions of friendship or othersentiment. Although they are usually given on special occasions, such as birthdays orholidays, they are also sent to convey gratitude or express other feelings.
Answer the following questions.
1. Can you hear any announcements at your school?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I can.
2. What announcements do you usually hear at school?Contoh jawaban: An announcement about a flag hoisting ceremony or a test.
3. Have you ever sent a greeting card?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have.
4. In what occasion do you usually send a greeting card?Contoh jawaban: On my friend’s birthday.
58 UNIT 1 Descriptives
A. Read the following words.Find out their meanings.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. parking lot = tempat parkir2. bike = sepeda3. attention = perhatian4. to build = membangun5. language laboratory = laboratorium bahasa
B. Listen to your teacher.Complete the following text based on what you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:(1) Attention, students.We have a new (2) parking lot beside the school canteen. From now on, you should park your
(3) bikes there. The old parking lot will be (4) built into a (5) language laboratory. Thank you.
C. Answer the questions based on the announcement in Task B.
1. Where can you hear such an announcement?Jawaban: At school.
2. Who do you think delivers the announcement?Jawaban: A teacher.
3. What is the announcement about?Jawaban: It’s about a new parking lot.
4. “From now on, you should park your bikes there.”What does the word “you” refer to?Jawaban: It refers to the students.
5. What happens with the old parking lot?Jawaban: It will be built into a language laboratory.
A. Make an announcement based on the following cue words.
An extracurricular activity (a computer course).
Once a week in the afternoon.
In the computer laboratory.
All students.
What?
When?
Who?
Where?
59PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Contoh jawaban:Attention, please.We will have a new extracurricular activity. It is a computer course. It will be held once a week
in the afternoon in the computer laboratory.All students are invited to join. Each classroom will have their own turn. So please read the
schedule on the announcement board.
B. Make announcements based on the following situations.
1. Your school principal, Mr. Irwan, will be retired next month. His position will be replaced bya new principal, Mr. Rizal. Your school will have a small farewell party for Mr. Irwan anda welcoming party for Mr. Rizal.
2. There is a new rule in your school. Students must not stay in the classrooms during the break.
Contoh jawaban:1. Attention, please.
Our school principal, Mr. Irwan will be retired next month. He will be replaced by Mr. Rizal.Therefore, the school committee will arrange a small party for them. Please join the party onnext Saturday morning at ten a.m. in the school hall. You may also show your performance inthe party. Thank you.
2. Attention, please.Our school has issued a new rule. Students must not stay in the classrooms during the
break. Thank you.
A. Read the following text.What is it about?
Jawaban:It’s a greeting card to congratulate on someone’s graduation.
60 UNIT 1 Descriptives
B. Answer the following questions based on the text in Task A.
1. What is the purpose of the text?Jawaban: To congratulate someone on his graduation.
2. Who sends the card?Jawaban: Rico’s parents.
3. Whom is the card sent to?Jawaban: Rico.
4. “. . . until their son is grown.”What does the word ‘their’ refer to?Jawaban: It refers to Rico’s parents’.
5. “Parents seldom realize . . . .”What is the synonym of the bold-typed word?Jawaban: Aware.
C. Match the following situations with the suitable greeting cards.
Source: October 5, 2009 <http://www.ckcpark.net>
a b
c
1. It is a new year. You want to say a happy new year to your pen friend.2. Your cousin is in hospital. You hope he will get well soon.3. Your aunt gives a baby birth. You want to congratulate her.
Jawaban:1. b 2. c 3. a
Source: August 6, 2009 <http://www.123greetings.com/family/baby/baby7.html>
61PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
A. Write greeting cards based on the following situations.
1. Your close friend has won a competition.Write a greeting card to congratulate him/her.
2. Your elder sister will get married next week.Write a greeting card to congratulate the brides.
Contoh jawaban:
B. Write a greeting card.You are free to choose your own topic.
Contoh jawaban:
1.
2.
62 UNIT 1 Descriptives
Write a descriptive about your bike.
Read and memorize the words.Use them whenever you speak English.
bench : bangkubolster : gulingboredom : kebosananchess : caturto convey : menyampaikandirectly : secara langsunghill : bukit
in turns : secara bergantianto perch : hinggappillow : bantalplayground : tempat bermainripe : masak, matangto run : menjalankanshady : teduhsquare : kotakstate : negara/negerito wonder : merasa heran
63PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.
1. Tiara : Dewa, what do you think of myperformance last night?
Dewa : That was great! You dancedgracefully. I like it.
Tiara : Really? Thank you.
What did Tiara perform last night?A. A play. B. A song.C. A dance. D. A speech.Jawaban: CDewa berkata, ”You danced gracefully.”.Jadi, yang dipertunjukkan Tiara kemarinmalam adalah tarian (a dance).
2. Diana : Do you like this bag, Fariz?Fariz : I do. What about you, Diana?Diana : I like its model, but I don’t like the
color.
What does Diana feel about the bag?A. She likes its model and color.B. She likes its color.C. She dislikes its model.D. She dislikes its color.Jawaban: DDalam percakapan tersebut Diana berkata,”I like its model, but I don’t like the color.”.Jadi, Diana menyukai model tas tersebut,tetapi tidak menyukai warnanya.
3. Alya : Rio, what do you think of mysister?
Rio : Well, she is beautiful and friendly.Alya : You’re right.
Who is beautiful and friendly?A. Alya. B. Rio.C. Alya’s sister. D. Rio’s sister.Jawaban: CAlya berkata, ”Rio, what do you think of mysister?” dan dijawab Rio, ”Well, she isbeautiful and friendly.”. Kata ’she’ dalamkalimat tersebut mengacu pada saudaraperempuan Alya. Jadi, yang cantik danramah adalah saudara perempuan Alya(Alya’s sister).
Read the text and answer questions 4 and 5.
My name is Aditya. I’d like to tell you aboutmy family.
I have a small family. There are only fourpeople; my parents, my brother and me.My father, Mr. Andika is forty years old, whilemy mother, Mrs. Andika is thirty-eight years old.My father is a doctor, and my mom is a teacher.
I have only an elder brother named Raka.He is about sixteen years old. He studies inSMAN 1. He lives in a boarding house becausehis school is far from our house. He usuallycomes home once a week.
4. What is the monolog about?A. Aditya’s brother.B. Aditya’s family.C. Aditya’s father.D. Aditya’s mother.Jawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat”My name is Aditya. I’d like to tell youabout my family.”. Jadi, teks tersebutmenjelaskan keluarga Aditya. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karenamerupakan gagasan pendukung teks.
5. Where does Raka study?A. In a state university.B. In a private university.C. In a senior high school.D. In a junior high school.Jawaban: CDalam teks terdapat kalimat ”He studies inSMAN 1.”. Kata ’he’ dalam kalimat tersebutmengacu kepada Raka. Jadi, Rakamenuntut ilmu di SMAN 1 (in a senior highschool).
Read the announcement and answerquestions 6 and 7.
Attention, please.Due to the exhibition of the final exam for
the students grade IX, the students grade VIIand VIII do not need to go to school for threedays, starting from Monday, January 4, 2010.
In spite of having a holiday, don’t forget tostudy at home. Thank you.
64 UNIT 1 Descriptives
6. What is the announcement about?A. The test.B. The mid semester test.C. The final exam.D. The holiday for the students grade VII
and VIII.Jawaban: DInti dari pengumuman tersebut adalahsiswa kelas tujuh dan delapan tidak perlupergi ke sekolah (libur) karena adakegiatan uji coba ujian akhir untuk siswakelas sembilan (kalimat ”Due to theexhibition of the final exam for the studentsgrade IX, the students grade VII and VIIIdo not need to go to school . . . .”). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena bukanmerupakan inti pengumuman tersebut.
7. Whom is the announcement aimed to?A. The teachers.B. The examiners.C. The students grade IX.D. The students grade VII and VIII.Jawaban: DPengumuman tersebut ditujukan kepadasiswa kelas tujuh dan delapan. Hal itudisimpulkan dari kalimat ”. . ., the studentsgrade VII and VIII do not need to go toschool . . . .”. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks.
Read the text and answer questions 8 and 9.
Jawaban: CUcapan dalam kartu tersebut artinya ”Turutberduka cita”. Jadi, tujuan penulisan kartutersebut adalah untuk menunjukkansimpati (ikut berduka cita). Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah; (A) artinya untuk memberiucapan selamat kepada seseorang,(B) artinya untuk menunjukkankebahagiaan, dan (D) artinya untukmengungkapkan terima kasih.
9. “Please accept our condolences”.The bold typed word has a similar meaningto ________.A. agree B. receiveC. reject D. likeJawaban: BKata ’accept’ artinya menerima. Katatersebut memiliki makna yang samadengan kata ’receive’. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena bukan merupakanpersamaan kata tersebut. Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya menyetujui, (C) artinyamenolak, dan (D) artinya menyukai.
Read the text and answer questions 10 to 13.
Let me tell you about my family. My fatheris fifty-four. He is a lot older than my mother.She’s only forty-five. Dad has his own business.He runs an export business. Mom helps himwith the business. I have a brother and a sister.So there are five people in my house.
The oldest is my brother Toni. He istwenty-one. He studies in a university. The nextis my sister Alda. She is seventeen. She is inthe second grade of senior high school. Then,it’s me. I’m the youngest child in my family.Now, I am in the first grade of junior highschool.
We are all different. My father and I bothare interested in swimming. We often go to theswimming pool together. Toni likes sports,especially football. Meanwhile, Alda likes topaint and draw.
Adapted from: American Breakthrough 2
8. What is the purpose of the card?A. To congratulate someone.B. To show happiness.C. To show sympathy.D. To express gratitude.
65PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
10. What is the text about?A. The writer.B. The writer’s family.C. The writer’s parents.D. The writer’s brother and sister.Jawaban: BSecara keseluruhan teks tersebutmenjelaskan tentang keluarga penulis.Paragraf pertama menjelaskan orang tuapenulis, paragraf kedua menjelaskansaudara kandung penulis, dan paragrafketiga menjelaskan hobi anggota keluargapenulis.
11. What does the writer’s father do?A. He is a doctor.B. He is a manager.C. He is an importer.D. He is an exporter.Jawaban: DJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kelimadan keenam paragraf satu, yaitu ”Dad hashis own business. He runs an exportbusiness.”. Jadi, ayah penulis adalahseorang eksportir (pengusaha yangmengekspor barang ke luar negeri).
12. What does Alda like to do?A. She likes to paint.B. She likes to swim.C. She likes to play football.D. She likes to do some sports.Jawaban: AKalimat terakhir paragraf tiga tertulis”Meanwhile, Alda likes to paint and draw.”.Jadi, kegiatan yang disukai Alda adalahmelukis dan menggambar. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah; (B) merupakankegemaran penulis dan ayahnya,sedangkan (C) dan (D) merupakankegemaran Toni.
13. “My father and I both are interested inswimming.” (Paragraph 3)The bold-typed phrase can be bestreplaced by ________.A. keen on B. dislikeC. hate D. proud ofJawaban: AFrasa ’interested in’ dan ’keen on’ memilikiarti yang sama, yaitu tertarik pada. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban(B) artinya tidak suka, (C) artinya benci,dan (D) artinya bangga dengan.
14. Vira : I am very tired. Where will we takea shelter?
Rian : ________ the tree. I think it is shady.A. In B. OnC. Under D. BesideJawaban: CVira bertanya di mana mereka akanberteduh. Tempat yang sesuai untukberteduh adalah di bawah pohon. Jadi,preposisi yang tepat adalah under (dibawah). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena bukan merupakan preposisi yangtepat; (A) artinya di dalam, (B) artinya diatas, dan (D) artinya di samping.
15.
Adinda : What time will the course beover?
Beni : It will be over at ________.A. a quarter to fiveB. a quarter past fiveC. a half past fiveD. a quarter to sixJawaban: BGambar jam menunjukkan pukul 5:15.Jadi, kursus akan berakhir pada pukul5:15 (a quarter past five). Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah; (A) artinya pukul 4:45,(C) artinya pukul 5:30, dan (D) artinyapukul 5:45.
Read the text and answer questions 16 to 20.
I have a garden at the back yard. It is bigand clean.
My family and I love gardening. In mygarden you can find some flowers, vegetablesand fruit trees. I myself plant the flowers. Thereare roses, jasmines and sunflowers. When theyare blossoming, my garden looks so nice andcolorful. It also smells fragrant which attractsmany insects to perch on the flowers.
My mother plants some vegetables suchas chilies, spinach and eggplants. Besides, onevery corner, my father plants a fruit tree. We
66 UNIT 1 Descriptives
have some fruit trees such as bananas,mangoes and rambutans.
Let me tell you. The garden becomes oneof my family’s favorite places. We like to sit onthe benches under the trees. We like to do itbecause we can relax and get the fresh air. Weoften have a chat or a small discussion there.Furthermore, when the fruits are ripe, we canenjoy them together.
We always keep the garden clean. Wealways sweep the fallen leaves and water thetrees in turns. We also give the trees and plantsfertilizer so they grow well.
16. What is the text about?A. The writer’s house.B. The writer’s garden.C. The writer’s plants.D. The writer’s flowers.Jawaban: BSecara keseluruhan teks tersebutmenjelaskan tentang kebun penulis (thewriter’s garden). Hal itu disimpulkan darikalimat awal teks ”I have a garden at theback yard.” yang dilanjutkan dengandeskripsi tentang kebun tersebut dalamparagraf-paragraf berikutnya.
17. Where is the garden?A. In the house.B. In front of the house.C. Behind the house.D. Beside the house.Jawaban: CDalam kalimat pertama paragraf satuterdapat kalimat ”I have a garden at theback yard.”. Kata ’back yard’ artinyahalaman belakang. Jadi, kebun tersebutberada di belakang rumah. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya didalam rumah, (B) artinya di depan rumah,dan (D) artinya di samping rumah.
18. The following are the writer’s vegetationsin his/her garden, except ________.A. herbs B. vegetablesC. fruit D. flowers
Jawaban: ABerdasarkan kalimat awal paragraf dua,yaitu ”There are same trees and plants inmy garden, such as flowers, vegetablesand fruit trees.”, yang bukan merupakanjenis tumbuhan yang ditanam di kebunpenulis adalah tanaman obat-obatan(herbs). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena sesuai dengan teks, khususnyaparagraf dua dan tiga.
19. “We like to do it because we can relax andget the fresh air.” (Paragraph 4)What does the bold-typed word refer to?A. Have a chat.B. Plant the trees.C. Enjoy the ripe fruit.D. Sit on a bench under the tree.Jawaban: DJawaban diketahui dari kalimatsebelumnya ”We like to sit on the benchesunder the trees.”. Jadi, kata ’it’ dalamkalimat tersebut mengacu pada duduk dibangku di bawah pohon (sit on a benchunder the tree).
20. “. . . which attracts many insects to perchon the flowers.” (Paragraph 3)The opposite meaning of the bold-typedword is ________.A. invites B. takesC. repels D. showsJawaban: CKata ’attracts’ artinya menarik. Katatersebut berlawanan makna dengan kata’repel’ yang artinya menolak. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena bukanmerupakan lawan kata dari kata ’attract’.Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya mengundang,(B) artinya mengambil, dan (D) artinyamenunjukkan.
67PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
B. Complete the following text based on the following family tree.
Mr. Arya Mrs. Arya
Mr. GalihMrs. RendiMr. Rendi Mrs. Galih Mr. Guntur
Rony Silvy Fariz
Let me tell you about Silvy’s family.Silvy is Mr. and Mrs. Rendy’s (1) ________. She has a (2) ________ named Rony.
Mrs. Rendi’s (3) ________ is Mr. Arya. Therefore, Mr. Arya is Silvy’s (4) ________. Mr. Arya livestogether with his (5) ________ named Mrs. Arya in a village, far from their children.
Mr. and Mrs. Arya has three children, i.e. Mrs. Rendi, Mr. Galih and Mr. Guntur. So, Silvy hastwo (6) ________, Mr. Galih and Mr. Guntur. Therefore, Silvy is Mr. Galih’s (7) ________, whileRony is Mr. Galih’s (8) ________. Mr. and Mrs. Galih has one (9) ________ named Fariz. It meansthat Fariz is Silvy’s (10) ________.
Jawaban:1. daughter 2. brother 3. father4. grandfather 5. wife 6. uncles7. niece 8. nephew 9. son
10. cousin
Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 1:● Sebelum berpindah ke Unit 2, guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa di Unit 1.
Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi
kelas di pojok kanan atas.● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkannya kepada guru.● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaaan mereka kepada guru.● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.
68 UNIT 1 Descriptives
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.
1. Chintya : Irwan, do you like readingnovels?
Irwan : I don’t. You know, it’s boring,Chintya. I prefer reading comicsto novels.
Chintya : Reading comics? But why?Irwan : Comics are attractive with
many pictures on them.What does Irwan like to read?A. Novels. B. Comics.C. Short stories. D. Poems.
2. Mr. Arif: Shanty, what’s your opinion ofgoing to Bali next holiday?
Shanty : I think we’d better not goingthere, Dad. It’s too far.
Mr. Arif : What about going to Puncak?Shanty : I like that idea.
What are the speakers going to do nextholiday?A. Go to Puncak. B. Go to Bali.C. Go fishing. D. Go camping.
3. Teddy : Niken, what do you think if wehave lunch in Bonita Restaurant?
Niken : I think it’s not a good idea.Teddy : Why? The foods in that restaurant
are delicious.Niken : You’re right, Teddy. However,
eating there will cost much. I thinkit will only waste our money.
Why does Niken dislike to have lunch inBonita Restaurant?A. The food is expensive.B. The food is not delicious enough.C. The restaurant is not comfortable to
eat.D. The restaurant’s service is not
satisfying.
Read the text and answer questions 4 and 5.
I am Reny. I am thirteen years old. Now, letme tell you about my family.
My father is Mr. Tio. He is forty years old.My mother is Rida, but people usually call herMrs. Tio. She is thirty-seven. My father isan accountant in a bank, and my mother isa nurse.
I am the only child in my family. I have nobrothers or sisters. However, I am not lonely.My parents always have times for me.Whenever I have problems, I always sharethem with my parents. They will help me solvemy problems and give me some advice orsolutions.
4. How old is Mrs. Tio?A. 27 B. 30C. 37 D. 40
5. What does Reny do if she has problems?A. She keeps it herself.B. She doesn’t care for the problems.C. She shares the problems with her
friends. D. She shares the problems with her
parents.
Read the text and answer questions 6 and 7.
Attention, please.On Saturday morning, we will hold
a working bee. Every student should bringcleaning tools. You can bring a broom, a duster,a cleaning cloth and so on. After the workingbee, we will have some snacks and drinkstogether. Please be informed.
6. What is the announcement about?A. A working bee.B. Cleaning tools.C. Snacks and drinks.D. Classroom activities.
7. Where can you hear suchan announcement?A. In a hospital.B. At home.C. In a park.D. At school.
69PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Read the text and answer questions 8 and 9.
Source: August 5, 2009 <http://www.123greetings.com/congratulations/new_baby/
newbaby11.html>
8. What is the purpose of the text?A. To express sympathy.B. To greet someone.C. To express gratitude.D. To congratulate on someone’s birth.
9. “We are overjoyed at the arrival of the newmember!”The opposite meaning of the bold-typedword is ________.A. delay B. cancelationC. farewell D. departure
Read the text and answer questions 10 to 13.
My school, SMPN 8 Yogyakarta, is locatedat Jalan Diponegoro number 20 in the center ofthe city.
My school is big. It has 18 cleanclassrooms, ten clean toilets, three laboratories,a big library, a teachers’ room and a principal’sroom. It has a beautiful school park in thecenter of the school.
The computer room is next to the library,and the sports hall is behind the computerroom. There is a large parking area beside thesports hall. There are notice boards in everyclassroom.
Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High SchoolStudents Grade VII
10. What is the text about?A. The writer’s house.B. The writer’s school.C. The writer’s classroom.D. The writer’s room.
11. How are the toilets?A. They are big. B. They are dirty.C. They are clean. D. They are small.
12. Where is the library?A. Next to the computer room.B. Behind the computer room.C. Beside the sports hall.D. Beside the parking area.
13. “There is a large parking area beside thesports hall.” (Paragraph 3)The similar meaning of the bold-typedword is ________.A. tiny B. bigC. beautiful D. comfortable
14. Zaskia : Where does Yenni sit?Gea : She sits in front of me.From the dialog we know that Gea sits________ Yenni.A. behind B. besideC. in front of D. next to
15.
Joni : When do you usually have dinner,Prita?
Prita : I usually have dinner at ________.A. a quarter to sixB. six o’clockC. a quarter past sixD. a half past six
Read the text and answer questions 16 to 20.
Mr. Jackson is an American teacher, buthe lives and works in Denpasar. He teachesEnglish at SMP 8. He is a very good teacher.That is why his students like him.
Mr. Jackson’s wife is an Indonesian. Shecomes from Medan.The couples have one sonand one daughter. The children go to a primaryschool.
70 UNIT 1 Descriptives
Mr. Jackson’s house is made of wood.It has five rooms: a kitchen, a bathroom, a livingroom and four bedrooms. The Jacksons havea housemaid to help Mrs. Jackson do thehousework. She comes from Bantul.
Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior HighSchool (SMP/MTs)
16. What is the purpose of the text?A. To entertain the readers.B. To describe a particular person or place.C. To show how to make something step
by step.D. To tell a past experience.
17. Where does Mr. Jackson come from?A. America. B. Medan.C. Bantul. D. Indonesia.
18. How many children do Mr. andMrs. Jackson have?A. One. B. Two.C. Three. D. Four.
19. Which statement is NOT TRUE accordingto the text?A. Mrs. Jackson comes from Medan.B. Mr. and Mrs. Jackson live in Bali.C. Mr. Jackson’s house is made of wood.D. There are three bedrooms in
Mr. Jackson’s house.
20. “She comes from Bantul.” (Paragraph 3)What does the bold-typed word refer to?A. Mrs. Jackson’s mother.B. Mrs. Jackson’s wife.C. Mrs. Jackson’s housemaid.D. Mrs. Jackson’s daughter.
B. Complete the text based on the timeschedule.
Time
4:30 a.m.5 a.m.6:15 a.m.6:45 a.m.7:10 a.m.
8:15 a.m.9:20 a.m.12:05 p.m.
Activities
wake upjogtake a bathhave breakfastprepare everything beforegoing to the zoogo to the zooarrive at the zoohave lunch
It is Sunday. My family and I have a plan togo to the zoo. We wake up at (1) ________.Then, at (2) ________ we jog together. Wealways jog every Sunday morning.
After jogging and taking a rest for a while,I take a bath at (3) ________, and then I havebreakfast with my family at (4) ________. Afterthat, at about (5) ________ we prepareeverything before going to the zoo.
After we have finished our preparation, weare ready to go to the zoo at (6) ________. Thejourney takes about one hour. We arrive at thezoo at (7) ________.
We spend about two and a half hours inthe zoo. At about (8) ________ we have lunchunder a shady tree.
Sunday
71PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Jawaban Review Unit 1A. Pilihan Ganda
1. B. Jawaban diketahui dari kalimat Irwan”I prefer reading comics to novels.”.Jadi, Irwan suka membaca komik.
2. A. Dalam percakapan tersebut ayahmeminta pendapat Shanty tentangtempat menghabiskan liburan. Ketikaayah meminta pendapat Shanty untukberlibur ke Puncak, Shanty menyata-kan persetujuannya dengan berkata”I like that idea.”. Jadi, yang akandilakukan Shanty dan ayahnya adalahpergi ke Puncak pada liburanmendatang. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai dengan isipercakapan.
3. A. Meskipun makanan di rumah makanBonita lezat, Niken tidak suka karenamakanannya mahal (expensive). Halitu diketahui dari ucapan Niken”However, eating there will cost much.I think it will only waste our money.”yang artinya ”Namun, makan di sanamahal. Aku pikir itu hanya akanmenghamburkan uang saja.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena bukanmerupakan alasan Niken tidakmenyukai makanan di rumah makanBonita.
4. C. Dalam teks terdapat kalimat-kalimat”My mother is Rida, but people usuallycall her Mrs. Tio. She is thirty seven.”.Jadi, usia Bu Tio adalah 37 tahun.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
5. D. Ketika mendapat masalah, Renymembaginya dengan orang tuanya.Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat”Whenever I have problems, I alwaysshare them with my parents.”. Kata ’I’dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu padaReny. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
6. A. Pengumuman tersebut berisi tentangkerja bakti (a working bee). Hal itudiketahui dari kalimat ”On Saturdaymorning, we will hold a working bee.”.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena bukan merupakan inti
pengumuman, hanya sebagaiinformasi tambahan.
7. D. Dalam pengumuman tersebutterdapat kalimat ”Every studentshould bring cleaning tools.”. Jadi,dapat disimpulkan bahwapengumuman tersebut dapat didengardi sekolah (at school).
8. D. Dalam kartu tersebut terdapat kalimat”We are overjoyed at the arrival of thenew member!” yang artinya ”Kamisangat bahagia menyambutkedatangan anggota baru.”. Jadi,dapat disimpulkan bahwa kartutersebut bertujuan untuk memberiucapan selamat atas kelahiranseseorang. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena bukan merupakan tujuankartu tersebut.
9. D. Kata ’arrival’ artinya kedatangan. Katatersebut berlawanan makna dengankata ’departure’ yang artinyakeberangkatan. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah; (A) artinya penundaan,(B) artinya pembatalan, dan (C)artinya perpisahan.
10. B. Secara keseluruhan teks tersebutmenjelaskan tentang sekolah penulis.Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat awalparagraf satu, yaitu ”My school, StateJunior High School 8 of Yogyakarta, is. . . .”. Deskripsi tentang sekolahpenulis dilanjutkan dalam paragraf-paragraf berikutnya.
11. C. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimatkedua paragraf dua, yaitu ”It has 18clean classrooms, ten clean toilets,. . . .”. Jadi, toilet-toilet di sekolahtersebut bersih (clean). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi teks.
12. A. Kalimat pertama paragraf tiga tertulis”The computer room is next to thelibrary . . . .”. Karena ruang komputerberada di sebelah perpustakaan,dengan kata lain perpustakaanberada di sebelah ruang komputer(next to the computer room). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan
72 UNIT 1 Descriptives
jawaban (B) dan (D) merupakan letakgedung olahraga, sedangkan (C)merupakan letak tempat parkir.
13. B. Kata ’large’ dan ’big’ artinya sama,yaitu besar. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah; (A) artinya sangat kecil, (C)artinya indah, dan (D) artinya nyaman.
14. A. Dalam percakapan tersebut Geamengatakan bahwa Yenni duduk didepannya. Karena Yenni duduk didepan Gea, itu berarti Gea duduk dibelakang (behind) Yenni. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. Pilihanjawaban (B) dan (D) artinya disamping/sebelah, sedangkan (C)artinya di depan.
15. C. Gambar jam menunjukkan pukul 6.15.Jadi, Prita biasanya makan malampada pukul 6.15 (a quarter past six).Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya pukul 5.45,(B) artinya pukul 6, dan (D) artinyapukul 6.30.
16. B. Teks tersebut merupakan teksdeskriptif, yaitu menggambarkankeluarga Pak Jackson dan tempattinggalnya. Jadi, tujuan teks tersebutadalah menjelaskan seseorang atautempat tertentu. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A)merupakan tujuan teks naratif, (C)merupakan tujuan teks prosedur, dan(D) merupakan tujuan teks recount.
17. A. Pada kalimat pertama paragraf satutertulis ”Mr. Jackson is an Americanteacher . . . .” yang artinya ”PakJackson adalah guru berkebangsaanAmerika.”. Jadi, kesimpulannyaadalah Pak Jackson berasal dariAmerika. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah. Pilihan jawaban (B) merupakanasal istrinya, (C) merupakan asalpembantu rumah tangganya, dan(D) adalah negara tempat tinggalnyasekarang.
18. B. Pak Jackson memiliki dua anak (satuanak laki-laki dan satu anakperempuan). Hal itu diketahui darikalimat ketiga paragraf dua, yaitu”Mr. and Mrs. Jackson have one sonand one daughter.”.
19. D. Pernyataan yang tidak sesuai denganteks adalah ada tiga kamar tidur dirumah Pak Jackson. Hal itu tidaksesuai dengan kalimat kedua paragraftiga, yaitu ”It has five rooms:a kitchen, a bathroom, a living roomand four bedrooms.”. Jadi, jumlahkamar tidur di rumah Pak Jacksonadalah empat, bukan tiga. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karenasesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihanjawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimatkedua paragraf dua, (B) sesuaidengan kalimat pertama paragrafsatu, dan (C) sesuai dengan kalimatpertama paragraf tiga.
20. C. Kata ’she’ dalam kalimat tersebutmengacu pada pembantu rumahtangga Pak Jackson (Mr. Jackson’shousemaid). Hal itu disimpulkan darikalimat sebelumnya ”The Jacksonshave a housemaid to help Mrs.Jackson do the housework.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan teks.
B. Isian
1. a half past four2. five o’clock3. a quarter past six4. a quarter to seven5. ten past seven6. a quarter past eight7. twenty past nine8. five past twelve
73PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Petunjuk Umum:Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk descriptive yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, sepertikegiatan listening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusunkalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi nounphrases dalam teks.
Text 1
My Bird
I have a pet. It is a bird and its name is Vorto.Vorto is funny and nice. It has colorful feathers and a beautiful voice. I love it very much.Every morning I clean Vorto’s cage. Then, I feed it some bananas, or sometimes I give it some
caterpillars. Actually I’m afraid of caterpillars, but I try to do that for my lovely bird. Vorto itself likescaterpillars very much. It sings louder than usual after I feed it.
Vorto becomes one of my friends at home. I like playing with it in my spare time. It isenjoyable playing with it Vorto.
Text 2
The Mango Tree in Our School
There are some trees in our school. Among them, there is a mango tree. The tree is in front ofour classroom.
The mango tree is very old. Maybe, it is the oldest tree at school. The trunk is very big. It takestwo children with arms outstretched to completely circle it. Surprisingly, it still bears a lot of fruit.No wonder, when mango season comes, my friends and I get excited. We all like to come to schoolreally early so we can pick all the good ones. Before going home, we can’t help taking a look at themouth watering sight on the tree, hoping that we might climb it again the next day.
Source: New Let’s Talk Grade VII for Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
Text 3
Our School
Our school has two parking lots. One of them is near the front yard. The students should parktheir bicycles there. The other parking lot is for the staff’s motorcycles. It is next to the staff’s room,opposite Class IXC. The principal’s room is between the staff’s room and the school office.
There are six toilets in the school. Four of them are in the corner, at the back. They are forstudents. And the other two are next to Class IXD. They are for the staff and guests.
We have a sports hall at the back, behind classrooms VIIIA, B and C. Next to the sports hallare two small dressing rooms. The science lab is between Class IXA and the library. If we want tohave snacks and drinks, we can go to the school cafeteria near Class VIID.
74 UNIT 1 Descriptives
Text 4
My Grandmother’s House
I like to go to my grandmother’s house. It is situated on the hill. It has a very beautiful greenrice field scenery. At the backyard there is a chicken farm. My grandma really loves and keeps thechicken well.
My grandmother’s house is not big, but it is lovely and clean. I love staying there. This is theplace where my grandmother’s family spends most of their time together.
The house has three bedrooms, a living room, a dining room, a kitchen and two bathrooms. Atthe front, there is a living room. Next to this room is a dining room. My grandmother’s bedroom isnear the dining room. There is a toilet inside the room. There is a kitchen and two bathrooms at theback part of the house.
Each room has some furniture. My grandmother arranges the furniture properly. They are notexpensive, but she always keeps them clean from dust. She does this because she wants to makeher house the nicest place to live in.
Text 5
My Family
My family consists of four people. They are my father whose name is Jan, my mother whosename is Airin, my brother Ruly and of course me. The four of us live together in our apartment.
My father is forty-seven years old. He likes gardening very much. Besides, he also likeslistening to music and reading books about political science. His special hobbies are bird watchingand traveling. My mother is forty-three. She also has similar hobbies as my father does.
My brother is seventeen. He attends high school. He is interested in computers and sports likefootball and hockey. He also spends a lot of time with his friends.
My parents have assigned me certain duties around the house. I don’t mind helping outbecause everyone in a family should contribute in some way. I help with the washing up, thevacuuming and the shopping. Of course, I also have to keep my room tidy as well.
My brother is responsible for the dusting and the mopping. He also has to clean his own room.Sometimes my brother and I fight about who has to do what job. However, we are still very close.
I am very close to my parents. I can rely on them and they will always try to help me.My parents work together to keep our home well.
Adapted from: August 6, 2009 <http://www.maturita.cz/anglictina/myfamily.htm>
75PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Objectives:
At the end of this unit youwill be able to:● ask for and give things,● deliver the description of
a particular person usingspoken English,
● create short functionaltexts (announcements),
● write descriptives properly,● write short functional texts
(notices),● use the simple present
tense, and● mention parts of the
body, human physicalappearances and people’sjobs correctly.
Perhaps one day someone asks you, “How does your sister/brother look like?” How will you answer the question? Perhapsanother day you should meet a person whom you don’t know. You justknow how he/she is like. Can you quickly find him/her among otherpeople? In conclusion, describing people is really important. This unitgives you vocabulary dealing with physical description, and how todescribe people properly.
76 UNIT 2 Descriptives
2.1 Expression
Asking for and Giving Things
Read the following dialogs.
1 2
Please bring methe screwdriver.
Sure. Hereyou are.
Um . . . the eggs youare frying smell verydelicious, Mom. May
I have one?
Yes, ofcourse.
The sentences, “Please bring me the screwdriver.” and “May I have one?” are used toask for things. The sentences “Sure. Here you are.” and “Yes, of course.” are used to givethings.
Here are some other expressions used to ask for and give things.
Asking for Something
● Could you please . . .?● Would you kindly give me . . .?● May I have it, please?● Can I have one?● Can you give me . . .?● Please take me that . . . .● Please give me one.● Give me some envelopes, please.● I’d like a glass of tea, please.● Pass me the chili, please.
Giving Something
● Sure.● Yes, of course.● Certainly, here it is.● Sure. Here you are.● No problem.● Please do so.● It’s O.K. I give you one.● Certainly.● Yes, here it is.● Help yourself.● Yes, please.
77PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Answer the following questions.
1. What expressions have you learned in Unit 1?Jawaban: Asking for and giving opinions, expressing likes and dislikes.
2. Suppose you want to ask for your friend’s opinion about today’s English test. What will you say?Contoh jawaban: I will say, “What do you think about the English test today?”
3. Suppose you want to say that you like certain food. What would you say?Contoh jawaban: I will say, “Fried rice is my favorite food.”
A. Listen to your teacher.Complete the following dialogs based on what you have heard.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Dialog 1Nia : We have arrived in Jogja. We need to call Rina to make sure (1) where her house is.Ratno : You are right. But (2) my mobile phone is broken.Danny : Well, just use mine. (3) Here it is.Ratno : Thanks.
Dialog 2Old man : Please have a pity on me. I haven’t eaten for days.Ria : Oh, sorry to hear that. Please wait for a moment. I have some food for you.Old man : Thank you.A moment later . . . .Ria : Here you are, Sir. I hope (4) it is enough for you.Old man : Thank you, Miss. (5) You are very kind.
Variasi:
Listen to your teacher.Complete the following dialogs based on what you have heard.Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
1. Mr. Hasan : Please pass me the sugar.Mrs. Hasan : Sure. Here you are.
2. Ida : Could I borrow the magazine?Ima : Sorry. My father is going to read it.
3. Manager : Could you please bring the document here?Secretary : Yes, Sir.
4. Adi : May I have a glass of coffee, please?Waiter : Sorry, we don’t serve coffee here.
5. Mrs. Janssen : Please take the cheese in the refrigerator, Tommy.Tommy : O.K., Mom. Here it is.
78 UNIT 2 Descriptives
B. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs in Task A?Correct the false ones.
1. ______ For dialog 1. The speakers are visiting Yogyakarta.2. ______ Danny offers Ratno to use his mobile phone.3. ______ Ratno is going to phone Danny.4. ______ For dialog 2. The dialog happens between a waiter and a customer.5. ______ Ria gives some food to the old man.
Jawaban:1. T2. T3. F (Ratno is going to phone Rina.)4. F (The dialog happens between a girl and an old beggar.)5. T
C. Listen to your teacher.Repeat after him/her.What is each dialog about?
Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru:Dialog 1Aldo : Ouch, . . . it is very painful!Mother : What happens, Aldo?Aldo : Oh, my tooth. I think I get a cavity or something.Mother : How poor you are. Do you want to take medicine to reduce the pain?Aldo : I think so.Mother : Let me take it. . . . Here you are.Aldo : Thanks, Mom.Mother : You’re welcome.
Dialog 2Mrs. Harry : Andre, why don’t you have lunch now? I have fried some chicken meat for you.Andre : Really? Oh, thank you very much, Mom.Mrs. Harry : You’re welcome. Here it is.Andre : Oh, the chicken meat looks very delicious. Mom, may I give some to Mr. Ronny?Mrs. Harry : Mr. Ronny . . . who?Andre : The pedicab driver. He said that he hadn’t eaten since yesterday.Mrs. Harry : Of course you can, Andre. You are a kind boy. I am proud of you.Andre : Thanks, Mom.
Jawaban:Dialog 1 is about Aldo who gets a toothache.Dialog 2 is about giving some food to a starving pedicab driver.
D. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task C.
Dialog 11. What’s wrong with Aldo?
Jawaban: He has got a toothache.2. What does Mother offer to give him?
Jawaban: Medicine to reduce the pain.
79PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Dialog 21. Mrs. Harry says, “Here it is.”
What does it mean?Jawaban: She gives something.
2. What does Andre want to do?Jawaban: He wants to give some of the fried chicken to Mr. Ronny.
3. Who is Mr. Ronny?Jawaban: A pedicab driver who hasn’t eaten since yesterday.
Variasi:
A. Listen to your teacher.Repeat after him/her.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
1. Mr. Tom’s family is in a restaurant. They want to order some food.Waiter : Are you ready to order, Sir?Mr. Tom : Yes, please. Sigit, what do you want?Sigit : I want chicken noodles.Mrs. Tom : No, you may not. That’s too spicy, right?Sigit : O.K., I’d like gudeg, please.Mr. Tom : That’s good for you. And you, Haidar?Haidar : I want gado-gado.Mrs. Tom : My husband and I want meatballs, please. One more thing, please give us
four glasses of iced-tea. O.K., that’s all our order.Waiter : Yes, Ma’am. Right away.
2. Dany and Eki are in the laboratory. Dany is doing an experiment and Eki is assisting him.Dany : Give me a magnifying glass, please.Eki : Here you are.Danny : Thanks, Ki. Look! The object is very clear. Now, draw the object for our report.Eki : That’s easy. It will not take a long time.Danny : That sounds good. Hurry up! The time is limited.
B. Answer the following questions based on the dialogs in Task A.Dialog 11. Where does the dialog take place?
Jawaban: In a restaurant.2. What is the relationship between the speakers?
Jawaban: They are customers and a waiter.3. What does Sigit want at first?
Jawaban: He wants chicken noodles.4. Why doesn’t Mrs. Tom agree with Sigit’s order?
Jawaban: Because it’s too spicy.5. What do Mr. and Mrs. Tom order?
Jawaban: They order meatballs.
80 UNIT 2 Descriptives
E. Recall the names of these parts of the body you learned last semester.Mention the names.
Dialog 21. In your opinion, what are the speakers doing?
Jawaban: They are observing an object under a microscope.2. Where do you think the dialog happens?
Jawaban: In a school laboratory.3. What does Danny need at first?
Jawaban: A magnifying glass.4. Danny said, “Now, draw the object for our report.” What does it mean?
Jawaban: He asks someone to do something (an order).5. What did Eki say to give services for Danny?
Jawaban: He said, “That’s easy. It will not take a long time.”
1
23
4
513
1412
78116
109
15
F. The words below can be used to describe parts of the body.Find their meanings in the dictionary.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. chubby = gemuk2. slim = langsing3. curly hair = rambut keriting4. straight hair = rambut lurus5. wavy hair = rambut bergelombang6. blond hair = rambut pirang7. bald = gundul8. slanted eyes = mata sipit9. hooked nose = hidung melengkung
10. wide mouth = mulut lebar11. light eyebrows = bulu mata tipis12. prominent/pointed nose = hidung mancung13. oval face = wajah oval14. round face = wajah bulat15. fair complexion = kulit putih
Jawaban:1. hair 2. forehead3. eyebrow 4. eye5. nose 6. tooth7. mouth 8. lip9. beard 10. chin
11. tongue 12. moustache13. nostril 14. cheek15. ear
81PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
a b c d
G. Match the following descriptions with the correct pictures.
A. Complete the following dialogs with the suitable expressions from the boxes.
Dialog 1
a. I think my mother also needs to buy glasses b. Where did you buy themc. Here it is d. comfortable to wear anymoree. the styles are fashionable
Nessya : New glasses, huh?Irma : Yeah. My old ones are not (1) ________.Nessya : (2) ________?Irma : In Rama optic. The prices there are affordable, and (3) ________.Nessya : Please tell me where it is. (4) ________.Irma : Sure. If you want, I have the name card of the owner. (5) ________.Nessya : Thank you very much.
e f g h
1. The woman has long and curly hair.
2. The man has an oval face and thick eyebrows.
3. The man is bald and fat.
4. The woman has straight black hair and slanted eyes.
5. The man is old and uses a stick when walking.
6. The woman has big eyes and wavy hair.
7. The man is thin and tall.
8. The woman is slim. She has long and straight hair.
Jawaban:1. c 2. e 3. a 4. f 5. b 6. h 7. g 8. d
82 UNIT 2 Descriptives
Jawaban:1. d 2. b 3. e 4. a 5. c
Dialog 2
a. a pot of black coffee b. Greatc. I’d like to order some breakfast d. How long will it takee. That’s right
Room service : Room service. Good morning.Mary Jones : Good morning. This is room 113. (1) ________, please.Room service : Right. Excuse me, am I talking with Mrs. Jones?Mary Jones : (2) ________.Room service : What can I do for you, Ma’am?Mary Jones : I’d like to have two glasses of grapefruit juice, marmalade, two scrambled eggs
with two sausages, toast and (3) ________, please. (4) ________?Room service : Just a few minutes, Ma’am.Mary Jones : (5) ________! Thank you.Room service : You’re welcome.
Source: August 4, 2009 <http://www.audioenglish.net/english-learning/english_dialogue_hotel_room_service_1.htm>
Jawaban:1. c 2. e 3. a 4. d 5. b
B. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.
Dialog 11. What’s wrong with Irma’s old glasses?
Jawaban: They are not comfortable to wear anymore.2. What does Irma like from Rama optic?
Jawaban: The prices there are affordable, and the styles are fashionable.3. Why does Nessya ask Irma the address of the optic?
Jawaban: Because her mother may need to buy glasses there.4. What does Irma give to Nessya?
Jawaban: The name card of Rama optic’s owner.5. What does she say when giving the thing?
Jawaban: She says, “Here it is.”
Dialog 21. Where does the dialog take place?
Jawaban: In a hotel.2. When does the dialog happen?
Jawaban: In the morning.3. Mrs. Jones says, “I’d like to order some breakfast, please.”
What does it mean?Jawaban: She wants to ask for something.
4. What juice does she order?Jawaban: Grapefruit juice.
5. How many scrambled eggs does she want?Jawaban: Two.
83PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Variasi:
A. Complete the following dialog with the suitable words from the box.
a. the final exam b. for your final exam c. that newspaperd. my school project e. Yes, of course
Uncle Ferdi : Hello, Risa. Where have you been?Risa : Oh, hello, Uncle Ferdi. I’m very busy with (1) ________.Uncle Ferdi : Oh, I see. By the way, Risa, can you give me (2) ________? I haven’t read it yet.Risa : Sure, Uncle. Here you are.Uncle Ferdi : How’s your school anyway?Risa : Everything’s fine, Uncle. Only I will have (3) ________ next month. By the way,
would you please pass me the magazine, Uncle?Uncle Ferdi : (4) ________. O.K., just study hard (5) ________.Risa : Yes, Uncle. Thank you very much.
Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
Jawaban:1. d 2. c 3. a 4. e 5. b
B. Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task A.1. What makes Risa busy?
Jawaban: Her school project.2. Uncle Ferdy says, “Can you give me that newspaper?”
What does it mean?Jawaban: He wants to ask for something.
3. When will Risa face the final exam?Jawaban: Next month.
4. What does Risa ask her uncle to do?Jawaban: To pass her the magazine.
5. Are there any expressions of giving something in the dialog?Jawaban: Yes, there are. They are: “Here you are.” and “Yes, of course.”
C. Put the following sentences in the correct order to get good dialogs.
Kalimat-kalimat acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:Dialog 1
Ryan : Well, just open the envelope.
Linda : What is it?
Ryan : You’re welcome.
Linda : Oh, the photos when we were in Prambanan Temple. Thanks, Ryan. They are verybeautiful.
Ryan : Linda, I have something for you.
Dialog 2Lina : Please take some more.
Eny : Thanks. Er . . . may I ask for the recipe? I want to make it myself.
Lina : How does it taste?
32
54
5
63
1
84 UNIT 2 Descriptives
Eny : O.K.
Lina : Sure. Let me look for my recipe book first.
Eny : Hmm . . . very delicious.
Lina : Please taste the cheese stick I have made.
D. Are the following statements true (T) or false based on the dialogs in Task C?Correct the false ones.
1. ______ For dialog 1. Linda gives Ryan some photos.2. ______ The photos were taken when they visited Prambanan Temple.3. ______ For dialog 2. Lina’s mother has made the cheese stick.4. ______ Eny thinks that the cheese stick is delicious.5. ______ Eny wants to buy the cheese stick.
Jawaban:1. F (It is Ryan who gives Linda some photos.)2. T3. F (Lina has made the cheese stick, not her mother.)4. T5. F (Eny wants to ask for the recipe of the cheese stick.)
1
27
4
Variasi:
Dengan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama guru dapat memberikan soal berikut di kelas lain.
1. ______ For dialog 1. Ryan gives some articles about the Prambanan Temple.2. ______ Ryan puts the things in an envelope.3. ______ For dialog 2. Eny offers Lina some cheese stick.4. ______ Lina gets the cheese stick by buying it.5. ______ Eny asks for the recipe from Lina.
Jawaban:1. F (Ryan gives Linda some photos when they were in Prambanan Temple.)2. T3. F (Lina offers Eny some cheese stick.)4. F (She gets the cheese stick by making it herself.)5. T
E. Read the dialogs and repeat after your teacher.
1
Picture source:August 5, 2009 <http://
www.s.bebo.com---Roy_'Chubby'_Brown.jpg>
Nia : Where does Mr. Greg work?Henky : He works in a circus.Nia : Is he an animal trainer?Henky : No. He is a clown.Nia : What does he look like?Henky : He is chubby, wears glasses, and looks friendly.
85PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Julie : What does Mr. Budi do?Andrew : He works as an entertainer.Julie : What does he do in his job?Andrew : He acts in films and makes people laugh.Julie : What does he look like?Andrew : He is fat and has curly hair.
2
Picture source:August 5, 2009 <http://www.facebook.com---
Budihanduk>
F. Work in pairs.Complete the following dialogs based on the pictures.Use the words given.
1
Picture source: August 27, 2009<http://z.about.com---VeterinarianCat-
iStock_000005354260.jpg>
Mrs. Harris – veterinarian – hospital – slim, short and blondhair
Adi : Where does Mrs. Harris work?Dina : ________________.Adi : Is she ________________?Dina : No. ________________.Adi : What does she look like?Dina : She is ________________.
2
Picture source:September 30, 2009<http://globalonlinez.
fileswordpress.com---tina_toon001.jpg>
Ms. Tina – singer – oval face, long and black hair
Titi : What does Ms. Tina do?Robert : ________________.Titi : What does she do in her job?Robert : ________________.Titi : What does she look like?Robert : ________________.
Contoh jawaban:1. Adi : Where does Mrs. Harris work?
Dina : She works in a hospital.Adi : Is she a nurse?Dina : No. She is a veterinarian.Adi : What does she look like?Dina : She is tall, slim, and has short and blond hair.
2. Titi : What does Ms. Tina do?Robert : She is a singer.Titi : What does she do in her job?Robert : She sings on stages and makes albums.Titi : What does she look like?Robert : She has an oval face, and long and black hair.
86 UNIT 2 Descriptives
G. Make dialogs based on the following pictures.Use expressions of asking for and giving something.
1 2
Contoh jawaban:1. Robby : I bought two glasses of iced orange. Here is one for you.
Ryan : Oh, thank you. You are very kind.Robby : Don’t mention it. Well, just drink it before the bell rings.Ryan : Sure.
2. Rina : Hi, Asih. What are you doing?Asih : Hi, Rin. Oh, just looking at this book.Rina : What book is it? It looks interesting.Asih : Oh, it is a visual dictionary. I think it is good to learn English vocabulary using this book.Rina : I see. May I borrow it?Asih : Sure. Here you are.
Spoken Text
2.2 Genre
Read the following monolog.Listen, everyone. I’d like to tell you about
Mr. Satria. Mr. Satria is a truck driver. Every dayhe drives a large vehicle, a truck. He is thin andalways wears a T-shirt when he works.
You know, he often has to drive greatdistances which can take him away from hishome for days at a time. Sometimes he also hasto eat anywhere or has a very little time to eat.Do you know why? Because he has to arriveto his destination on time. Furthermore,
87PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
to anticipate there is a flat tire or the truck runs out of gas, he also has to bring extra money.Mr. Satria certainly knows that his job is not easy, but he never complains. He loves his job.
Adapted from: August 5, 2009 <http://esl.about.com/od/engilshvocabulary/ig/Visual-Dictionary—Work/Truck-driver.htm>
The text above is a descriptive, but in spoken form. A spoken text is also called a monolog.In delivering a spoken text, you can use some expressions to interact with the audience,such as “Listen, everyone.”, “May I have your attention, please?” and “Attention, all.”.Besides, you can also use some fillers in it, such as well, you know, um . . ., er . . ., etc.
Written Text
Read the following text.
Identification Mr. Satria is a driver. He drives a large vehicle, called a truck,every day. He is thin and wears a T-shirt when he works.
Description
Mr. Satria generally has to drive great distances which can takehim away from his home for days at a time. Sometimes he also hasto eat anywhere or has a very little time to eat because he has toarrive to his destination on time. He also has to bring extra money incase there is a flat tire or he runs out of petrol. Although he has toface difficulties, Mr. Satria really loves his work.
The text above is a descriptive in written form. A descriptive functions to describea particular thing, place or person.A descriptive consists of:● Identification : identifies the person, place or thing to be described.● Description : describes parts, qualities and characteristics of the person, place or
thing.In a descriptive, you usually use the simple present tense.
Adapted from: August 5, 2009 <http://esl.about.com/od/engilshvocabulary/ig/Visual-Dictionary—Work/Truck-driver.htm>
88 UNIT 2 Descriptives
Grammar Section
The Simple Present Tense
Read the following sentences.
The girl is slim.My father jogs every morning.
1 2
The sentences above use the simple present tense. You use the simple present tense toexpress habitual or every day activities (sentence 1). You also use it to say that somethingwas true in the past, is true in the present, and will be true in the future (sentence 2). In otherwords, you use it to express general truth.
Patterns:(+) S + V(-s/-es) + (O)
Subject
IAni and AldoMr. JanseenMs. Lusy
Verb (-s/-es)
likestudyworkssells
(Object)
mangoes.
vegetables.
(Adverb)
in SMPN 2.in a shop.
(–) S + do/does + not + Vbase + (O)
Subject
IAni and AldoMr. JanseenMs. Lusy
Do/Does
dododoesdoes
Not
notnotnotnot
Verb base
likestudyworksell
(Object)
apples.
fruits.
(Adverb)
in SMPN 4.in a factory.
89PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
(?) Do/Does + S + Vbase + (O) + . . .?
Do/Does
DoDoDoesDoes
Verb base
likestudyworksell
(Adverb)
in SMPN 2?in a shop?
Subject
youAni and AldoMr. JanseenMs. Lusy
(Object)
mangoes?
vegetables?
Answer the following questions.
1. In Unit 1, you have learned about a descriptive. What is a descriptive?Jawaban: It is a text which describes a particular person, place or thing.
2. What is the purpose of a descriptive?Jawaban: To describe a particular person, place or thing.
3. What is the structure of a descriptive?Jawaban: Identification and description.
4. Mention some topics which you can use to describe something.Contoh jawaban: My rabbit, my school, the lion I saw in the zoo.
Note:1. You use V(-s/-es) in positive statements. The subject of this verb is the third singular
person (he, she, it, Mr. Arman, the cat, etc).2. In negative and interrogative sentences, you use:
● do I/You/We/They/People/The children (plural subjects)● does He/She/It/Mr. Arman/The man (singular subjects)
Here are some other examples:● Lia works in an office.● Saptono doesn’t like his present job.● Do you always attend a computer fair?
90 UNIT 2 Descriptives
A. Listen to your teacher.Answer the questions based on the text you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru:Lidya is a nurse. She works in a hospital in Surabaya. She helps the doctors and looks after
the patients. She gives the patients the medicines, and she often talks to them and listens totheir problems. Sometimes, she talks to the patients’ families. She always wears his nurse’suniform.
Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
1. What does Lidya do?Jawaban: She is a nurse.
2. Where does she work?Jawaban: She works in a hospital in Surabaya.
3. What are her duties?Jawaban: Her duties are to help the doctors and look after the patients.
4. Whom does she often talk to?Jawaban: To the patients and sometimes their families.
5. What does she give to the patients?Jawaban: Medicines.
Variasi:
A. Listen to your teacher.What does he/she tell you about?
Teks yang dibacakan guru:Hello, everybody. Do you have a brother or a sister? Please tell me, what he or she
looks like.Now, I’ll tell you about my only one brother. His name is Hendi. He is quite young, about
seventeen years old. He is tall and energetic. He has dark skin, big eyes and a pointed nose.Different from me, he has dark straight hair and an oval face. He is also pretty handsome,you know. In his daily life, he prefers wearing a T-shirt and jeans.
My brother is an OSIS chairperson in his school. He is smart. He is also friendly. Nowonder that he has many friends.
O.K., that’s all about my brother.
Jawaban:The text is about the description of the speaker’s brother named Hendi.
B. Answer the following questions based on the text you have heard in Task A.1. How old is Hendi?
Jawaban: He is about seventeen years old.2. How is Hendi’s hair?
Jawaban: It is dark and straight.
91PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
3. What does Hendi prefer wearing in his daily life?Jawaban: A T-shirt and jeans.
4. What position does Hendi have in his school?Jawaban: He is an OSIS chairperson.
5. Why does Hendi have many friends?Jawaban: Because he is smart and friendly.
C. Listen to the text in Task A once again.Complete the following table based on the text.
Name
Age
Height
Skin
Eyes
Nose
Hair
Face
Characteristics
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
Jawaban:
Name
Age
Height
Skin
Eyes
Nose
Hair
Face
Characteristics
Hendi
about 17 years old
tall
dark
big
pointed
dark and straight
oval
handsome, energetic, smart, friendly
B. Listen to your teacher.Complete the text based on what you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Let me introduce you my friend who sits next to me. Her name is Ita. She is beautiful. What
I like from her is that she has long (1) black hair and thick (2) eyebrows. Although her nose is(3) hooked, it is small and looks (4) proportional with her face. She is not so tall, about (5) 1.50meters tall. She is also a (6) nice friend to talk with. That’s why, I like (7) to talk with her verymuch. We often (8) discuss our school problems together. Sometimes we also (9) study togetherat her house. I am (10) happy to have her as a friend.
92 UNIT 2 Descriptives
C. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the complete text in Task B?Correct the false ones.
1. ______ Ita is the speaker’s friend.2. ______ Ita has thin eyebrows.3. ______ Ita has a pointed and small nose.4. ______ Her height is 1.50 meters.5. ______ The speaker likes to discuss her school problems with Ita.
Jawaban:1. T2. F (She has thick eyebrows.)3. F (She has a hooked and small nose.)4. T5. T
Variasi:
Listen to your teacher.Complete the following statements based on the text you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru:Hello, my name is Zakia Arsita. My friend tells me that I am beautiful with my oval face.
I live at Jalan Merdeka Raya number 34 Medan. I was born on March 23, 1995. I like my hairvery much. It is long straight black hair. I usually wash it three times a week. Well, my eyesare small. It makes me look calm, said my friend. I also have a pointed nose.
You know what! My favorite person is Michael Schumacher. He was a Formula Oneracer. I admire him very much and always like to watch his races on TV. I have learned fromhim that I should never easily give up. How about you?
1. The text describes ________.2. The speaker has a/an ________ face.3. The speaker lives at ________.4. The speaker is ________ years old now.5. The speaker likes her ________ very much.6. The speaker hair is ________.7. The speaker washes her hair ________.8. The speaker has ________ eyes and a ________ nose.9. The speaker idol is ________.
10. The speaker has learned from her idol that ________.
Jawaban:1. the speaker herself named Zakia Arsita 2. oval3. Jalan Merdeka Raya number 34 Medan 4. nearly fifteen5. hair 6. long, straight and black7. three times a week 8. small; pointed9. Michael Schumacher 10. she should never easily give up
93PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
A. Look at the pictures and read the data.Describe the people based on the data.You may add other information you know about the people.
1
Picture source: August 27, 2009<http://www.rujakmanis.com---Aduh Kasian
Lagi Pusing Ya__ Choky Sitohang.jpg>
Name : Choky SitohangNickname : ChokyPlace and Date of Birth : Bandung, July 10, 1982Occupation : Sports and Music PresenterFirst Career : News reader in a private company in 2002Presenter of TV Programs : ● Happy Song (Indosiar 2009)
● Take Me Out (Indosiar 2009)Physical Appearance : Oval face, short hair, pointed noseDreams : To have a management office in entertainment.
To have a broadcasting school.
2
Picture source: September 29, 2009<http://www.chelseaolivia.alixwijaya.com>
Sources: August 27, 2009 <http://indonesiafirst.com/2009/06/choky-sitohang/>September 29, 2009 <http://vibizlife.com/
success_details.php?pg=achievements&id=3967&sub=success&awal=60&page=7>
94 UNIT 2 Descriptives
Name : Chelsea Olivia WijayaPlace and Date of Birth : Jakarta, July 29, 1992Parents : Jacob Wijaya and Yuliana AgustineOccupation : An actressHobby : Sleeping, listening to music, shoppingFavorite Food : Fried chicken, roasted guramiFavorite Drink : SekotengPhysical Appearance : Oval face, pointed nose, long black hair
Source: August 27, 2009 <http://indonesiafirst.com/2009/03/chelsea-olivia-wijaya/>
Contoh jawaban:1. This young man is Choky Sitohang. You can call him Choky. He was born in Bandung,
27 years ago, precisely on July 10, 1982. He is quite handsome, with an oval face, short hairand a pointed nose. He works as a presenter. Now, he becomes the presenter of Happy Songand Take Me Out. Both are broadcast by Indosiar. You know, he works hard every day. Hewants to have a management office in entertainment and a broadcasting school. He thinks thathe can be successful because of God’s blessing, besides trying to have integrity and behumble.
2. Let me tell you about Chelsea Olivia Wijaya. You must be familiar with her name, right?Chelsea, was born in Jakarta, July 29, 1992. It means she is seventeen years old now. Herparents are Jacob Wijaya and Yuliana Agustine. She is well-known as a young talentedactress. Talking about her interest, she likes sleeping, listening to music and shopping. Herfavorite foods are fried chicken and roasted gurami, while her favorite drink is sekoteng.I think, as an actress, Chelsea has many activities to do, like starring in films andadvertisements. However, she can manage her time well.
Variasi:
Look at the picture.Describe the person based on the following data.Birth Name : Avril Ramona LavigneFamous Name : Avril LavigneDate of Birth : September 27, 1984Place of Birth : Belleville, Ontario, CanadaParents : Judy and John LavigneSiblings : An elder brother (Matthew) and a younger
sister (Michelle)Genre(s) : Modern rock, pop punk, pop rock, power
pop, teen pop, alternative rockOccupation(s) : Singer, songwriter, actress, modelInstrument(s) : Vocals, electric guitar, acoustic guitar,
piano, drumsWebsite : www.avrillavigne.com
Source: September 22, 2008 <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Avril_Lavigne>
Contoh jawaban:Do you know Avril Lavigne? I’m sure, some of you do. She is a famous singer from
Canada. Now, I’ll tell you about her.
Picture source:<http://www_celebritycd_com.tif>
95PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
B. Find out one of your relatives’ or neighbors’ jobs.Tell your friends about what he/she does in his/her job.
Contoh jawaban:Mrs. Haryono, my next-door neighbor, is a grocer. She sells many things in her shop, like
household items, food and other things. I think her shop is a complete one in my neighborhood.Besides, the things sold have quite reasonable prices and the service is quite satisfying.
To help her run the shop, she employs two assistants. There are many buyers shopping there,especially on the weekend or at the beginning of a month. The shop opens at 9 a.m. and closes at8 p.m. As a matter of fact, I am happy because there is Mrs. Haryono’s shop near my house.So, everytime I need something, I can directly go there and get what I need. I like shopping inthe shop.
Avril Ramona Lavigne is better known by the name of Avril Lavigne. She was born inBelleville, Ontario, Canada on September 27, 1984. She is the second daughter of Judy andJohn Lavigne. She has an elder brother named Matthew and a younger sister named Michelle.
Avril Lavigne is not only a singer but also a songwriter, an actress and a model. In music,Avril Lavigne plays many music genres, such as modern rock, pop punk, pop rock, power pop,teen pop and alternative rock. Besides singing, she is also skillful in playing some instrumentssuch as electric guitar, acoustic guitar, piano and drums.
Like other stars, Avril Lavigne has a website. So, if you want to get further informationabout her, you can visit www.avrillavigne.com.
A. Read the text.Answer the questions that follow.
Mr. Kartolo is very happy. The rainy season of this year makes the farm beautiful. It is a plantingtime! Rice fields become fresh and green during this season, and by the end of this seasonMr. Kartolo is ready to harvest his crops.
Mr. Kartolo ploughs the land at the beginning of the rainy season. He usually works early andfinishes at noon. Milking the cows, feeding the livestock and cleaning the barns are amongMr. Kartolo’s duties before breakfast. He does most of the hard outdoor work himself.
Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
Questions:1. What does Mr. Kartolo do?
Jawaban: He is a farmer.2. Why is Mr. Kartolo happy?
Jawaban: Because the rainy season of the year makes the farm beautiful and it is theplanting time.
3. How do the rice fields look like during the season?Jawaban: They become fresh and green.
4. What does Mr. Kartolo do at the beginning of the rainy season?Jawaban: He ploughs the land.
5. What does Mr. Kartolo usually do before having breakfast?Jawaban: He milks the cow, feeds the livestock and cleans the barns.
96 UNIT 2 Descriptives
Variasi:
Complete the following text with the words from the box.
a. loud b. exercise c. enjoys d. joggerse. the morning f. fast g. stadium h. healthyi. walks j. chat
Mr. X, the Jogger
There is a man who always jogs in the (1) ________. I usually call him Mr. X.He is the oldest man on the stadium track. However, he is also the most energetic-looking
man there. I meet him whenever I jog at the stadium in (2) ________. This man; however,would be finishing the last bit of his (3) ________. He is always there earlier than I.
The man looks like in his sixties. He is lean and tall. He does not jog but (4) ________.However, he walks at such a (5) ________ speed that I cannot catch up with him; even though,I jog. Many younger (6) ________ would look at him in admiration. Some younger men evenask him to show them how he does it.
The man has a (7) ________ voice. After his exercise, he usually sits at the spectatorstand to (8) ________ with some of his friends for a while before making his way home. I couldhear his voice as I jog past the spectator stand. I think his lungs are really (9) ________!
Maybe this man really knows that it is important to exercise. Or maybe he just(10) ________ exercising. Whatever it is, I must say that he is somebody the joggers at thestadium notice and even look up to.
Adapted from: Primary English Cloze Passages 4
Jawaban:1. g 2. e 3. b 4. i 5. f 6. d 7. a 8. j 9. h 10. c
B. Change the words in brackets into their correct forms.
My Geography Teacher
I [1. have] ________ a new geography teacher. Her name is Miss Andita. She is pretty withher short black hair. She [2. be] ________ still young, about 27 years old. She usually [3. walk]to school because her boarding house is quite near from school. Sometimes I [4. meet] ________her on the way to school. When she [5. pass] ________ me in the street, she always [6. greet]________ me.
Miss Andita is a patient teacher. She seldom [7. get] ________ angry; although, myclassmates and I are naughty. Sometimes I [8. find] ________ that she is nervous. But it’s O.K.,for she is still new. Above all, she is clever and understandable. That’s why, we often [9. visit]________ her to ask about something we [10. not know] ________.
Jawaban:1. have 2. is 3. walks 4. meet5. passes 6. greets 7. gets 8. find9. visit 10. do not know
97PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
C. Look at the picture and read the text.Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text?Correct the false ones.
Look at the man. He is Mr. Katsuo Imakyure, a Japanese man.Like a typical Japanese, he has slanted eyes. However, he has thickeyebrows. He is tall and thin.
Mr. Katsuo works as a waitperson at Terrace Garden Restaurant atthe Sulgrave Hotel, Park Avenue, New York. He waits on customers inthe restaurant. Although he just gets low wages, he is always happy. Healways serves his customers well. That’s why, he often gets tips from hiscustomers for his good service. He always wears a white coat, grey vestand long black trousers while serving his customers. He doesn’t forgetto wear his bowtie when working.
Adapted from: September 17, 2009 <http://www.content.cdlib.org/ark:/13030/ft0h4n99h3&brand=oac/>
Statements:1. ______ Mr. Katsuo works in a Japanese restaurant.2. ______ He is tall and has slanted eyes and thick eyebrows.3. ______ He gets a high salary for his job.4. ______ He can make money from tips.5. ______ He always wears different types of clothes while serving his customers.
Jawaban:1. F (Mr. Katsuo works in a New York restaurant.)2. T3. F (He gets a low salary for his job.)4. T5. F (He always wears a white coat, gery vest and long trousers while serving his customers.)
Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal berikut di kelas lain.1. ______ Mr. Katsuo serves his customers well.2. ______ His customers are satisfied with his service.3. ______ He always wears a bowtie while working.4. ______ He seldom gets tips from his customers.5. ______ He always wears a white T-shirt while working.
Jawaban:1. T2. T3. T4. F (He often gets tips from them.)5. F (He always wears a white coat while working.)
Picture source:<http://www.esl.about.com---
katzuo>
98 UNIT 2 Descriptives
A. Look at the picture.Answer the following questions based on the picture.
Picture source: September 17, 2009 <htttp://www.momtahan.com---Photo_MM_3.jpg>
Questions:1. Is the woman old or young?
Jawaban: She is old.2. In your opinion, how old is she?
Contoh jawaban: Around 50 years old.3. What does she look like?
Jawaban: She has an oval face, a pointed nose, blond short hair.4. In your opinion, what are her characteristics?
Contoh jawaban: She is patient and careful.5. What is her job?
Jawaban: She is a pediatrician.6. What does she do in her job?
Jawaban: She examines and treats children who are sick.7. What does she wear every time she works?
Jawaban: She wears a white uniform.8. Do you think she has an assistant when she works?
Jawaban: Yes, she does.
B. Write the description of the person in Task A based on your answers.You may add additional information you like.
Contoh jawaban:This is Ms. Manuela Martinez. She is a pediatrician. She examines and treats sick children.
She likes her job because she loves children. I think she is in her fiftieth now. She looks patient andcareful while examining the children. I think she is a beautiful woman. She has blond short hair anda pointed nose. She usually wears white uniform while working. And there isan assistant who helps her do the job.
Adapted from: September 17, 2009 <http://www.momtahan.com/mmartinez>
99PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Variasi:
Develop the following paragraph into a good descriptive.You may use the following information.Garage● People have their cars serviced.● Make sure the engine is running smoothly.● Change the oil and other lubricants.● Check filter and spark plugs.
Last holiday, I went to visit my uncle who lives in a neighboring town. My uncle is a mechanic.His job is to repair cars and other vehicles. ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Contoh jawaban:Last holiday, I went to visit my uncle who lives in a neighboring town. My uncle is
a mechanic. His job is to repair cars and other vehicles.My uncle is a busy person I think. Every day, many people come to his garage to
have their cars serviced. He works on the engine to make sure it is running smoothly.He also changes the oil and other lubricants, checks filters and spark plugs to see thatthey are working properly. Usually, he works from 8 a.m to 4 p.m. Because he has manycustomers, he has two assistants to help him. My aunt helps him in preparing the thingsthey need.
Adapted from: September 18, 2009 <http://esl.about.com/od/engilshvocabulary/ig/Visual-Dictionary—Work/Mechanic.htm>
C. Write a descriptive about one of the school staff members.
Don’t forget to mention:● what he/she does,● what he/she looks like,● what he/she does in his/her job.
Contoh jawaban:Mr. Harsono is my school librarian. He is a friendly person. Almost all students and teachers
like him. I always talk a lot with him everytime I go to the library. He often asks about my family,my daily activities, etc. He is also a strict person. When students study in the library and get noisy,he always shouts, “Please keep silent, won’t you? You will disturb others!” Because of this attitude,some naughty students often laugh at him. But some others respect him. He is also a tidy person.I often see him tidy the books, especially after the students have read them.
100 UNIT 2 Descriptives
Spoken Text
2.3 Short Functional Texts: Announcements and Notices
Read the following text.Attention for all zoo visitors,Thank you for visiting the zoo. After you buy the tickets, please enter the zoo through the westgate because the usual gate is under construction. Thank you.
The text above is an announcement. An announcement is a spoken or written statementthat informs people about something.
Written Text
Read the following texts.
DON’T LEAVE THE DOOR OPENNO LATE COMERS
The texts above are called notices. A notice is a board or a sign displaying information ora warning.
Answer the following questions.
1. What announcement do you often hear at school?Contoh jawaban: An announcement that there will be a flag ceremony every Monday or on
special days.2. Who announced it?
Contoh jawaban: My school teacher.3. Have you ever seen a notice?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have.4. What did it say?
Jawaban: No littering.
101PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
A. Listen to your teacher.Answer the questions below.
Pengumuman yang dibacakan guru:Ladies and gentlemen,To celebrate the Valentine Day, Shinning Department Store offers you chocolate with specialprices. And if you buy items more than 50,000 Rupiah in total, you can exchange the receiptwith a flower gift in the information desk. Thank you.
1. Whom is the announcement for?Jawaban: The department store’s visitors.
2. What is the name of the department store?Jawaban: Shinning Department Store.
3. What does the store offer?Jawaban: Chocolate with special prices.
4. What can we get if we buy items more than Rp50,000 in total?Jawaban: A flower gift.
5. Where can we exchange our receipt with the gift?Jawaban: In the information desk.
Variasi:
Guru dapat memberikan pertanyaan-pertanyaan berikut di kelas lain.
1. During what occassion can we hear the announcement?Jawaban: On the Valentine Day.
2. What does the store offer with special prices?Jawaban: Chocolate.
3. How can we get a gift?Jawaban: If we buy items more than Rp50,000 in total.
4. What gift will we get?Jawaban: A flower.
5 . What should we do to claim the gift?Jawaban: By exchanging the receipt in the information desk.
B. Listen to your teacher.Complete the following announcement based on what you have heard.
Pengumuman yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:To celebrate (1) the thirty seventh anniversary of this town, there will be a (2) bicycle riding
next Sunday. By just paying Rp30,000, you will get a T-shirt, (3) snacks and soft drink. There arealso many (4) door prizes waiting. So, don’t (5) miss this event.
102 UNIT 2 Descriptives
C. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the announcementin Task B?Correct the false ones.
1. ______ The event is held to celebrate the 13th anniversary of the town.2. ______ The event will be conducted on Sunday.3. ______ Each participant should pay Rp13,000.4. ______ Each participant should buy a T-shirt.5. ______ There will be door prizes available in the event.
Jawaban:1. F (It is to celebrate the 37th anniversary.)2. T3. F (Each participant should pay Rp30,000.)4. F (The participant will get it free of charge.)5. T
A. Complete the following announcement with the suitable words or phrases from thebox.
a. fashion show competition b. announcement boardc. celebrate d. schoole. students
Attention, please. To (1) ________ the Kartini Day, there will be a (2) ________ for(3) ________ of our (4) ________. The competition will be held next Monday. Please see thedetails on the (5) ________ near the teachers’ office. Thank you.
Jawaban:1. c 2. a 3. e 4. d 5. b
B. Answer the following questions based on the announcement in Task A.
1. Where can you hear the announcement?Jawaban: At school.
2. What event will be held?Jawaban: A fashion show competition.
3. Who can join the competition?Jawaban: The students of the school.
4. When will the event be held?Jawaban: Next Monday.
5. Where can we see the announcement in detail?Jawaban: On the announcement board near the teachers’ office.
103PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
C. Suppose you were in charge of a book fair.Make an announcement that there would be a talk show in the fair.
Contoh jawaban:Attention for all book fair visitors. Today, at 11 a.m, there will be a talk show with Mr. Danu
Haryonegoro, the writer of How to Write Effectively which has become a best-seller. The topic ofthe talk show is “What is a good novel?” It is free of charge. Please join us at the hall. See youthere.
A. Look at the following notices.Complete them with the correct words from the box.
a. limit b. clean c. go aheadd. ladies e. door f. littering
1. 2.
3. 4.
5.
Jawaban:1. d 2. a 3. f 4. c 5. b
For ________ only. Speed ________ 60 km/h.
No ________. Turn left, ________.
Keep the room ________.
Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberi bentuk latihan berikut di kelas lain.
a. swimming b. in progress c. pedestriand. smoking e. Park
1. ________ your bike here.2. No ________ in the lavatory.3. No ________ here. Dangerous!4. For ________ only.5. Be quiet. The exam is ________.
Jawaban:1. e 2. d 3. a 4. c 5. b
104 UNIT 2 Descriptives
B. What should/should not we do according to each notice in Task A?
Jawaban:1. We should not enter the place if we are men.2. We should drive our vehicles not more than 60 km/hour.3. We should not throw garbage in the place.4. We should drive a car or ride a motorcycle ahead if we want to turn left.5. We should keep the room clean.
Variasi:
Find the meanings of the notices in Task A.1. Hanya untuk wanita.2. Batas kecepatan 60 km.3. Jangan membuang sampah sembarangan.4. Belok kiri, jalan terus.5. Jagalah kebersihan ruangan ini.
C. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.
1.
What does the notice mean?A. We should keep the door carefully.B. We should always shut the door.C. We should not close the door.D. We should not leave the door closed.Jawaban: BNotice tersebut artinya ”Jagalah pintuselalu tertutup”. Kalimat tersebut memilikiarti yang sama dengan kita harus selalumenutup pintu (we should always shutthe door).
2. Which of the following notices we mayNOT find in a shop?A.
B.
C.
D.
Jawaban: CNotice ”Turn left, go ahead.” artinya ”Belokkiri, jalan terus.”. Notice ini biasa kita temuidi jalan raya, di dekat belokan. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena biasa kitatemukan di toko. Pilihan jawaban (A)artinya maksimum (mencoba) dua potongdan (B) yang artinya dilarang mencobabiasa ditemukan di bagian pakaian. Pilihanjawaban (D) artinya mengutil adalah suatukejahatan.
Read the text and answer questions 3 and 4.
3. The notice means that ________ the grass.A. we are allowed to cutB. we are allowed to pick upC. we must not walk onD. we must not cleanJawaban: CKalimat soal ”Keep off the grass” artinya”Dilarang menginjak rumput”. Hal itu berartikita tidak boleh menginjak rumput (wemust not walk on the grass). Jadi, pilihanjawaban yang benar adalah (C).
4. Where do you usually find the signabove?A. In the classroom. B. On the bus.C. In the garden. D. On the train.
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
Keep the door closed
Maximum two pieces
Do not try the item on
Turn left, go ahead
Shoplifting is a crime
Keep off the grass
105PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Jawaban: CKalimat soal ”Keep off the grass” artinya”Dilarang menginjak rumput”. Dari katakunci ’rumput’ kita dapat menyimpulkanbahwa peringatan itu dapat kita temukandi kebun (in the garden). Jadi, pilihanjawaban yang benar adalah (C).
5. What is the purpose of the notice?A. To warn people about something.B. To clarify about something.C. To show something.D. To describe something.
Jawaban: APesan singkat tersebut adalah tentangperingatan untuk tidak menginjak rumput.Jadi, tujuan notice tersebut adalah untukmemperingatkan orang tentang sesuatu(to warn people about something), yaituuntuk tidak menginjak rumput.
A. Write notices based on the following situations.
1. Suppose you are a teacher. You want your students to be quiet while doing their tasks. Whatshould you write?
2. Suppose you are a librarian. You want the library to be tidy. You want the students to alwaysreturn the books on the shelves after they are reading them. What should you write?
Contoh jawaban:1.
2.
B. Write down notices you can find in the following places.
1. At school.2. In a department store.
Contoh jawaban:1. ●
●
2. ●
●
Keep silent!
Return the books back on the shelves
Be quiet! The examination is in progress
No cheating!
Be careful! Breaking the items means buying them
Staff only!
106 UNIT 2 Descriptives
Write a descriptive about your father/mother.Mention what he/she does, and what he/she looks like.
Read and memorize the words.Use the words whenever you speak English.
to accompany : menemaniamateur : amatiranniversary : peringatan, hari jadiboarding house : rumah kosto broadcast : menyiarkancurrent : sekarang, mutakhirdestination : tujuanduty : tugasto examine : memeriksafishmonger : penjual ikanin charge : yang bertugasto keep : menjaga, memelihara,
menyimpan
to look after : merawatmusician : pemain musikoptician : ahli kacamataoutdoor : di luar rumahpediatrician : dokter anakto plant : menanamto proclaim : menyatakanproportional : sebanding, seimbangto switch off : mematikanto switch on : menyalakanto treat : mengobati, merawattypical : khasunderstandable : dapat dimengertivehicle : kendaraanviolinist : pemain biola
107PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.
Read the dialog and answer questions1 and 2.
Luki’s mother is cooking for the dinner now.Mrs. Anwar : Luki, come here, please.Luki : Yes, Mom. What’s the matter?Mrs. Anwar : Can you get me some chilies
from the refrigerator, please?Luki : Sure, Mom. What are you
making anyway, Mom?Mrs. Anwar : I am making rendang, dear. Your
father likes it very much.Luki : Um . . . it sounds delicious.Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School
(SMP/MTs)
1. Mrs. Anwar says, “Can you get me somechilies from the refrigerator, please?”What does it mean?A. She wants to give things.B. She wants to ask for things.C. She wants to ask for facts.D. She wants to ask about Luki’s
competence.Jawaban: BArti kalimat yang dikatakan Bu Anwaradalah ”Dapatkah kamu mengambilkanbeberapa cabai dari lemari es?”.Pertanyaan ini digunakan untuk memintasesuatu (ask for things).
2. Which statement is NOT TRUE aboutMrs. Anwar?A. She is cooking dinner.B. She is cooking rendang.C. She likes rendang very much.D. She asks Luki to get her some chilies.Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini benar karena tidaksesuai dengan kalimat yang dikatakannya,yaitu ”I am making rendang, dear. Yourfather likes it very much.” yang artinya ”Ibusedang membuat rendang, sayang.Ayahmu sangat menyukainya.”. Jadi, yangsangat menyukai rendang bukanlah BuAnwar, tetapi Pak Anwar.
Read the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5.
Lisa : Do you have some books ondescriptive?
Mr. Iwan : Yes, we do. What descriptive booksdo you need? About people,animals or plants?
Lisa : About people, please. People’sjobs.
Mr. Iwan : Here you are.Lisa : It looks good. How much is it?Mr. Iwan : Twenty-five thousand Rupiah.Lisa : O.K. Here is the money.Mr. Iwan : Thank you. And here is your
change, fifteen thousand Rupiah.Lisa : Thank you.
3. In your opinion, who are talking in thedialog?A. A daughter and her father.B. A girl and a shop assistant.C. A student and her teacher.D. A secretary and her boss.Jawaban: BDalam percakapan tersebut terlihatadanya transaksi jual beli antara Lisa danPak Anwar, yang diketahui dari kalimatLisa,”How much it is?” dan ”O.K. Here isthe money.”. Jadi, percakapan tersebutterjadi antara seorang gadis (Lisa) danseorang penjaga toko.
4. What book does Lisa need?A. A book about people’s jobs.B. A book about people’s hobbies.C. A book about people’s daily activities.D. A book about people’s physical
appearance.Jawaban: AJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Aboutpeople, please. People’s jobs.”. Jadi, bukuyang Lisa perlukan adalah buku tentangdeskripsi pekerjaan.
5. How much money does Lisa give to theshop assistant?A. Fifteen thousand Rupiah.B. Twenty-five thousand Rupiah.C. Thirty-five thousand Rupiah.D. Forty thousand Rupiah.
108 UNIT 2 Descriptives
Switch off all the electronic applianceswhen you don’t need them.
Jawaban: DDalam percakapan tersebut penjualmengatakan harga buku itu,”Twenty-fivethousand Rupiah.” yang artinya ”Dua puluhlima ribu Rupiah.”. Ketika Lisa memberikanuangnya, penjual tersebut mengatakan,”And here is the change, fifteen thousandrupiah.” yang artinya ”Dan inikembaliannya, lima belas ribu Rupiah.”.Jadi, uang yang Lisa berikan adalahRp25.000,00 + Rp15.000,00 =Rp40.000,00 (forty thousand Rupiah).
Read the text and answer questions 6 and 7.
For all villagers, there will be a cookingdemo in Mrs. Yanuar’s house at two o’clock thisafternoon. The demo is from the universitystudents who do the KKN program in thisvillage. So, for all women and girls, pleasecome and see the demo. Thank you.
6. Which statement is NOT TRUE accordingto the announcement?A. The demo is held in the speaker’s
village.B. The demo will be done at three o’clock.C. Some university students will do the
demo.D. The demo will be done in Mrs. Yanuar’s
house.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini benar karena tidaksesuai dengan kalimat ”. . . there will bea cooking demo in Mrs. Yanuar’s house attwo this afternoon.” yang artinya ”. . . akanada demo memasak di rumah Bu Yanuarpukul dua sore.”.
7. The following people may come to thedemo, except ________.A. womenB. girlsC. university studentsD. the head of the villageJawaban: DDalam teks tersebut dikatakan,”The demois from the university students who do theKKN program in this village. So, for allwomen and girls, please come and see thedemo.” yang artinya ”Demo ini diadakanoleh mahasiswa-mahasiswa yangmelakukan program KKN di desa ini. Jadi,
semua wanita dan anak gadis, silakandatang dan saksikan demo itu”.Dari sini, disimpulkan bahwa orang-orangyang datang adalah mahasiswa KKN,wanita, dan remaja putri. Jadi, yangmungkin tidak datang adalah kepala desa,sesuai pilihan jawaban (D). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karenamerupakan orang-orang yang mungkindatang.
Read the text and answer questions 8 and 9.
8. We will find such kind of instruction inthe following places, except ________.A. at homeB. at schoolC. in the officeD. along the street
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007Jawaban: DArti notice itu adalah ”Matikan semua alatelektronik ketika kamu tidak meng-gunakannya.”. Kita dapat menemukannotice tersebut (A) di rumah, (B) disekolah, (C) di kantor. Jadi, tempat yangkita tidak dapat menemukan notice ituadalah (D) yang artinya di sepanjang jalan.
9. What does the notice mean?A. We should switch off the electronic
appliances when using the room.B. We should switch off the electronic
appliances when we finish usingthem.
C. We should switch on the electronicappliances when we start using them.
D. We should switch on the electronicappliances when we finish usingthem.
Jawaban: BArti notice itu adalah ”Matikan semua alatelektronik ketika kamu tidak meng-gunakannya.”. Dari sini disimpulkan bahwakita sebaiknya mematikan (switch off)semua alat elektronik ketika kita selesaimenggunakan alat-alat tersebut.
109PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Read the text and answer questions 10 to 13.
Mr. Danu is my uncle. He lives in a countryand is a farmer. He is 50 years old. He is talland well-built. He has round eyes, a pointednose and thick lips. He has straight hair. He isvery strong. His arms and legs are strong. Hisskin is brown. He is very diligent. He is alsosmart and honest. He is a good person, and welove him very much.
Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High SchoolStudents Grade VII
10. Which of the following statements is TRUEabout the description of Mr. Danu?A. He has a hooked nose.B. He has thick lips.C. He has wavy hair.D. His skin is fair.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat”He has . . . thick lips.” yang artinya ”Iamempunyai . . . bibir tebal.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban (A)salah karena ia memiliki hidung mancung(a pointed nose), (C) salah karena iamemiliki rambut lurus (straight hair), dan(D) salah karena kulitnya berwarna coklat(brown skin).
11. What does Mr. Danu do?A. He is a farmer.B. He works hard.C. He is a good person.D. He is diligent.Jawaban: APertanyaan ”What does Mr. Danu do?”artinya ”Apa pekerjaan Pak Danu?”. Jadi,pilihan jawaban yang tepat adalah jenispekerjaan, yaitu petani.
12. Mr. Danu has straight hair. It means thathis hair is not ________.A. short B. longC. blond D. curlyJawaban: DKata ’straight’ artinya lurus. Kata iniberlawanan artinya dengan kata ’curly’yang artinya keriting. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena seorang yang berambutlurus rambutnya juga dapat (A) pendek,(B) panjang, atau (C) pirang.
13. When was Mr. Danu born?A. In 1950. B. In 1960.C. In 1970. D. In 1980.Jawaban: BDalam teks tersebut disebutkan bahwaPak Danu berusia 50 tahun. Jadi, ia lahirpada tahun 1960 (2010 – 50 = 1960).
For questions 14 and 15, choose the correctwords to complete the paragraph.
Look at the woman onthe right. What doesshe do? She isan (14) ________. She(15) ________ people’seyes.
14. A. opticianB. magicianC. technicianD. pediatricianJawaban: ADalam gambarterlihat wanita yang sebelah kanan sedangmemeriksa mata wanita tua dalam gambar.Jadi, ia adalah seorang optician (ahlikacamata). Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya tukangsulap, (C) artinya teknisi, dan (D) artinyadokter anak.
15. A. examineB. examinesC. is examiningD. examination.Jawaban: BKalimat tersebut menunjukkan kebiasaan,dengan pola kalimat the simple presenttense, dengan subjek orang ketiga tunggal(she). Jadi, kata kerja yang tepatdigunakan berbentuk V + -s/-es, yaitu(B) examines.
Read the text and answer questions 16 to 20.
Vanessa Mae Vanakorn Nicholson isa musician. She is only nineteen years old,but she is a world-famous violinist. Whenshe plays classical violin concertos on herelectric violin, the world listens.
Picture source: August 26,2009 <http://www.
sciencemuseum.org.uk---OPTICIAN.jpg>
110 UNIT 2 Descriptives
Vanessa Mae is Thai-Chinese. Hermother is Chinese and her father is Thai.She is from Singapore, but she now livesin London with her mother and her Englishstepfather. She’s got cousins, aunts, unclesand grandparents in Thailand, Singapore,China and England.
Adapted from: Snapshot, Starter page
16. What is the text about?A. A violinist. B. A musician.C. A pianist. D. An artist.Jawaban: AJawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimatpertama paragraf dua, ”She is only nine-teen years old, but she is a world-famousviolinist.” yang artinya ”Ia baru berusiasembilan belas tahun, tetapi ia adalahseorang pemain biola terkenal.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban(B) artinya seorang pemusik (terlaluumum), (C) artinya orang yang ahlibermain piano, dan (D) artinya pekerjaseni.
17. Vanessa plays violin ________.A. badlyB. carefullyC. classicallyD. wonderfullyJawaban: DDalam paragraf dua terdapat kalimat”When she plays classical violin concertoson her electric violin, the world listens.”yang artinya ”Ketika ia memainkan biolalistriknya di konser-konser biola klasik,dunia mendengarkan.”. Klausa ”the worldlistens” menunjukkan bahwa Vanessabermain dengan sangat menakjubkan(wonderfully).
18. From the text we know that people________.A. in the world are interested in all
violinistsB. like to listen to Vanessa’s playing
violinC. are eager to play violin with
VanessaD. play the violin very well in a concert
Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuaidengan kalimat kedua paragraf dua,”When she plays classical violin concertoson her electric violin, the world listens.”Yang berarti semua orang sukamendengarkan permainan biola Vanessa.Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (C) salah karenatidak sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban(D) salah karena yang bermain bioladengan bagus dalam suatu konser yangdimaksud dalam teks ini adalah Vanessa,bukan people (orang-orang).
19. “. . ., but she now lives in London withher mother and her English stepfather.”(Paragraph 3)The word ‘stepfather’ means a malewho’s married to ________.A. one’s auntB. one’s sisterC. one’s motherD. one’s daughter
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008Jawaban: CKata ’stepfather’ artinya ’ayah tiri’. Ituberarti seorang laki-laki yang menikahdengan ibu seseorang (one’s mother).Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
20. Where is Vanessa Mae from?A. China.B. London.C. Thailand.D. Singapore.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat”She is from Singapore.” yang artinya ”Iaberasal dari Singapura.”. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena merupakan tempattinggal saudara-saudaranya, sepertitertulis pada akhir paragraf dua.
111PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
II. Write a descriptive of the person inthe picture based on the followingdata.
Contoh jawaban:This person in the picture is Shireen
Sungkar. We can see her every day ontelevision. Shireen as she’s usually called, isthe second child in her family. Her father isMark Sungkar and her mother is Fanny Bauty,both are also artists.
Shireen has an elder sister, Zaskia, anda younger brother, Yusuf. Shireen was born onJanuary 28, 2009 in Jakarta, Indonesia.
Talking about her physical appearance,she has an oval face, long and black hair andthick eyebrows. She has been active as anactress since 2006. She also works as a singer.Shireen becomes famous because of her film,Cinta Fitri.
Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 2:● Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa setelah mempelajari Unit 2. Bagian ini
bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi
kelas di pojok kanan atas.● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru.● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru.● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.
Picture source:October 2, 2009 <http://www.pangeran229.files.
wordpress.com---SHIREEN1.jpg>
Name : Shireen SungkarParents : Mark Sungkar and
Fanny BautySiblings : Zaskia (elder sister),
Yusuf (youngerbrother)
Date of Birth : January 28, 1992Place of Birth : Jakarta, IndonesiaPhysical Appearance : Oval face, long and
black hair, thickeyebrows
Job : Actress, singerActive from : 2006–presentFamous for her film : Cinta Fitri
Source: October 2, 2009 <http://id.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shireen_Sungkar>
112 UNIT 2 Descriptives
5. What is Irna and her classmates’ plan?A. To give money to Ms. Sandy.B. To buy a baby doll for Ms. Sandy.C. To give something to Ms. Sandy.D. To look for donations for Ms. Sandy.
6.
What does the notice above mean?A. We don’t have to dry our hands.B. We can’t use our hand to dry
something.C. We should use the dryer to dry our
hands.D. We should use our hand to dry
something.Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
7.
We can find such a notice in the followingplaces, except ________.A. in an officeB. in a gas stationC. along the streetD. in an air conditioned room
Read the text and answer questions 8 and 9.
The youths in this neighborhood areplanning to collect money, clothes and food forthe earthquake victims in Padang. If you wantto donate, please contact Ms. Amara or Mr.Iwan before the end of this month. Thank youfor your attention.
8. What is the purpose of the text?A. To announce something.B. To advertise something.C. To describe something.D. To tell news about something.
9. Which statement is NOT TRUE accordingto the text?A. The youths in the neighborhood are
the planners of the donation.B. The donation can be in the from of
clothes, money or food.
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2.
Anna : What are you looking for, Anto?Anto : My black-ink pen. I need it to write
a letter. Do you see it?Anna : No, I don’t. Well, why don’t you just use
mine?Anto : I’d love to, if you don’t mind.Anna : Of course not. Here you are.Anto : Thanks.
1. What does Anna offer Anto?A. To use Anto’s blue-ink pen.B. To use Anto’s black-ink pen.C. To use her blue-ink pen.D. To use her black-ink pen.
2. Anna says, “Here you are.”What does it mean?A. She wants to give something.B. She wants to ask for something.C. She wants to ask for facts.D. She wants to tell facts.
Read the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5.
Irna : Dad, may I ask for some money?Mr. Haryanto : What for?Irna : Ms. Sandy, one of my teachers,
has just got a baby. Our classplan to visit her and share moneyto buy her baby something.
Mr. Haryanto : That’s good idea. How much?Irna : Rp20,000, Dad.Mr. Haryanto : O.K. Here it is.Irna : Thanks, Dad.Mr. Haryanto : You’re welcome.
3. Who is Ms. Sandy?A. Irna’s friend. B. Irna’s teacher.C. Irna’s mother. D. Irna’s principal.
4. Irna says, “Dad, may I ask for some money?”What does it mean?A. She gives something.B. She gives a fact.C. She asks for something.D. She asks for a fact.
USE THE HAND DRYER
NO SMOKING
113PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
C. People should donate before the endof the month.
D. The donation is for Ms. Amara andMr. Iwan.
For questions 10 to 12, choose the correctwords to complete the text.
I have a neighbor. His name is Reno. He isa clown. He (10) ________ in a carnival. Hisjob is to (11) ________ people. He makespeople laugh. He (12) ________ a very colorfulcostume. He also wears a colorful wig and hepaints his face. He is very funny and kind.Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School
(SMP/MTs)
10. A. studies B. worksC. goes D. likes
11. A. take care of B. laugh atC. entertain D. ridicule
12. A. designs B. usesC. takes D. wears
Read the jumbled sentences and answerquestions 13 to 15.
(1) He then gives them a menu.(2) Afterward he takes the food to the customers.(3) He is a waiter.(4) Ernesto takes the order and gives it to the
chef.(5) Ernesto Pierce works in a restaurant.(6) His job is to show people to their tables.(7) Customers choose their food from the menu.
Sourc: Easy Does It
13. The correct order of the text is ________.A. (5)–(6)–(1)–(3)–(4)–(7)–(2)B. (5)–(3)–(6)–(1)–(7)–(4)–(2)C. (5)–(3)–(7)–(4)–(6)–(4)–(2)D. (5)–(3)–(6)–(2)–(1)–(7)–(4)
14. Which statement is TRUE according to thetext?A. Ernesto works as a chef.B. Ernesto chooses food for the
customers.C. The chef receives the order from
Ernesto.D. The customers take the food
themselves.
15. “Ernesto takes the order . . . .”The antonym of the underlined word is________.A. sell B. giveC. buy D. receive
16. I ________ [have] a sister. Her name isArnita. She ________ [study] in the sameschool as I do. We often [go] to schooltogether.The correct words in brackets are________.A. have, study, goB. has, studies, goC. have, study, goesD. have, studies, go
Read the text and answer questions 17 to 20.
Yohannes ChristianJohn or Chris John wasborn on September 14,1979 in Banjarnegara,Central Java, Indonesia.He is the current WBAfeatherweight boxingsuper champion.
John started boxingin his early childhood.He was trained by hisfather Johan Tjahjadi,a former amateur boxer.Now, his trainer is CraigChristian, who has trained him since 2005.
John is the third Indonesian to wina boxing world title, following Ellyas Pical andNico Thomas. Before he turned professional in1997, John was an amateur boxer since 1995when he was only 15 years old. People used toknow him as “The Indonesian Thin Man”.In February 2006, he proclaimed his new nickname “The Dragon” that he uses until today.
Sources: October 1, 2009<http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chris_John_(boxer)>;<http://www.chrisjohnboxing.com/biography.php>
17. When did John become a professional boxer?A. In 1995.B. In 1996.C. In 1997.D. In 1998.
Picture source:October 2, 2009
<http://www.iwandahnial.files.wordpress.com---
chris-john1.tif>
114 UNIT 2 Descriptives
18. How long has Craig Christian trained John?A. For four years.B. For five years.C. For six years.D. For seven years.
19. The following statements are TRUE aboutJohan Cahyadi, except ________.A. he is Chris John’s fatherB. he is Chris John’s first trainerC. he is a former amateur boxerD. he is the winner of a boxing world title
20. “In February 2006, he proclaimed hisnew nickname ‘The Dragon’ that . . . .”(Paragraph 3)The underlined word can best replaced by________.A. repliedB. performedC. declaredD. called
II. Look at the picture.Describe the person in the picture.
Picture source:October 2, 2009
<http://www.z.about.com---AlessandroMontinituna>
You may use the following words:● fishmonger● accompany my mother● loyal customer● fresh fish
115PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Jawaban Review Unit 2A. Pilihan Ganda
1. D. Dalam percakapan tersebut Antomengatakan,”My black-ink pen.” yangartinya ”Pulpen hitam saya.”, danAnna menanggapinya denganberkata, ”Well, why don’t you just usemine?” yang artinya ”Mengapa kamutidak memakai kepunyaanku?”.Karena yang diperlukan Anto adalahpulpen hitam, dapat disimpulkanbahwa Anna menawarkan Anto untukmenggunakan pulpen hitamnya.
2. A. Arti kalimat yang dikatakan Annaadalah ”Ini dia”. Pernyataan inidigunakan untuk memberi sesuatu(to give something).
3. B. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimatyang dikatakan Irna, yaitu ”Ms. Sandy,one of my teachers . . . .”. Jadi,Ms. Sandy adalah salah seorangguru Irna.
4. C. Kalimat yang dikatakan Irna itu artinya”Ayah, bolehkah saya minta uang?”.Kalimat ini digunakan untuk memintasesuatu (to ask for something).
5. C. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengankalimat ”Our class plan . . . to buy herbaby something.” yang artinya ”Kelaskami merencanakan . . . membelisesuatu untuk bayinya.”. Dengan katalain, mereka berencana untukmemberi sesuatu kepada Ms. Sandiatas kelahiran putranya.
6. C. Notice tersebut artinya ”Gunakanpengering tangan.”. Dengan kata lain,kita sebaiknya menggunakanpengering itu untuk mengeringkantangan kita. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah.
7. C. Arti kalimat itu adalah ”Dilarangmerokok.”. Kita dapat menemui noticetersebut (A) yang artinya di kantor,(B) yang artinya di stasiun pengisianbensin, dan (D) yang artinya diruangan ber-AC. Jadi, tempat kitatidak dapat menemukan notice ituadalah (C) di sepanjang jalan.
8. A. Teks tersebut berbentuk pengumuman,sehingga tujuannya adalah untukmengumumkan sesuatu.
9. D. Pilihan jawaban ini salah karena tidaksesuai dengan kalimat ” . . . to collectmoney, clothes and food for theearthquake victims in Padang.” yangartinya ”. . . untuk mengumpulkanuang, pakaian dan makanan untukkorban gempa di Padang.”, dankalimat ”If you want to donate, pleasecontact Ms. Amara or Mr. Iwan . . . .”yang artinya ”Jika Anda inginmenyumbang, silakan hubungi Amaraatau Bapak Iwan.”. Jadi, bantuantersebut untuk korban gempa,sementara Amara dan Bapak Iwanadalah orang-orang yangmengumpulkan bantuan tersebut.
10. B. Kalimat sebelunya menjelaskan kalauReno adalah seorang badut (clown).Berdasarkan konteks kalimat, katakerja yang tepat melengkapi soaladalah works yang artinya bekerja.Jadi, kalimat soal artinya ”Ia bekerjadi pasar malam.”
11. C. Berdasarkan konteks kalimat, katakerja yang tepat melengkapi kalimatsoal adalah entertain (menghibur),sehingga kalimat lengkapnya berarti”Pekerjaan seorang badut adalahuntuk menghibur (entertain) orang.”.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;(A) artinya merawat, sedangkan(B) dan (D) artinya menertawakan.
12. D. Arti kalimat soal adalah ”Ia . . . kostumwarna-warni.”. Kata yang sesuai untuk’costume’ (kostum yang dikenakansaat bekerja) adalah ’wears’(mengenakan). Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah; (A) artinya merancang,(B) artinya menggunakan, dan(C) artinya mengambil.
13. B. Teks diawali dengan kalimatperkenalan mengenai Ernesto (5) danpekerjaannya sebagai pelayan rumahmakan (3), tugas yang dikerjakannya,yaitu menunjukkan kepada pelangganmeja mereka (6), memberikan mereka
116 UNIT 2 Descriptives
daftar menu (1), dan pelangganmemilih makanan yang akan merekapesan dari daftar menu tersebut (7).Ernesto kemudian mengambilpesanan tersebut dan memberikankepada koki (4), setelah itu, iamenyajikan makanan yang dipesan itukepada pelanggan (2).
14. C. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karenasesuai dengan kalimat ”Ernesto takesthe order and gives it to the chef.”yang artinya ”Ernesto mengambilpesanan dan memberikannya kepadakoki.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah. Pilihan jawaban (A) salahkarena ia adalah seorang waiter(pelayan rumah makan), (B) salahkarena pelanggan memilih sendirimakanan yang mereka pesan, dan(D) salah karena Ernestomengambilkan makanan untukpelanggan.
15. B. Kata ’take’ artinya ’mengambil’. Kataini berlawanan artinya dengan kata’give’ yang artinya memberi. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinyamenjual, (B) artinya membeli, dan(D) artinya menerima.
16. D. Kata ’have’ tidak berubah karenasubjeknya orang pertama tunggal (I).Kata ’study’ seharusnya ’studies’karena subjeknya orang ketigatunggal (she), dan kata ’go’ tetapkarena subjeknya adalah kata bendajamak (we).
17. C. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengankalimat ”Before he turned professionalin 1997, . . . .” yang artinya ”Sebelumia menjadi petinju profesional padatahun 1997, . . . .”. Jadi, John menjadipetinju profesional pada tahun 1997.
18. B. Dalam teks terdapat kalimat ”Now, histrainer is Craig Christian, who hastrained him since 2005.” yang artinya”Sekarang, pelatihya adalah CraigChristian, yang telah melatihnya sejaktahun 2005.”. Jadi, Craig Christiantelah melatihnya selama lima tahun(2010 – 2005 = 5).
19. D. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena tidaksesuai dengan kalimat ”John is thethird Indonesian to win a boxing worldtitle, following Ellyas Pical and NicoThomas.” yang artinya ”John adalahorang Indonesia ketiga yangmemenangkan gelar tinju dunia,mengikuti Ellyas Pical dan NicoThomas.”. Jadi, yang memenangkangelar tinju dunia adalah Chris John,Ellyas Pical, and Nico Thomas, bukanJohan Cahyadi.
20. C. Kata ’proclaimed’ memiliki arti yangsama dengan kata ’declared’, yaitumenyatakan. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena memiliki maknayang berbeda. Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya menjawab/membalas,(B) artinya mementaskan, dan(D) artinya memanggil.
B. Esai
Contoh jawaban:Alessandro Montituna is a fishmonger.
He works hard every day from early in themorning until afternoon. I don’t know how hegets the fish he sells, but all the fish are fresh.They smell good. He sells many kinds of fish,from the smallest one until the biggest one, justlike what he carries in the picture. I oftenaccompany my mother to buy fish there.My mother is his loyal customer I think.My mother likes to buy fish there because theprice is cheap, and Mr. Montituna is friendly tohis customers.
117PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Text 1
My sister is a student of grade XI. She is tall enough for a girl, about 165 cm. She is alsopretty. She has large eyes and a prominent nose. People often say that she can be a model.However, it seems that she is not interested in the profession.
Now she is quite busy, I think. Besides studying, she also browse the Internet every day. Shejoins a social networking site called Facebook. She has got many friends by joining the cite. Almost200 I think. She says that having many friends is an advantage. Now she teaches me how tooperate it. Thanks God I have got eight friends. Three of them are Rika herself, my father and mymother. Both my father and mother are able to operate facebook because of her also. Oh,I am proud of my sister.
Text 2
There is a new teacher in my school. His name is Peter. He is Dutch. He comes fromAmsterdam, Holland.
Peter is married and has two children. His wife, Jane, is an American. She is from Boston,the United States of America. Her family is still in Boston, but she now works and lives with Peter inIndonesia. They speak English, Dutch, German and Italian! Their children are pupils at a localprimary school. The children go to school with other children from all over the world. Flora, theirdaughter, has friends from France, Switzerland, Austria and Sweden. Hans, their son, goes toschool with students from South Africa, Portugal, Spain and Canada. Of course, there are manychildren from Italy. Imagine, French, Swiss, Austrian, Swedish, South African, American, Italian,Spanish and Canadian children all learning together in Italy!
Adapted from: August 5, 2009 <http://esl.about.com/library/beginner/bl_beginner_read_pete.htm>
Text 3
I have a new classmate named Dwinda. She uses a wheelchair to get about. Two of myfriends and I often help Dwinda. We help to carry her bag and push her wheelchair. We help her tothe canteen and the toilet. The four of us are often together. Some people call us the gang of four.You know, Dwinda is very good at her studies. She often helps us with our homework. As a result,our grades in school have also improved. I feel that Dwinda is a very special girl. Although she ishandicapped in her movements, she never complains. In fact, she is always cheerful. My friendsand I learn a lot from her.
Source: Primary English Cloze Passages
Text 4
My grandfather is quite old. In fact, as he has a pension, he is an old age pensioner, ora senior citizen.
My grandfather has bushy eyebrows (he has lots of hair!), a hooked nose and high cheekbones.His eyes are large and set quite far apart.
Petunjuk Umum:Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk descriptive yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan,seperti kegiatan listening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbledexercises (menyusun kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi strukturteks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.
118 UNIT 2 Descriptives
His daughter, my aunt, is 55 and middle-aged. She has three sons. One is a young adult, at24 years of age, and the other two are both teenagers. They are 16 and 17.
My grandfather is fit for his age and takes plenty of exercise. He doesn’t want all his musclesto get flabby.
Source: August 4, 2009 <http://www.english-at-home.com/vocabulary/describing-people-in-english/>
Text 5
Let me describe my parents. My father is tall and lean—with very little fat. My mother looks likea 1940’s film star. She is curvaceous, with an hour-glass figure. My mother is blonde, also witha fair complexion. I am a red-head—with red hair. Like many other people with a pale complexion,I get freckles from the sun—small brown dots on my face and arms. In contrast, my father hasdark-brown hair and he is quite dark-skinned. My mother has a broad nose, which she hates, asshe prefers narrow noses. But she is lucky to have even or regular teeth. My mother’s hair iswavy—in between straight and curly. It’s cut in a bob and she also has a short fringe, where it is cuthorizontally across her forehead. My father is losing his hair—in fact he is going bald, which makeshim very sad.
Source: August 4, 2009 <http://www.english-at-home.com/vocabulary/describing-people-in-english/>
Text 6
Mr. Karta is a potter. He creates pottery on pottery wheels for a wide range of uses. He createsmugs, bowls, dishes, vases as well as pieces of art. After he has created a new piece of pottery, heburns it in a pottery kiln to harden the clay so that it can be used every day.
Adapted from: September 18, 2009 <http://esl.about.com/od/engilshvocabulary/ig/Visual-DictionaryWork/Potter.htm>
Text 7
I have a neighbor named Mr. Hadi.Mr. Hadi is a postman. He is diligent. He always delivers mails and packages every day. He
usually delivers them by riding his motorcycle. He never forgets to wear a safety helmet while ridinghis motorcycle. He always wears orange uniforms and black shoes in his work.
Mr. Hadi never complains in doing his daily work. As a friendly man, he always gives his smileto all people. He never feels tired delivering mails and packages.
119PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
To: Ruth
I’d like to congratulate youon passing your exam.I do hope that you are alwayssuccessful.
Love
Joshua
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
1.
The sign means ________.A. we may come inB. we can come inC. we are allowed to comeD. we are forbidden to come in
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007Jawaban: DNotice itu artinya ”Dilarang masuk”. Pilihanjawaban yang sesuai dengan maksudperingatan tersebut adalah pilihan jawaban(D) yang artinya kita dilarang masuk.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya kita boleh masuk,(B) artinya kita bisa masuk, dan (C) artinyakita diizinkan masuk.
2.
What does the text mean?A. We must make a pocket.B. We must be careful of pickpockets.C. We must have a pocket.D. We must be friendly to pickpockets.
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007Jawaban: BNotice itu artinya ”Waspadalah terhadapPencopet”, yang berarti kita harus selaluberhati-hati terhadap keberadaanpencopet (we must be careful ofpickpockets). Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya kitaharus membuat saku, (C) artinya kitaharus memiliki saku, dan (D) artinya kitaharus bersahabat dengan pencopet.
NO ENTRANCE
Beware of Pickpockets
Read the following text and answer questions3 and 4.
3. Why does Joshua send the card?Because _______.A. he wants to tell Ruth about his examB. he wants to congratulate RuthC. his exam is difficult to doD. he wants to be successful
Ujian Nasional 2008/2009Jawaban: BAlasan Joshua mengirimkan kartu itukepada Ruth adalah untuk memberiucapan selamat kepada Ruth (tocongratulate Ruth) karena lulus ujian.Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat ”I’d like tocongratulate you on passing your exam.”yang artinya ”Saya ingin mengucapkanselamat atas keberhasilanmu lulus ujian.”.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
4. “I do hope that you are always successful.”The opposite meaning of the underlinedword is _______.A. wrong B. confidentC. diligent D. failJawaban: DKata ’successful’ artinya ’berhasil’. Kata iniberlawanan makna dengan kata ’fail’ yangartinya gagal. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya salah,(B) artinya percaya diri, dan (C) artinya rajin.
120 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester
5. Cindy : Dad, tomorrow is Mother’s Day.What are we going to buy forMommy?
Father : Let’s go to the optician afterschool. We can buy her a newpair of glasses.
Cindy : That’s good. I think she needsnew ones.
What does the underlined sentence mean?A. Cindy is asking for something.B. Cindy is expressing her opinion.C. Cindy is informing something.D. Cindy is expressing her certainty.Jawaban: BKalimat yang digaris bawah artinya ”Sayapikir ibu memang butuh kacamata baru.”.Berdasarkan frasa ”I think”, dapatdisimpulkan kalau Cindy bermaksudmengungkapkan pendapatnya (expressingher opinion). Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena bukan merupakan maksudkalimat yang diucapkan oleh Cindy.
6. Aziz : I don’t see your old computer.You’ve sold it, haven’t you?
Wira : Yes. Here’s the new one.________?
Aziz : I think it looks great.A. What about yoursB. Can you operate itC. What do you thinkD. Will you buy a similar computerJawaban: CBerdasarkan kalimat respons yangdiucapkan Aziz yang menggunakan”I think”, dapat disimpulkan kalau iabermaksud mengungkapkan pendapatnya.Jadi, kalimat yang tepat diucapkan Wiraadalah kalimat meminta pendapat, yaitupilihan jawaban (C) yang artinyabagaimana menurutmu. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena bukan merupakanungkapan meminta pendapat.
7. Sisca : I’d like to watch the IndonesianIdol program.
Ranti : So do I. I think it is the mostinteresting one among the similarprograms.
Sisca : I agree with you.
From the dialog, it can be concluded that________.A. Sisca dislikes watching the Indonesian
Idol programB. the Indonesian Idol is the most boring
programC. both girls like watching the Indonesian
Idol programD. Sisca disagrees with Ranti’s opinion
about the programJawaban: CDalam percakapan tersebut, Sisca danRanti membicarakan tentang acaraIndonesian Idol dan ternyata keduanyasuka menonton acara tersebut (both girlslike watching the Indonesian Idol program).Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat Sisca, ”I’dlike to watch the Indonesian Idol program.”yang artinya ”Aku ingin menonton acaraIndonesian Idol.”, dan kalimat Ranti, ”Sodo I.” yang artinya ”Aku juga.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karenabertentangan dengan isi percakapan.Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya Sisca tidaksuka menonton acara Indonesian Idol,(B) artinya Indonesian Idol adalah acarayang membosankan (bertentangan dengankalimat Ranti, ”I think it is the mostinteresting one . . . .” yang artinya ”Sayapikir itu (Indonesian Idol) adalah acarayang paling menarik . . . .”), dan (D) artinyaSisca tidak setuju dengan pendapat Rantitentang acara itu (bertentangan dengankalimat Sisca terakhir yang menyatakanpersetujuannya terhadap pendapat Ranti).
Read the following text and answer questions8 to 11.
Mr. Darmawan is a financial advisor. Heworks at a private bank. Meanwhile, his wife isa doctor. She works at Harapan Hospital.
Mr. Darmawan usually goes to work at6 a.m., and arrives home in the evening at7 p.m. He goes to his office early because hewants to avoid the traffic jams. However,Mrs. Darmawan goes to work at 6:30 a.m.together with her children. She works twenty-four hours a day. She is always ready to helpother people.
121PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
8. What do Mr. and Mrs. Darmawan do?A. A financial advisor and a doctor.B. A husband and a wife.C. A financial advisor and a nurse.D. A doctor and a financial advisor.Jawaban: AKalimat soal menanyakan tentangpekerjaan Pak dan Bu Darmawan.Pekerjaan Pak Darmawan adalah seorangpenasihat keuangan, sesuai dengankalimat awal teks ”Mr. Darmawan isa financial advisor.”, sedangkan istrinya(Bu Darmawan) adalah seorang dokter,sesuai dengan kalimat ”Meanwhile, hiswife is a doctor.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
9. How many hours does Mr. Darmawanleave the house to work a day?A. Twelve hours. B. Thirteen hours.C. Fourteen hours. D. Fifteen hours.Jawaban: BPak Darmawan biasanya berangkat kerjapada pukul 6 pagi, dan tiba kembali di rumahpada pukul 7 petang (”Mr. Darmawanusually goes to work at 6 a.m., and arriveshome in the evening at 7 p.m.”). Dengandemikian, lama Pak Darmawan meninggal-kan rumah untuk bekerja tiap hari adalah13 jam (thirteen hours).
10. The following statemens are TRUE aboutMrs. Darmawan, except _______.A. Mrs. Darmawan goes to work aloneB. Mrs. Darmawan works for 24 hours
a dayC. Mrs. Darmawan will always be ready
to help othersD. Mrs. Darmawan goes to work thirty
minutes later than her husband doesJawaban: APernyataan yang tidak benar tentang BuDarmawan adalah pilihan jawaban (A)yang artinya Bu Darmawan pergi bekerjasendirian. Hal ini bertentangan dengankalimat ”However, Mrs. Darmawan goesto work at 6:30 a.m. together with herchildren.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena sesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihanjawaban (B) sesuai dengan kalimat keduaterakhir teks, yaitu ”She works twenty-four
hours a day.”, (C) sesuai dengan kalimatterakhir teks ”She is always ready to helpother people.”, dan (D) benar karena BuDarmawan pergi ke rumah sakit pukul 6.30dan Pak Darmawan pergi bekerja pukul 6,yang berarti Bu Darmawan berangkat30 menit lebih siang daripada PakDarmawan.
11. “He works at a private bank.” (Sentence 2)The opposite meaning of the underlinedword is _______.A. general B. exclusiveC. state D. abroadJawaban: CDalam konteks kalimat itu, kata ’private’artinya ’swasta’, sehingga kata iniberlawanan makna dengan kata ’state’yang artinya ’negara’. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena bukan lawan katayang sesuai. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinyaumum, (B) artinya untuk kalangan tertentu,dan (D) artinya luar negeri.
12. Doni : Tita, what does your sister do?Tita : She is a ________.Doni : That’s an interesting job. I bet she
travels a lot.Tita : She does.A. firefighterB. secretaryC. flight attendantD. journalistJawaban: CKalimat Tita merupakan respons ataspertanyaan Doni yang menanyakanpekerjaan saudara perempuan Tita.Berdasarkan gambar, pekerjaan saudaraperempuan Tita adalah seorang pramugari(a flight attendant). Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinyapetugas pemadam kebakaran, (B) artinyasekretaris, dan (D) artinya wartawan.
13. Ari : Dian, do you know what time is it?Dian : Um it’s _______.Ari : O gosh. Dian, I’m really sorry,
I have to go home now.Dian : Why are you in such a hurry?Ari : Well, I have to pick up my little
sister now.Dian : I see.
122 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester
A. fifteen to fourB. fifteen past fourC. forty to threeD. twenty past threeJawaban: DAri bertanya, ”Dian, tahukah kamu pukulberapa sekarang?”. Berdasarkan gambarjam, waktu menunjukkan pukul 3 lebih20 menit atau twenty past three. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah.
14. Mother : Dear,do youknow wherefather is?
Wendy : Yeah, he isgoing to thetoilet, Mom. And he asked us towait for him in the car.
Mother : O.K., but where does your fatherpark the car?
Wendy : He parks the car ________ thebuilding.
Mother : All right then, let’s go there.A. in front ofB. behindC. next toD. besideJawaban: AKalimat soal artinya ”Ayah memarkir mobil. . . gedung.”. Kata yang tepat melengkapikalimat soal berupa preposisi/kata depan.Berdasarkan gambar, mobil tersebutdiparkir di depan sebuah gedung,sehingga kata depan yang tepat adalahin front of. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya di belakang,(C) artinya di sebelah, dan (D) artinyadi samping.
Read the following text and answer questions15 to 17.
I have a friend named Candra. He is veryfat because his hobby is eating. He likes allkinds of foods. He eats everything which isserved for him. His weight is 95 kilograms.He has a very chubby cheek. He is a funny andfriendly person. That is why, his family andfriends like him very much.
15. What is the text about?A. Candra’s physical appearance.B. The hobby of the writer’s friend.C. The family of the writer’s friend.D. The description of the writer’s friend.Jawaban: DTeks tersebut tentang deskripsi temanpenulis (the description of the writer’sfriend) yang bernama Candra, yangmeliputi penampilan fisiknya yang gemukkarena kesukaannya adalah makan, sertakarakternya yang lucu dan ramahsehingga keluarga dan temannyamenyukainya. Jadi, pilihan jawaban (D)benar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena hanya sebagai pendukung darigagasan utama teks.
16. The following are TRUE about Candra,except ________A. he likes eatingB. his cheeks are cubbyC. no one likes himD. he is not thinJawaban: CPernyataan yang salah tentang Candraadalah pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinyatidak seorang pun menyukainya. Pilihanjawaban ini bertentangan dengan kalimatterakhir yang menyatakan kalau keluargadan teman-temannya menyukainya.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenasesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (A)sesuai dengan kalimat ”. . . his hobby iseating.” yang berarti kalau ia suka makan,(B) sesuai dengan kalimat ”He has a verychubby cheek.” yang menjelaskan kalaupipi Indra tembem, dan (D) sesuai dengankalimat ”He is very fat . . . .” (ia gemuk)yang memiliki arti sama dengania tidak kurus.
17. “His hobby is eating.”The underlined word can be best replacedby ________.A. concern B. interestC. activity D. priorityJawaban: BKata ’hobby’ artinya ’kesukaan’. Kata inimemiliki persamaan makna dengan katainterest yang artinya ketertarikan atau minat.
123PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenamemiliki makna yang berbeda. Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya perhatian, (C) artinyakegiatan, dan (D) artinya prioritas.
Read the following family tree and answerquestions 18 to 20.
C. Nia is Martin’s sisterD. Nia has two childrenJawaban: BPernyataan yang salah tentang Nia Irwanadalah (B) yang artinya Nia adalah sepupuSonia. Sonia adalah istri Martin dan Martinadalah saudara kandung Nia, sehinggaNia adalah saudara ipar Sonia (Sonia’ssister-in-law). Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena sesuai dengan silsilahkeluarga. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya Niaadalah istri Irwan, (C) artinya Nia adalahsaudara perempuan Martin, dan(D) artinya Nia memiliki dua anak(Amelia dan Arman).
21.
What does the notice mean?A. We should drive more than 80 km/hour.B. We should drive exactly at 80 km/hour.C. We should not drive less than 80 km/
hour.D. We should not drive more than 80 km/
hour.Jawaban: DNotice itu berarti ”Batas kecepatan 80 km”.Hal ini berarti kita tidak boleh mengendaraikendaraan lebih dari 80 km/jam (not morethan 80 km/hour), sehingga pilihanjawaban yang tepat adalah (D). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya kita seharusnya mengendaraikendaraan lebih dari 80 km/jam, (B) artinyakita seharusnya mengendarai kendaraanpersis 80 km/jam, dan (C) artinya kita tidakboleh mengendarai kendaraan kurang dari80 km/jam.
22. Irna : Eka, do you like to read comics?Eka : Yes, ________. What about you?
I guess you don’t like them.Irna : That is right. I prefer science books
than comics.A. I think so B. I don’t knowC. I don’t like it D. I like it a lotJawaban: DPada awal percakapan, Irna bertanyakepada Eka apakah ia suka membacakomik. Berdasarkan kata sebelumnya
18. Irwan is Yoga’s ________.A. father B. nephewC. uncle D. brotherJawaban: CBerdasarkan silsilah keluarga itu, Yogaadalah anak saudara laki-laki Nia, yaituMartin, sedangkan Irwan adalah suamiNia. Dengan demikian, hubungan antaraIrwan dan Yoga adalah paman dankeponakan. Dengan kata lain, Irwanadalah paman Yoga (Yoga’s uncle). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya ayah, (B) artinya keponakanlaki-laki, dan (D) artinya saudara laki-laki.
19. Yoga and Amelia are ________.A. brother and sisterB. aunt and nephewC. niecesD. cousinsJawaban: DBerdasarkan pohon keluarga itu, Yogaadalah anak Martin, dan Amelia adalahanak Nia, sedangkan Martin dan Niaadalah saudara kandung. Dengandemikian, hubungan antara Yoga danAmelia adalah sepupu (cousins). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya saudara laki-laki dan saudaraperempuan, (B) artinya bibi dankeponakan laki-laki, dan (C) artinyakeponakan perempuan.
20. The following statements are TRUE aboutNia Irwan, except ________.A. Nia is Irwan’s wifeB. Nia is Sonia’s cousin
Speed Limit 80 KM
Burhan + Dewi Burhan
Irwan Nia Irwan Martin Sonia Martin
Amelia Arman Yoga
+ +
Yoga
124 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester
”Yes” yang artinya ”Ya”, kalimat Ekaberikutnya menyatakan kalau ia memangsuka membaca novel. Kalimat yangmengungkapkan kesukaan adalah pilihanjawaban (D) yang artinya saya sangatmenyukainya. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai dengan kontekspercakapan.
Read the following dialog and answerquestions 23 and 24.
Anto : What is your hobby?Rian : My hobby is riding a bicycle. And yours?Anto : I like jogging. When do you ride your bike?Rian : I usually do it on Sundays.Anto : Is it good for us?Rian : Yes, of course. Riding a bicycle can
strengthen the heart and lungs.Anto : I see.
23. What is Anto’s hobby?A. Riding a bike. B. Jogging.C. Walking. D. Running.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuaidengan kalimat yang diucapkan Antountuk menjawab pertanyaan Rian yangmenanyakan hobinya, yaitu ”I likejogging.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan isipercakapan.
24. Rian said, “I usually do it on Sundays.”What does the underlined word refer to?A. Riding a bike. B. Jogging.C. Walking. D. Talking.Jawaban: AKalimat itu diucapkan Rian untukmerespons pertanyaan Anto sebelumnya,yaitu ”When do you ride your bike?”.Dengan demikian, kata ’it’ mengacu padahal yang disebutkan pada kalimat Anton,yaitu naik sepeda (ride a bike). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi percakapan.
Read the following text and answer questions25 to 29.
My Home Bali
Bali is an island in the Indonesianarchipelago. It is in the south of the equatorand has warm weather all the year. The rainy
season is November to April, but it can rainanytime. Bali is 120 kilometers wide fromeast to west and 80 kilometers from north tosouth, so everyone is quite close to the sea.Bali is shaped like a diamond. MountAgung, a volcano, is 3,142 meters high andis visible from far away. Most of the peopleare Hindus. There are many temples andmany religious festivals.
Tourism is the most important industry.Many tourists visit Bali to see the beautifulscenery and interesting festivals, to swim inthe warm seas, to look at the beautifulmountains and valleys, and to shop forinexpensive and beautiful clothes, paintingsand wood crafts.
25. Where is Bali located?A. It is along the equator.B. In the south of equator.C. 120 km east to west.D. Close to many temples and Mount
Agung.Jawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat keduaparagraf 1, ”It is in the south of the equator. . . .” (subjek ’it’ mengacu pada subjekkalimat sebelumnya, yaitu Bali) yangartinya ”Pulau ini (Bali) terletak di selatangaris khatulistiwa . . . .”. Jadi, pilihanjawaban (B) benar. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena tidak sesuai teks. Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya ada di sepanjang gariskhatulistiwa, (C) artinya 120 km dari timurke barat, dan (D) artinya dekat denganbanyak pura dan Gunung Agung.
26. The last paragraph is about ________.A. the location of BaliB. the most important industry in BaliC. the most popular things in BaliD. beautiful mountains in BaliJawaban: BGagasan utama paragraf terakhir terdapatpada kalimat awal paragraf, yaitu ”Tourismis the most important industry in Bali.” yangartinya ”Pariwisata adalah industri yangpaling penting di Bali.”. Gagasan utama inididukung dengan kalimat ”Many touristsvisit Bali to see the beautiful scenery andinteresting festivals, to swim in the warm
125PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
seas, to look at the beautiful mountainsand valleys, and to shop . . . wood crafts.”yang artinya ”Banyak wisatawan asingmengunjungi Bali untuk menikmatipemandangan yang indah dan upacara-upacara yang menarik, berenang di lautyang hangat, melihat gunung dan bukityang indah, dan berbelanja . . . kerajinankayu.”. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwaparagraf tersebut tentang industri palingpenting di Bali (the most important industryin Bali), yaitu pariwisata. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena tidak sesuaidengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (A)artinya letak Bali, (C) artinya yang palingpopular di Bali, dan (D) artinya gunungyang indah di Bali.
27. The tourism industry in Bali offers usthe following things, except ________.A. culture and natureB. belief and religionC. handicraft and traditionD. wood crafting and paintingJawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat keduaparagraf dua, yaitu ”Many tourists visit Balito see the beautiful scenery and interestingfestivals, to swim in the warm seas, to lookat the beautiful mountains and valleys, andto shop for inexpensive and beautifulclothes, paintings and wood crafts.” yangartinya ”Banyak wisatawan asingmengunjungi Bali untuk menikmatipemandangan yang indah dan upacara-upacara yang menarik, berenang di lautyang hangat, melihat gunung dan bukityang indah dan berbelanja pakaian,lukisan, dan kerajinan kayu yang tidakmahal dan indah.”. Jadi, dapat disimpulkanbahwa wisata yang ditawarkan di Baliadalah wisata budaya (culture), wisataalam (nature), wisata adat-istiadat(tradition), wisata hasil karya (handicraft,wood carving, painting). Jadi, yang bukantermasuk industri pariwisata di Bali adalahkepercayaan dan agama (belief andreligion), pilihan jawaban (B) benar. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena sesuaidengan isi teks.
28. Which one of the following statementsis NOT TRUE according to the text?A. Bali has four seasons.B. Bali is beautiful and interesting.C. Bali is surrounded by the sea.D. Bali is one of the tourist destinations
in Indonesia.Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
Jawaban: APernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teks(not true) adalah (A) yang artinya Balimemiliki empat musim. Pernyataan ini tidakbenar karena letak Bali di dekat gariskhatulistiwa, sehingga Bali memiliki duamusim, yaitu musim hujan (rainy season)dan musim kemarau (dry season). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena sesuaidengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinyaBali indah dan menarik, (C) artinya Balidikelilingi oleh lautan, dan (D) artinya Baliadalah salah satu tujuan wisata di Indonesia.
29. “Mount Agung, a volcano, is 3,142 metershigh and is visible from far away.”(Paragraph 1)The underlined word means that somethingcan be ________.A. heard B. seenC. tasted D. touchedJawaban: BKata ’visible’ artinya dapat dilihat (can beseen). Jadi, pilihan jawaban (B) benar.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya didengar, (C) artinyadirasa, dan (D) artinya disentuh.
30. That’s very dangerous! The childrenshould not play________ the street.A. onB. inC. acrossD. nearJawaban: APreposisi/kata depan yang tepatmelengkapi kalimat soal untukmenunjukkan keterangan tempat ’thestreet’ adalah on yang artinya di. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan konteks kalimat. Pilihanjawaban (B) artinya di dalam, (C) artinyadi seberang, dan (D) artinya di dekat.
126 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester
31. Ramli : Did you watch the match lastweek?
Yusran: Yes. Our class team lost thegame.
Ramli : Why?Yusran: Most of them played ________.A. quickly B. stronglyC. carelessly D. carefully
Ujian Nasional 2004/2005Jawaban: CKarena tim kelas Yusran kalah dalampertandingan, dapat dipastikan bahwamereka bermain dengan ceroboh(carelessly). Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena adverb of manner tersebutmemiliki makna positif, yang dapatmenyebabkan mereka menang dalampertandingan. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinyadengan cepat, (B) artinya dengan kuat,dan (D) artinya dengan hati-hati.
32. Look at the picture.It means ________.
A. the road is windingB. the road is slipperyC. the car may not enter this streetD. there are a lot of winding turns
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007Jawaban: CTanda lalu lintas tersebut artinya dilarangmasuk. Jadi, tanda lalu lintas tersebutmenunjukkan bahwa mobil tidak bolehmemasuki jalan tersebut. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A)artinya jalan berkelok-kelok, (B) artinyajalan licin, dan (D) artinya ada banyaktikungan.
Read the following text and answer questions33 to 35.
Attention please,There will be an English conversation
class tomorrow. Please make groups of four.Each group should bring a hat, a rope andan old magazine to play a game.
33. Who do you think delivers the announcement?A. A student.B. A class leader.C. The principal.D. An English teacher.Jawaban: DBerdasarkan frasa kunci ’an Englishconversation class’ yang artinya ’kelaspercakapan bahasa Inggris’, dapatdisimpulkan kalau yang menyampaikanpengumuman tersebut adalah gurubahasa Inggris (an English teacher).Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan konteks teks.
34. What will there be in the Englishconversation class tomorrow?A. A discussion. B. A game.C. A debate. D. A competition.Jawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat terakhirteks, yaitu ”. . . to play a game.” yangartinya ”. . . untuk bermain.”. Jadi, padakelas bahasa Inggris besok akan adapermainan (a game).
35. What should the students do?A. Bring a rope.B. Make groups of three.C. Bring a new magazine.D. Conduct a debate.Jawaban: AJawaban diketahui dari kalimat ”Eachgroup should bring a hat, a rope andan old magazine to play a game.” yangartinya ”Tiap kelompok harus membawasebuah topi, tali, dan sebuah majalahbekas untuk bermain.”. Jadi, salah satubarang yang harus dibawa adalah tali.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
36. I spend 5 hours at school. Arrivinghome from school at one p.m., I havelunch. After that I _______ for an hour.I need it, otherwise I would be sleepy todo my homework in the evening.A. go to bedB. take a napC. close my eyesD. sleep on the bed
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
127PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Jawaban: BParagraf tersebut menjelaskan kegiatanpenulis sepulang sekolah. Frasa yangtepat melengkapi kalimat soal adalahpilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya tidursiang. Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimatsesudahnya yang menjelaskan bahwapenulis perlu melakukan itu (tidur siang)karena kalau tidak ia akan mengantuk saatmengerjakan pekerjaan rumah padapetang hari. Pilihan jawaban (A) yangartinya pergi tidur salah karena frasa iniuntuk menunjukkan saat seseoranghendak pergi tidur pada malam hari.Sementara itu, pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks;(C) artinya menutup mata, dan (D) artinyatidur di ranjang.
37. Molly : Look, Mom! These trousersare too tight.
Mother: Oh dear, the trousers haveturned out to be too small foryou.
Molly : So, you have to buy newbigger ones.
Mother: I think so.The opposite meaning of the underlinedword is _______.A. small B. bigC. loose D. short
Ujian Nasional 2005/2006Jawaban: CAntonim kata ’tight’ (sempit) adalah ’loose’(longgar). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya kecil,(B) artinya besar, dan (D) artinya pendek.
38. Look at the picture and complete thedialog.
Maridi : Did he make many statues?Azizah : Yes. And you know, his work
is so amazing.A. sculptor B. painterC. curator D. orator
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007Jawaban: AKalimat soal bermaksud menyatakanpekerjaan laki-laki yang ditemui Azizah.Berdasarkan gambar yang tersedia danfrasa kunci ’make many statues’ yangartinya ’membuat banyak patung’, dapatdisimpulkan kalau pekerjaan laki-lakitersebut adalah seorang pematung(a sculptor). Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya pelukis,(C) artinya kolektor barang-barang antik,dan (D) artinya orang yang pandaiberpidato.
Read the text and answer questions 39 to 42.
Margarita lives atBaliem Valley in PapuaProvince. Look at herhouse! It is called‘honai’. The wall ismade of wood and theroof is made of ‘sali’,a kind of grass.Margarita’s skirt ismade of ‘sali’ too. Thereare two floors inside the honai. The firstfloor functions as the source of heat.Margarita’s father puts some firewood onthe floor. It keeps the house warm becausethe temperature is very cold. It is about 18Celcius. There isn’t any furniture on the firstfloor. There is only some grass and a ladder.Margarita sleeps on the second floor. Shesleeps with her sisters and her mother. Shecalls her ‘mama’. Her father and herbrothers do not sleep in the same honai.They sleep in a bigger honai. It is nearMargarita’s honai.
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
39. What is the text about?A. The description of Margarita.B. The description of Margarita’s family.C. The description of Papua Province.D. The description of Margarita’s house.
Azizah : Hi, Maridi. How are you?Maridi : Fine. Did you join the study
tour to Bali last month?Azizah : Sure. I went to an art center.
I met a ________.
Picture source:<http://www.deniek
sukarya.com>
128 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester
Jawaban: DTeks tersebut merupakan teks deskriptifyang mendeskripsikan rumah Margarita.Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Look ather house! It is called ’honai’.” yangdidukung dengan kata-kata kunci seperti’roof’, ’two floors’, ’furniture’. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi teks.
40. What is the wall of honai made of?A. Grass.B. Sali.C. Soil.D. Wood.Jawaban: DDinding rumah honai terbuat dari kayu. Halini sesuai dengan kalimat keempat, yaitu”The wall is made of wood . . . .” yangartinya ”Dinding rumah itu terbuat darikayu . . . .”.
41. Which of the following statements is NOTTRUE according to the text?A. There is a cupboard on the first floor.B. Baliem Valley is situated in Papua
Province.C. Margarita sleeps with her sisters and
her mother on the second floor.D. Margarita’s father puts some firewood
on the first floor.Jawaban: APernyataan yang salah adalah pilihanjawaban (A) yang artinya di lantai satu adalemari. Pernyataan ini bertentangandengan kalimat ”There isn’t any furnitureon the first floor. There is only some grassand a ladder.” yang artinya ”Di lantai satutidak ada perabotan. Di sana hanya adarumput dan sebuah tangga.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain sesuai dengan isi teks.Pilihan jawaban (B) sesuai dengan kalimat”Margarita lives at Baliem Valley in PapuaProvince.”, (C) sesuai dengan kalimat”Margarita sleeps on the second floor. Shesleeps with her sisters and her mother.”,dan (D) sesuai dengan kalimat ”Margarita’sfather puts some firewood on the floor.”.
42. “They sleep in a bigger honai. It is nearMargarita’s honai.” (The second lastsentence)
What does the underlined word refer to?A. Margarita and her mother.B. Margarita’s parents.C. Margarita’s father and brother.D. Margarita and her brother.Jawaban: CKata ganti orang ketiga jamak ’they’mengacu pada orang yang telahdisebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya,yaitu ayah dan saudara laki-laki Margaritapada kalimat ”Her father and her brothersdo not sleep in the same honai.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena bukanorang yang dimaksud.
For questions 43 and 44, choose the optionwhich is closest in meaning to theunderlined words.
The Baduy’s community is a (43) uniquesociety. The people live in Banten. We can(44) reach the place via a 10 km village roadfrom Cibungur village in Leuwidamardistrict. It is a steep road.
43. A. unusualB. very oldC. very strangeD. underdevelopedJawaban: AKata ’unique’ dalam konteks kalimat soalartinya ’unik/tidak seperti biasanya’. Katatersebut memiliki persamaan arti dengankata ’unusual’ yang artinya ’tidak sepertibiasanya’. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya sangat tua(kuno), (C) artinya sangat aneh, dan(D) artinya terbelakang.
44. A. gain B. achieveC. arrive D. find
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007Jawaban: CKata ’reach’ dalam konteks kalimat soalartinya ’mencapai/menjangkau’. Katatersebut memiliki persamaan arti dengankata ’arrive’ yang artinya ’tiba/sampai’.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya memperoleh,(B) artinya mencapai sesuatu (tujuan),dan (D) artinya menemukan.
129PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
For questions 45 and 46, choose the suitablewords to complete this passage.
Andika is an SMP student. He wearsa school (45) ________. The shirt is whiteand his (46) ________ are blue. He alsowears a blue hat on his head.
45. A. uniform B. customC. dress D. fashionJawaban: AKalimat soal ”Andika is an SMP student.He wears a school . . . .” artinya ”Andikaadalah siswa SMP. Ia memakai . . .sekolah.”. Kata yang tepat untukmelengkapi konteks kalimat adalahseragam (uniform). Jadi, pilihan jawaban(A) benar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya adat-istiadat,(C) artinya baju, dan (D) artinya yangberkaitan dengan pakaian.
46. A. shirts B. socksC. shorts D. shoes
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007Jawaban: CKalimat soal ”The shirt is white and his . . .are blue.” artinya ”Kemejanya berwarnaputih dan . . .-nya berwarna biru.”. Telahdijelaskan bahwa Andika adalah siswaSMP, sehingga yang berwarna biru adalahcelana pendeknya (shorts). Jadi, pilihanjawaban (C) benar. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinyakemeja, (B) artinya kaus kaki, dan(D) artinya sepatu.
For questions 47 and 48, rearrange thejumbled words into a good sentence.
47. there is – where – a way – a will – there is1 2 3 4 5
The correct arrangement of the wordsto make a sentence is ________.A. 2–5–1–3–4B. 1–2–3–5–4C. 2–5–4–1–3D. 1–2–4–5–3
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007Jawaban: DKalimat tersebut adalah sebuah idiom,yaitu ”Where there is a will, there is a way”yang artinya ”Di mana ada kemauan, di
situ pasti ada jalan”. Jadi, pilihan jawaban(C) 2–5–4–1–3 benar. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena bukan kalimat yangruntut.
48. afternoon – the – please – flowers – 1 2 3 4
water – this 5 6
A. 1–2–3–5–4–6B. 2–5–4–6–1–3C. 3–5–2–4–6–1D. 3–2–5–4–6–1
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008Jawaban: CUrutan kata yang tepat adalah (3) Please(5) water (2) the (4) flowers (6) this(1) afternoon. Kalimat tersebut artinyatolong sirami bunga sore nanti. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena bukankalimat yang logis.
For questions 49 and 50, rearrange thesentences below into a good text.
49. (1) Mr. Steven’s wife, Rebecca, is fromAustralia. She has blonde hair. She’sbeautiful.
(2) Bagas has a new neighbor. They justmoved from Papua.
(3) Mr. and Mrs. Steven have two nicechildren. They are Willy and Lola.
(4) What a happy family!(5) That’s the Steven family. Mr. Steven is
a soldier. He moves there because ofhis duty.
(6) Willy is six years old, while Lola iseleven years old.
A. (1)–(5)–(3)–(2)–(6)–(4)B. (2)–(5)–(1)–(3)–(6)–(4)C. (3)–(6)–(2)–(5)–(1)–(4)D. (6)–(4)–(2)–(5)–(1)–(3)Jawaban: BUrutan teks yang benar adalah dimulai darikalimat pembukaan yang mengenalkantokoh yang akan dideskripsikan, yaitutetangga baru Bagas yang pindah dariPapua (kalimat nomor 2). Kemudian,kalimat berikutnya menjelaskan tentangtetangga baru itu, yaitu keluarga PakSteven lengkap dengan profesinya danalasan kepindahan mereka dari Papua
130 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester
(kalimat nomor 5). Kalimat berikutnyamenjelaskan tentang istri Pak Steven yangberasal dari Australia lengkap dengan cirifisiknya (kalimat nomor 1). Setelah itu,kalimat berikutnya yang sesuai adalahkalimat yang menjelaskan anak dari Pakdan Bu Steven (kalimat nomor 3), yangkemudian diikuti keterangan tentang usiakedua anak mereka (kalimat nomor 6).Teks ditutup dengan kalimat yangmenyatakan bahwa mereka adalahkeluarga yang bahagia (kalimat nomor 4).
50. (1) My grandpa lives in a village. He isreally a diligent person.
(2) However, he remains strong andhealthy because he always keeps hishealth and stamina.
(3) He is happy with his life. In his sparetime, sometimes he invites me to fish.
(4) Let me introduce my grandfather. Hisname is Mr. Jaya.
(5) We often get many big fish and cookthem.
(6) My grandpa is tall and thin. He is oldenough, about 60 years old.
(7) As a farmer, he works hard in the fieldevery day. He never feels bored withhis work.
A. (2)–(1)–(7)–(4)–(6)–(3)–(5)B. (3)–(5)–(4)–(6)–(2)–(1)–(7)C. (4)–(6)–(2)–(1)–(7)–(3)–(5)D. (4)–(6)–(3)–(5)–(2)–(1)–(7)
Jawaban: CUrutan teks yang benar adalah dimulai darikalimat pembukaan yang mengenalkantokoh yang akan dideskripsikan (kalimatnomor 4). Kemudian, kalimat berikutnyamenjelaskan tentang ciri fisik tokohtersebut (kalimat nomor 6) dan penjelasanbahwa meskipun tokoh itu sudah tua, iatetap tampak kuat dan sehat (kalimatnomor 2). Kalimat berikutnya menjelaskantempat tinggal dan sifat tokoh itu (kalimatnomor 1), yang diikuti dengan penjelasantentang sifat itu bahwa ia bekerja kerassetiap hari di sawah dan ia tidak pernahmerasa bosan dengan pekerjaannya(kalimat nomor 7). Malahan tokoh itumerasa hidupnya bahagia dan pada saatsenggang ia sering mengajak penulis pergimemancing (kalimat nomor 3). Kalimatditutup dengan penjelasan kalau merekasering mendapat ikan besar, lalumemasaknya (kalimat nomor 5).
131PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Objectives:
At the end of this unit you willbe able to:● ask for and give facts,● ask for and give services,● ask for clarification,● respond interpersonally,● deliver procedures using
spoken English,● create short functional
texts (warnings),● write procedures,● write short functional
texts (tips), and● use adverbs of time, place
and manner.
There are many English expressions used indaily conversations. Each of them has its own use.In this unit you will learn some expressions of askingfor and giving facts, asking for and giving services, askingfor clarification and responding interpersonally. Then, you willstudy the uses of the expressions in some conversations providedin this unit. At last, there are some exercises to do so you can provethat you understand those expressions well.
Furthermore, you will also study one type of text. But first, do youever read a recipe book or paper folding book? If you do, do youremember how the text is arranged? Does it consist of ingredients/materials and steps/methods to make/do it? This kind of text is calleda procedure. Its purpose is to tell how to do or make something stepby step. You will learn more about procedures in this unit.
132 UNIT 3 Procedures
Read the following dialog.
3.1 Expressions
Asking for and Giving Facts
Pay attention to the bold-typed sentences in the dialog above. Sinta’s friend asks, “Sinta,who drove you to school this morning?” The sentence is used to ask for a fact about theman who drove her friend to school this morning. Then, Sinta replied, “Oh, he is my uncle.”which is used to give a fact about the man.
Here are some other expressions you can use to ask for and give facts.
Asking for Facts
● I need to know the facts.● I’d like to know more about it.● Tell me more about it.● Can you tell me what’s going on?● How did it happen?● How come?● What does your brother look like?● How is your room like?● Where do you live?
Giving Facts
● Fine. The fact is . . . .● O.K. I’ll tell you everything I know.● Here’s the fact/story . . . .● Well, the story is like this . . . .● Let me tell you the fact . . . .● The truth is . . . .● He is tall and handsome.● It is not too big, but comfortable.● I live at Jalan Semar number 19.
Sinta, who drove you toschool this morning?I never see him before.
Oh, he is my uncle.He’s just come from
Denpasar for a holiday.
133PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Asking for and Giving Services
Asking for Services
● Would you pass me that (pen), please?● Would you like to help?● Could you . . .?● Can you . . . ?● Is it possible that you help me . . .?● Will you help me . . .?● Pass me (the pencil), please.● Please help me lift the table.
Giving Services
● Sure. Here you are.● Yes, let me handle it for you.● No, problem.● Sure, I can.● It is not a big deal.● Right away.● O.K. Here it is.● Oh, certainly.
In the dialog above, the man asks his son to help him dry the car by saying, “Dion, can youhelp me dry the car, please?” His son replies, “My pleasure, Dad.” It means that the boygives the service that his father has asked for.
Here are some other expressions to ask for and give services.
Read the following dialog.
Dion, can you help medry the car, please?
My pleasure,Dad.
Thank you, son.
You’re welcome.
134 UNIT 3 Procedures
Asking for Clarification
I heard that you havewon a writing contest.
Is that right? That’s right.
Read the following dialog.
The sentence “Is that right?” is used to ask for clarification.“That’s right.” is the response.
Here are some other expressions to ask for clarification and their proper responses.
Asking for Clarification
● Did you break my vase?● Is it the book you’re looking for?● I heard that you lost your key. Is it true?● Did you play badminton an hour ago?
Responding
● No, I didn’t.● You’re right.● Yeah.● No, I didn’t. I’ve just played football.
Responding Interpersonally
Read the following dialog.
You know what! I will moveto Medan next month.
The girl says, “I will move to Medan next month.” Her friend responds to the news by saying,“Really? I will miss you, then.” The response is an expression of responding to a statementinterpersonally.
Really? I willmiss you, then.
I will miss you too.
135PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Here are some other expressions of responding interpersonally.
Questions/Statements
● Are you going to Nia’s house after school?● Can you pick me up at seven o’clock?● This novel is very interesting.● Mr. Jaya will move out to Surabaya next week.● I couldn’t sleep well last night.● I will go to Denpasar to visit my uncle this holiday.● I can play drums and keyboards.● This soup is salty.● These shoes aren’t expensive.
Responding Interpersonally
● Yeah./Yup./Hmm.● Absolutely!● Is it?● Really?● Couldn’t you?● Will you?● Can you? That’s very nice.● Is it?● Is that so?
Answer the following questions.
1. What expressions have you learned in Unit 2?Jawaban: Asking for and giving something.
2. Suppose you feel thirsty after joining a PE class. Luckily, one of your friends brings a bottle oforange juice. You want to ask some. What would you say?Contoh jawaban: I would say, “May I ask some of your juice, please?”
3. Suppose your friend wants to borrow your homework because he/she hasn’t done it. Whatwould you say?Contoh jawaban: I would say, “Sorry, I can’t. You should do it yourself.”
A. Listen and repeat after your teacher.
1. Ryan : Did you hear that Rara got 1 billion Rupiah?Deasy : You’re kidding! How? Tell me the story.Ryan : Here’s the story. Last month she bought a microwave in Friends Supermarket and
got some coupons. Yesterday a letter came and told that Rara got 1 billion Rupiah.Deasy : Wow, what a nice surprise!
Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
2. Mrs. Hendra : Deni, do me a favor, please.Deni : Yes, Mom. What is it?Mrs. Hendra : Will you lift that desk and put it here?Deni : Sure. What are you doing anyway, Mom?Mrs. Hendra : I’m trying to rearrange the furniture. I think it will give the room a new, fresh
look.Deni : You’re right, Mom.
136 UNIT 3 Procedures
3. Mr. Ridwan has a new mobile phone. He shows Tio the mobile phone.Mr. Ridwan : What do you think of my new mobile phone?Tio : I think it’s very nice. Is it a 3G mobile phone, Dad?Mr. Ridwan : Yes.Tio : Cool! Is it easy to operate it?Mr. Ridwan : It is. Have a try.Tio : Really? Thanks, Dad.
4. Father : Where is your mother, dear?Delia : She’s in the backyard, Dad.Father : Is she? What’s she doing there?Delia : She’s watering the flowers. Shall I call her?Father : No need, thanks.
Variasi:
A. Find the meaning of the following words.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. kidding = bercanda 2. lottery = undian3. billion = milyar 4. surprise = kejutan5. matter = masalah 6. chili = cabe7. curry = kari 8. to operate = mengoperasikan9. backyard = halaman belakang 10. to water = menyirami
B. Answer the following questions based on the dialogs above.1. For dialog 1. What are the speakers talking about?
Jawaban: They are talking about Rara who got 1 billion Rupiah.2. How did Rara get the prize?
Jawaban: She got some coupons after buying a microwave in Friends Supermarket.3. For dialog 2. What does mother ask Deni to do?
Jawaban: She asks him to lift the desk.4. What is Deni’s mother doing?
Jawaban: She is rearranging the furniture.5. For dialog 3. Who are talking in the dialog?
Jawaban: Father and his son.6. What are the speakers talking about?
Jawaban: They are talking about a new mobile phone.7. Who has the thing?
Jawaban: Mr. Ridwan (Tio’s father) does.8. For dialog 4. Where do you think the dialog takes place?
Jawaban: At Delia’s house.9. Who are talking in the dialog?
Jawaban: Father and his daughter.10. What does Delia’s father say to ask for clarification about her mother?
Jawaban: He says, “What’s she doing there?”
137PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
B. Listen to your teacher.Complete the dialogs based on what you have heard.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Dialog 1Rani : Hi, Nina. (1) Is your sister at home?Nina : Hi. (2) No, she isn’t.Rina : Where is she?Nina : Hmm . . . (3) she’s going to the market.Rani : When did she go?Nina : (4) About an hour ago. I think, she’ll be home soon.Rani : (5) O.K., I’ll wait for her then.Nina : Please do. I’ll get you some drink.Rani : Thank you.
Dialog 2Adi : Enjoying the beauty of the temple, Sir?Tourist : Yes. (1) It is very fantastic.Adi : Um . . . (2) it’s a hot day, isn’t it?Tourist : Yup! But (3) I like it very much. I can’t meet this in my country.Adi : Well, (4) enjoy your trip, Sir.Tourist : (5) Thanks.
Dialog 3Mother is leaving and asks Diana for a favor.Mother : (1) Could you help me, Diana?Diana : Sure, Mom. (2) What is it?Mother : Could you pick me up at Aunt Ida’s house this afternoon?Diana : Of course. What time?Mother : (3) At 3 p.m. Is it O.K.?Diana : Yes, sure.Mother : Thanks. Oh, by the way, (4) clean up the kitchen, please.Diana : O.K. Anything else, Mom?Mother : (5) No, that’s all. Thanks, dear. Well, I have to go now. Goodbye.Diana : Bye, Mom.
Variasi:
A. Listen to your teacher.Complete the dialogs with proper sentences based on what you have heard.
Sebelum pertemuan ini, guru sebaiknya memperbanyak percakapan-percakapan rumpang dibawah ini. Selanjutnya, guru membacakan kedua percakapan yang lengkap.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa:
Dialog 1Mr. Reynold asks his secretary to come to his office.Mr. Reynold : Amanda, please (1) ________ now.Amanda : Right away, Sir.Mr. Reynold : Please send this proposal to PT Sentosa Bahari.Amanda : (2) ________. Is there anything else, Sir?
138 UNIT 3 Procedures
Mr. Reynold : Yes. Ask the office boy to get me (3) ________.Amanda : (4) ________.Mr. Reynold : Thank you, Amanda.Amanda : (5) ________.
Dialog 2Teacher : O.K., students. Now, (1) ________ on my desk.Students : Yes, Sir.Teacher : Seno, what are you doing? (2) ________?Seno : I’m still looking for it, Sir?Teacher : Ari, I am waiting.Seno : (3) ________. I can’t find it in my bag.Teacher : Really? Or you didn’t do your homework.Seno : No, Sir, (4) ________ my homework. Perhaps I forget to put it in my bag.Teacher : All right, I give you a second chance. Tomorrow morning your work is (5) ________.Seno : Thank you, Sir.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
Dialog 1Mr. Reynold asks his secretary to come to his office.Mr. Reynold : Amanda, please (1) come to my office now.Amanda : Right away, Sir.Mr. Reynold : Please send this proposal to PT Sentosa Bahari.Amanda : (2) Certainly. Is there anything else, Sir?Mr. Reynold : Yes. Ask the office boy to get me (3) a cup of coffee, please.Amanda : (4) Sure.Mr. Reynold : Thank you, Amanda.Amanda : (5) You’re welcome.
Dialog 2Teacher : O.K., students. Now, (1) collect your homework on my desk.Students : Yes, Sir.Teacher : Seno, what are you doing? (2) Where is your homework?Seno : I’m still looking for it, Sir?Teacher : Seno, I am waiting.Seno : (3) I’m sorry, Sir. I can’t find it in my bag.Teacher : Really? Or you didn’t do your homework.Seno : No, Sir, (4) I really did my homework. Perhaps I forget to put it in my bag.Teacher : All right, I give you a second chance. Tomorrow morning your work is
(5) already on my desk.Seno : Thank you, Sir.
B. Complete the following statements based on the dialogs in Task A.1. For dialog 1, Amanda is Mr. Reynold’s ________.2. Mr. Reynold asks Amanda to ________.3. Mr. Reynold wants to have ________ to drink.4. The ________ will deliver Mr. Reynold’s order.5. For dialog 2, the dialog takes place in ________.6. The teacher asks the students to ________.
139PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
7. Seno cannot find his homework because he may ________.8. The teacher tells Seno to submit his homework on the teacher’s desk ________.
Jawaban:1. secretary2. send the proposal to PT Sentosa Bahari3. a cup of coffee4. office boy5. a classroom6. collect their homework on his desk7. forget to put it in his bag8. tomorrow morning
C. Find the meanings of the following words.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. market = pasar 2. beauty = keindahan3. fantastic = menakjubkan 4. trip = perjalanan5. to enjoy = menikmati 6. favor = bantuan7. to pick up = menjemput 8. to clean up = membersihkan9. aunt = tante/bibi 10. kitchen = dapur
Variasi:
Complete the following sentences with the words in Task C.1. Can I ask you a ________ to lift the table?2. The students will ________ their study tour to Bali.3. Mother asks me to ________ my sister from her friend’s house.4. Once a week mother goes to the ________ to shop our daily needs.5. Next holiday I have a plan to visit my ________ who lives in Bandung.6. You can enjoy the ________ of the sunrise from the top of Mount Bromo.7. Every Sunday morning I help mother cook our breakfast in the ________.8. The ________ to Tawangmangu becomes an unforgettable experience for me.9. I really enjoyed the music concerst last night. The lighting system was ________.
10. On weekends, I always ________ my room and rearrange the things to avoid boredom.
Jawaban:1. favor 2. enjoy 3. pick up 4. market5. aunt 6. beauty 7. kitchen 8. trip9. fantastic 10. clean up
D. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the complete dialogs inTask B?Correct the false ones.
1. ______ For dialog 1. Rani is a friend of Nina’s sister.2. ______ Nina’s sister is shopping in the market.3. ______ Nina guesses that her sister will be long in the market.4. ______ Rani has no time to wait for Nina’s sister.5. ______ For dialog 2. The tourist is visiting a temple.
140 UNIT 3 Procedures
Variasi:
A. Complete the following dialogs with the proper expressions from the boxes.Dialog 1
a. Thank you b. your house is really nicec. Please come in d. You’re righte. Is it difficult to find my house
Rudi : Good evening, Rita.Rita : Oh, you, Rudi. Good evening. (1) ________.Rudi : Thank you.Rita : (2) ________?Rudi : Not really. You have given me a clear map and description of the house.Rita : (3) ________. My house is the only one that has a mango tree.Rudi : By the way, (4) ________.Rita : (5) ________.
Dialog 2
a. Here is the trophy b. I have got the first winnerc. Congratulations d. Are you kiddinge. It’s great
Namira : Hey, look! (1) ________ in an English speech contest!Nanda : (2) ________?Namira : No, I am not. (3) ________.Nanda : Wow! (4) ________! How could you get it?Namira : Well, I have practiced a lot.Nanda : You are very lucky. (5) ________, then!Namira : Thank you.
6. ______ The tourist thinks that the place is magnificent.7. ______ The tourist dislikes the weather here.8. ______ For dialog 3. Diana’s mother will visit Aunt Ida.9. ______ Diana will pick up her mother in the morning.
10. ______ Diana refuse to clean up the kitchen.
Jawaban:1. T2. T3. F (Nina guesses that her sister will come home soon. It means that she won’t be long in the
market.)4. F (Rani will wait for Nina’s sister. It means that she has time to wait for her.)5. T6. T7. F (He likes the weather because he can’t meet this in his country.)8. T9. F (Diana will pick her mother up at 3 p.m. or three in the afternoon.)
10. F (She agrees to clean up the kitchen by saying, “O.K.”)
141PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Jawaban:Dialog 11. c 2. e 3. d 4. b 5. a
Dialog 21. b 2. d 3. a 4. e 5. c
B. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs in Task A?Correct the false ones.
Dialog 11. ______ The dialog takes place at Rudi’s house.2. ______ It is difficult for Rudi to find Rita’s house.3. ______ Rita gives Rudi a clear map and description of her house.4. ______ Every house in Rita’s surrounding has a mango tree.5. ______ Rudi thinks that Rita’s house is really nice.
Jawaban:1. F (The dialog takes place at Rita’s house.)2. F (It is easy for Rudi to find Rita’s house.)3. T4. F (Rita’s house is the only one that has a mango tree.)5. T
Dialog 21. ______ Namira is giving news that she won in an English speech contest.2. ______ Since the beginning, Nanda is certain about the news.3. ______ Namira receives a trophy as the winner.4. ______ Namira can be the winner for she have practiced a lot.5. ______ Namira congratulates Nanda for her achievement.
Jawaban:1. T2. F (At the beginning, Nanda is doubtful about the news by saying, “Are you kidding?”)3. T4. T5. F (It is Nanda who congratulates Namira for her achievement.)
E. Read the following dialogs.Your teacher will ask you some questions based on the dialogs.Listen to him/her carefully and answer the questions.
Dialog 1Eka is looking for Ari, one of his schoolmates. However, he can’t find him.Then, he meets a girl in front of Ari’s classroom.Eka : Excuse me. Have you seen, Ari?Siwi : Ari? Sorry, I don’t know him. What does he look like?Eka : He is not very tall. He has wavy hair and a round face.Siwi : Does he wear glasses?Eka : Yeah.Siwi : It seems that he is in the library. I saw him going there.Eka : O.K. Thanks.
142 UNIT 3 Procedures
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:1. Where does the dialog happen?2. Who is Ari?3. What does Ari look like?4. Are Siwi and Ari classmates? How do you know?5. According to Siwi, where is Ari actually?
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:1. Who are talking in the dialog?2. Where do you think the dialog takes place?3. Where are Soni going?4. What is Soni doing in that place?5. What does Mrs. Anggit ask Soni?
Jawaban:1. At school.2. He is one of Eka’s schoolmates.3. He is not very tall. He has wavy hair and a round face. He also wears glasses.4. No, they aren’t. From Siwi’s sentence, “Ari? Sorry, I don’t know him.”, it means that they are
not classmates since Siwi doesn’t know Ari.5. He is in the library.
Dialog 2Mrs. Anggit is in the living room when Soni wants to go out. He looks in a hurry.Mrs. Anggit : Where are you going in such a hurry, my boy?Soni : I’m going to the cinema to see the latest Brad Pitt’s film, Mom.Mrs. Anggit : Is it good?Soni : It is, Mom. Today is the last day.Mrs. Anggit : Is that true?Soni : Yup! See you.Mrs. Anggit : See you. Don’t come home late. And take care.Soni : Sure, Mom.
Jawaban:1. Mother and her son.2. At Mrs. Anggit’s house.3. He is going to the cinema.4. He is going to see the latest Brad Pitt’s film.5. She asks him not to come home late and take care of himself.
143PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Variasi:
A. Find the meanings of the following words.You will find them in the dialogs in Task B.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. cute = lucu menggemaskan 2. attention = perhatian3. to offer = menawari 4. heavy = berat5. bookshelf = rak buku 6. to bring = membawa7. to pay (attention) = menaruh (perhatian) 8. uncle = paman
B. Read the following dialogs.Your teacher will ask you some questions based on the dialogs.Listen to him/her carefully and answer the questions.
Dialog 1Sari : You know what! My uncle has a new baby!Dewi : Really? Is it a boy or a girl?Sari : A girl.Dewi : Is she pretty?Sari : Absolutely! She is pretty and very cute.Dewi : Your uncle must be very happy.Sari : Of course. He and his wife pay much attention to their baby.
Jawaban:1. About Sari’s uncle’s baby.2. She is pretty and very cute.3. They pay much attention to their baby.4. It refers to Sari’s uncle’s baby.
Dialog 2Mrs. Rendra is bringing some books. Ririn, her daughter, sees her. She, then, offers her help.Ririn : It must be too heavy. Let me help you, Mom.Mrs. Rendra : Thanks.Ririn : Where should I put these books?Mrs. Rendra : In our new bookshelf. Thank you.Ririn : Is there anything else I can help?Mrs. Rendra : Well, can you get me a glass of water, dear. I’m so thirsty.Ririn : Certainly, Mom. Please wait.Mrs. Rendra : O.K.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:1. What are the girls talking about?2. How does the baby look?3. What do Sari’s uncle and his wife do to their baby?4. Sari said “She is pretty and very cute.” What does the word ‘she’ refer to?
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:1. Who are talking in the dialog?2. What does Ririn offer?3. What else does Mrs. Rendra ask Ririn?4. Does Ririn fulfil her mother’s request? How do you know?
144 UNIT 3 Procedures
Jawaban:1. Mother and her daughter.2. She offers help to bring some of the books.3. She asks Ririn to get her a glass of water.4. Yes, she does. From Ririn’s sentence, “Certainly, Mom.”
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
This dialog is for questions 1 to 3.
Eka : Good morning, Sir.Man : Good morning.Eka : Excuse me. Are you a new teacher,
Sir?Man: Yes, I am. I replace Mr. Sudirman
who has been retired.
F. Listen to your teacher.Write down the expressions you have heard on a sheet of paper.In turns, use the expressions in short conversations with your friend.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:1. Can you do me a favor?2. I’d like a glass of iced tea, please.3. Can you help me cut this paper?4. Yes, let me handle it, for you.5. Will you help me paint the wall?6. Please pass me the cardboard.7. There will a night fair in the city!8. You won the contest? Is it confirmed?9. What does your new biology teacher look like?
10. We will go home earlier because of the teachers’ meeting!
Example:You will hear : I’d like a glass of iced tea, please.The conversation : Student A : It’s very hot today! Can I get you something?
Student B : I’d like a glass of iced tea, please.Student A : O.K. Please wait.
G. Listen to the dialogs.Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.
1. Who are talking in the dialog?A. A student and his friend.B. A father and his son.C. A student and a teacher.D. A principal and a student.
Jawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yangdiucapkan anak lelaki (Eka),”Excuse me.Are you a new teacher, Sir?” dan jugajawaban laki-laki dewasa, ”Yes, I am.”.
2. Eka said, “Excuse me. Are you a newteacher, Sir?” What does it mean?A. He is asking for an opinion.B. He is asking for a fact.C. He is telling a fact.D. He is giving an opinion.Jawaban: BKalimat itu berarti ”Maaf. Apakah Andaguru baru di sini?”. Kalimat inimenanyakan fakta (asking for a fact).
3. Who has been retired?A. Mr. Suhardi.B. Mr. Sudirman.C. Eka.D. The teacher who speaks with Eka.
145PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
This dialog is for questions 4 to 6.
Ria : Do me a favor, please.Putri : Yes?Ria : Pass me the ketchup.Putri : Sure, here you’re.Ria : Thanks.Putri : Anything else?Ria : The pepper, please.Putri : Here it is.
Dawiya : Well, I am waiting for the train toSurabaya.
Sinta : What time does the train come?Dawiya : Based on the schedule, it arrives
at 8:10 a.m. Look! That’s my train!Sinta : Yes, it is. Let me help you bring
your suitcase.Dawiya : No, thanks. I can manage myself.
O.K., I have to go now. See yousoon, Sinta.
Sinta : See you. Take care.Dawiya : Thanks.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
This dialog is for questions 7 to 10.
Dawiya : Hi, Sinta! What are you doinghere?
Sinta : Hi, Dawiya! Well, I am waiting formy sister. She comes fromYogyakarta. What about you?
Jawaban: BDalam percakapan guru mengatakan,”I replace Mr. Sudirman who has beenretired.” yang artinya ”Saya menggantikanPak Sudirman yang pensiun.”. Jadi, yangsudah pensiun adalah Pak Sudirman.
4. What are the speakers probably doing?A. Cooking. B. Chating.C. Arguing. D. Discussing.Jawaban: ABerdasarkan kata-kata kunci, seperti’ketchup’ dan ’pepper’, kegiatan yangsesuai sedang dilakukan kedua pembicaraadalah memasak. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena tidak ada kaitannyadengan kecap dan lada. Pilihan jawaban(B) artinya berbincang-bincang, (C) artinyaberdebat, dan (D) artinya berdiskusi.
5. Ria says, “Do me a favor, please.”What does it mean?A. She is asking for a fact.B. She is asking for an opinion.C. She is telling a fact.D. She is asking for something.Jawaban: DKalimat yang diucapkan Ria artinya”Tolong, bantu saya.”. Jadi, maksudkalimat itu adalah untuk meminta sesuatu(asking for something).
6. Where does the dialog take place?A. At the bus station.B. At the railway station.C. In an airport.D. In a taxi pool.Jawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan dari kata ’train’ yangartinya ’kereta api’ dan kalimat ”Look!That’s my train!” yang artinya ”Lihat! Itukereta saya!”. Jadi, percakapan tersebutterjadi di stasiun kereta api.
7. Where is Dawiya going to?A. Yogyakarta. B. Surakarta.C. Jakarta. D. Surabaya.Jawaban: DJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yangdiucapkan Dawiya, ”Well, I am waiting forthe train to Surabaya.” yang artinya ”Sayasedang menunggu kereta ke Surabaya.”,sehingga ’she’ mengacu kepada Dawiya.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
8. When do the speakers meet?A. In the evening.B. In the afternoon.C. In the morning.D. At night.Jawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat Dawiyayang mengatakan bahwa ia sedangmenunggu kereta ke Surabaya yang akantiba pukul 8.10 pagi (8:10 a.m.). Itu artinyaDawiya dan Sinta bertemu pada pagi hari.Jadi, pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinyapada pagi hari benar.
146 UNIT 3 Procedures
Variasi:
Find the opposite meanings of the following words in the dialogs above.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. childish >< mature 2. to put off >< to wear3. to hide >< to show 4. to receive >< to send5. difficult >< easy 6. fresh >< wilt7. to remember >< to forget 8. spare >< busy9. later >< now 10. to break (promise) >< to keep (promise)
A. Listen and repeat after your teacher.
Dialog 1Ira : Farid, what are you looking at?Farid : Look! Aren’t they the photos of the last year Independence Day’s celebration in our school?Ira : Yes, they are. So?Farid : Aren’t they the students of Grade VIIIB?Ira : Yes, they are. This is Ririn, Ina, Anton . . . .Farid : I think they look different now . . . . They look more mature.Ira : You’re right. Moreover, they didn’t wear uniforms.Farid : I agree.
Dialog 2Vika : Dad, could you help me?Mr. Anjar : Sure, sweety. What is it?Vika : I want to send a document, but I don’t know how to use the fax machine.Mr. Anjar : All right, let me show you. First, put the document you want to send here, and then dial
the receiver number.Vika : O.K. Then?Mr. Anjar : Just push the start button.Vika : Hmm. It’s easy. Thank you, Dad.Mr. Anjar : My pleasure, sweety.
Dialog 3Mother : Dear, you haven’t watered the flowers, have you?Chyntia : O gosh, I’m sorry, Mom. I forgot.Mother : I think you have forgotten to water them for some days. Look, some of them become
wilt now.Chyntia : Sorry, Mom. I didn’t mean it. I really forgot to do that.Mother : Recently, you are always busy watching television every afternoon, so you forget your
duties.Chyntia : I know, but I promise it won’t happen again.Mother : I hope you can keep your promise.Chyntia : I will. O.K., I’ll water the flowers now.
147PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Variasi:
Listen and repeat after the teacher.Answer the questions that follow.Dialog 1Johan : Excuse me, Sir. I want to go to Prambanan Temple, but I don’t know the
way to go there. Can you show me?Mr. Danang : Sure. You can take a pedicab, or you can go there on foot. It is not far from
here.
B. Answer the following questions based on the dialogs in Task A.
Dialog 11. What are the speakers talking about?
Jawaban: About the photos of the last year Independence Day’s celebration in their school.2. Whom do they see?
Jawaban: The students of Grade VIIIB.3. What does Farid think about them?
Jawaban: They look different and more mature now.4. Does Ira agree with him?
Jawaban: Yes, she does.5. “. . . of the last year Independence Day’s celebration in our school?”
What is the word ‘celebration’ in Indonesian?Jawaban: It is ‘perayaan’.
Dialog 21. What is the dialog about?
Jawaban: How to send a document using a fax machine.2. Who are involved in the dialog?
Jawaban: Father and daughter.3. Where does the dialog take place?
Jawaban: At Mr. Anjar’s or Vika’s house.4. What should Vika do to send the document?
Jawaban: She puts the document she wants to send in the machine, then dials the receivernumber, and finally pushes the start button.
5. Vika says, “Dad, could you help me?”What does it mean?Jawaban: She is asking for help.
Dialog 31. What is the relationship between the speakers?
Jawaban: Mother and daughter.2. Mother said, “Dear, you haven’t watered the flowers, have you?”
What does it mean?Jawaban: She is asking for clarification.
3. What happens to the flowers?Jawaban: Some of them become wilt.
4. Why are the flowers wilt?Jawaban: Chyntia has forgotten to water them for some days.
5. What makes Chyntia forget her task?Jawaban: Recently, she is always busy watching television every afternoon.
148 UNIT 3 Procedures
Johan : Really? How far is it from this hotel?Mr. Danang : Not more than a kilometer. You can follow this road, go straight to the west.
There you will see the entrance gate. Then, you can get the ticket in the ticketbox near the entrance.
Johan : Thank you for your help.Mr. Danang : You’re welcome.
Questions:1. Where do you think the dialog happens?
Jawaban: In a hotel.2. What are the speakers talking about?
Jawaban: About the way to reach Prambanan Temple from the hotel.3. How can Johan reach the place?
Jawaban: He can take a pedicab, or go there on foot.4. How far is the place from the hotel?
Jawaban: Not more than a kilometer.5. Where is the ticket box situated?
Jawaban: Near the entrance gate of the temple.
Dialog 2Mr. Chandra : Rian, get me a screwdriver, please.Rian : Here it is, Dad. What else?Mr. Chandra : Cutter, please.Rian : Um . . . I don’t have a cutter. Do you have it, Dad?Mr. Chandra : Yes. It is in my toolbox.Rian : Where is the toolbox?Mr. Chandra : It is under the cupboard.Rian : O.K. I will take it.Mr. Chandra : Thanks.
Questions:1. Where do you think the dialog happens?
Jawaban: In a garage.2. What do you think they are going to do?
Contoh jawaban: They are going to fix or repair something.3. What does Mr. Chandra need?
Jawaban: He needs a screwdriver and a cutter.4. Where does Mr. Chandra keep the cutter?
Jawaban: In his toolbox.5. Where can Rian find the box?
Jawaban: Under the cupboard.
C. Complete each dialog with the correct expressions from the box.Then, perform it with a friend.
Dialog 1
a. What’s her name b. That’s rightc. Where does she live d. I think she is smart and friendlye. I have a new friend
149PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Ayu : Mom, (1) ________. She lives around here.Mrs. Setiawan : Does she? (2) ________?Ayu : Only one block from here.Mrs. Setiawan : (3) ________?Ayu : Adinda.Mrs. Setiawan : Adinda? Um . . . is she Mrs. Roy’s daughter?Ayu : (4) ________.Mrs. Setiawan : What do you think of her?Ayu : (5) ________.Jawaban:1. e 2. c 3. a 4. b 5. d
Dialog 2
a. My sister saw you in the mallb. She just saw you in distancec. Maybe you’re rightd. No, it’s not truee. But she believes that it was you
Sheila and Firman are talking in the canteen.Sheila : Firman, I heard that yesterday you did a window shopping with a girl. Is it right?Firman : What? (1) ________. I stayed at home all day. Who said that?Sheila : Don’t tell me a lie. (2) ________.Firman : Maybe your sister is wrong. I didn’t go to the mall yesterday.Sheila : (3) ________.Firman : Suppose he was me, why didn’t she greet me?Sheila : (4) ________.Firman : Perhaps that boy just looks like me. So, your sister thought that he was me.Sheila : (5) ________. Well, just forget it.
Jawaban:1. d 2. a 3. e 4. b 5. c
D. Complete the following statements based on the dialogs in Task C.
Dialog 11. The dialog happens between ________ and ________.2. The speakers are talking about ________.3. Ayu’s new friend lives ________ from her house.4. Mrs. Setiawan knows Ayu’s new friend because she is ________.5. Ayu thinks that her new friend is ________.
Dialog 21. Sheila heard that Firman went to ________ with ________ yesterday.2. Sheila got the news from ________.3. Firman denied that he did window shopping because ________.4. According to Sheila’s sister, she saw Firman ________, so she didn’t greet him.5. Firman argues that perhaps the boy ________.
150 UNIT 3 Procedures
Variasi:Complete each dialog below with the correct expressions from the box.Dialog 1
a. All right b. can you help me, pleasec. Which dictionary do you need d. Certainlye. Where is your dictionary
Rina and Ayu are doing their group assignment during the break. Rina puts her bag beside Ayu.Rina : Ayu, (1) ________?Ayu : (2) ________. What can I do for you?Rina : Take me a dictionary, please.Ayu : (3) ________?Rina : It’s in my bag.Ayu : (4) ________? I mean . . . there are two dictionaries in your bag.
The English-Indonesian or Indonesian-English dictionary?Rina : The English-Indonesian dictionary, please.Ayu : (5) ________.
Jawaban:1. b 2. d 3. e 4. c 5. a
Dialog 2
a. Do you b. So we are neighborsc. May I know your name d. Where do you livee. Nice name
Bagas is at the bus stop. There is a girl standing beside him.Bagas : Hi, I’m Bagas. (1) ________?Jasmine : Hi, Bagas. Sure, I’m Jasmine.Bagas : (2) ________. Where are you off to?Jasmine : Er . . . going home. And you?Bagas : Me to. (3) ________?Jasmine : On Jalan Semar.Bagas : Jalan Semar? I live at Jalan Semar number 47.Jasmine : (4) ________? I live at Jalan Semar number 25.Bagas : (5) ________. Small world, isn’t it?Jasmine : Yeah.
Jawaban:1. c 2. e 3. d 4. a 5. b
Jawaban:Dialog 11. mother; daughter 2. Adinda, Ayu’s new friend3. one block 4. Mrs. Roy’s daughter5. smart and friendly
Dialog 21. a mall; a girl 2. her sister3. he stayed at home all the day 4. in distance5. looks like him
151PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
B. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs in Task A?Correct the false ones.
1. ______ For dialog 1. The dialog takes place in a classroom.2. ______ Rina asks for Ayu’s favor to take her bag.3. ______ Ayu brings two dictionaries in her bag.4. ______ Rina needs an Indonesian-English dictionary.5. ______ For dialog 2. Bagas and Jasmine have not known each other before.6. ______ The speakers are waiting for a bus.7. ______ Both of the speakers are going to school.8. ______ The speaker’s houses are situated on the same street.
Jawaban:1. T2. F (Rina asks for Ayu’s favor to take her dictionary.)3. F (It is Rina who brings two dictionaries, not Ayu.)4. F (Rina needs an English-Indonesian dictionary.)5. T6. T7. F (They are going home.)8. T
5
87
21
43
6
25
81
47
6
3
E. Put the following sentences in the correct order to make good dialogs.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
Dialog 1Listy is in the bus stop. She’s looking for her purse.
Listy : Are you sure, Sir?
A man : It’s all right. I understand.
Listy : I’m sorry, then, for bothering you.
A man : Yes. What is it?
Listy : Excuse me, Sir. I would like to ask you something.
A man : Sorry, I didn’t see any purse here.
Listy : Hmm, did you see my purse around here? It’s green.
A man : Definitely.
Dialog 2At the break . . . .
Sonia : Yes, it’s true.
Tika : Medan? That is so far away.
Sonia : I will miss you too.
Tika : Sonia, Adita told me that you will move to another town. Is it true?
Sonia : To Medan.
Tika : I will miss you then.
Sonia : Well, my father has got a new position. He has to manage a new branch office inMedan.
Tika : Where will you move then?
152 UNIT 3 Procedures
Variasi:Guru dapat menulis percakapan acak dan pertanyaan berikut di papan tulis, lalu siswamenyalinnya di buku masing-masing.
A. Put the following sentences in the correct order to make good dialogs.Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
Dialog 1Tirta : Well, I want to borrow these books.
Ms. Dina : Good! Listen, you should return the books next week.
Tirta : Good morning, Miss.
Ms. Dina : O.K. May I see your member card, please?
Tirta : All right, Miss. Thank you.
Ms. Dina : Good morning. What can I do for you?
Tirta : Sure. Here you are.
36
1
4
72
5
F. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs in Task E?Correct the false ones.
Dialog 11. ______ Listy is losing her purse.2. ______ Listy’s purse is yellow.3. ______ The man didn’t see any purse at the bus stop.4. ______ Listy apologizes for bothering the man.5. ______ Finally, Listy can get her purse back.
Jawaban:1. T2. F (Listy’s purse is green.)3. T4. T5. F (Listy cannot find her purse. It means she doesn’t get her purse back.)
Dialog 21. ______ Sonia herself tells Tika about her movement to Medan.2. ______ Sonia has to move to Medan because her father has got a new position.3. ______ Sonia’s father’s company has just opened a new branch office in Medan.4. ______ Medan is situated not far from the girls’ town.5. ______ Both of the girls will miss each other.
Jawaban:1. F (Aditya tells Tika about Sonia’s movement to Medan, not Sonia herself.)2. T3. T4. F (Based on Tika’s sentence saying “Medan? That is so far away.”, it can be concluded that
Medan is situated far from the girls’ town.)5. T
153PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Dialog 2Ida : Thanks. Hmm . . . is this your mother?
Andi : She is a tour guide. She takes people on tours here in Bandung.
Ida : She is a doctor. She works in Mitra Sehat Hospital.
Andi : Sure. Just open it.
Ida : I think so.
Andi : No, she’s my aunt. My mother is next to her.
Ida : That sounds great! I think a tour guide is an interesting job.
Andi : Really? My sister is a nurse there. They must know each other.
Ida : I see. What does your mother do?
Andi : Yes, it’s an interesting job. My mother loves it. What about your mother?
Ida : Andi, may I see this photo album?
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VII
B. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.Dialog 11. What is the dialog about?
Jawaban: About borrowing books.2. Where do you think the dialog takes place?
Jawaban: In a school library.3. Who are involved in the dialog?
Jawaban: A student and a librarian.4. Tirta wants to borrow a book. What should he have?
Jawaban: He should have a member card.5. How long can Tirta borrow the books?
Jawaban: For a week.
Dialog 21. What are the speakers talking about?
Jawaban: They are talking about their mothers’ professions.2. Where do you think the dialog takes place?
Jawaban: In Andi’s house.3. What does Andi’s mother do?
Jawaban: She is a tour guide.4. What is her duty?
Jawaban: She takes people on tours in Bandung.5. What does Ida’s mother do?
Jawaban: She is a doctor.
36
9
2
11
4
7
10
8
1
5
154 UNIT 3 Procedures
G. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1and 2.
Fitri : Deasy, you won the English speakingcontest, right?
Deasy : That’s right.Fitri : Congratulations!Deasy : Thank you. Anyway, why didn’t you
join the contest?Fitri : I have no confidence to do it.Deasy : Why?Fitri : Well, I can’t speak English fluently.Deasy : O, come on. I believe that you can
speak English well. All you need isjust more practice.
1. Deasy said, “Anyway, why didn’t you jointhe contest?”The underlined word can be best replacedby ________.A. complete B. put onC. take part D. collectJawaban: CKata ’join’ artinya bergabung atau ikut.Kata ini memiliki makna yang samadengan kata ’take part’ yang artinya ambilbagian. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena memiliki makna yang berbeda.Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya melengkapi,(B) artinya meletakkan/mengenakan, dan(D) artinya mengumpulkan.
2. The following statements are TRUE aboutFitri, except ________.A. she took part in the contestB. she has no confidence to follow the
contestC. she thinks that she can’t speak
English fluentlyD. according to Deasy, she only needs to
practice moreJawaban: APilihan jawaban ini, yang artinya ia ambilbagian dalam kontes itu, benar untukpernyataan yang salah. Pernyataan inibertentangan dengan pertanyaan Deasy,yaitu ”Anyway, why didn’t you join thecontest?” yang artinya ”Ngomong-omong,
mengapa kamu tidak ikut lomba itu?”, dandibenarkan oleh Fitri dengan menyebutkanalasan ia tidak ikut lomba, yaitu karena iatidak punya rasa percaya diri. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena sesuaidengan isi percakapan. Pilihan jawaban(B) sesuai dengan ucapan Fitri ”I have noconfidence to do it.”, (C) sesuai denganucapan Fitri ”Well, I can’t speak Englishfluently.”, dan (D) sesuai dengan ucapanDeasy ”All you need is just more practice.”
Read the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5.
Mrs. Yudi : Can you help me, please?Shop assistant : Sure. What can I do for you?Mrs. Yudi : I want some cookies on the
shelf, but I can’t take them.Could you help me get them,please?
Shop assistant : Sure, Ma’am. Here you’re.Mrs. Yudi : Thanks. By the way, where
can I get chocolate?Shop assistant : Over there, on the dairy
section. Let me show you,then.
Mrs. Yudi : No, thanks. I can handle it.Shop assistant : Are you sure, Ma’am?Mrs. Yudi : Sure, thanks.
3. Where do you think the dialog takes place?A. In the Internet cafe.B. In a restaurant.C. In a hospital.D. In a supermarket.Jawaban: DBerdasarkan kata-kata kunci ’shopassistant’ (pelayan toko), ’shelf’ (rak),’dairy section’ (bagian produk susu), dapatdisimpulkan kalau percakapan tersebutberlangsung di supermarket, bukan di (A)warung Internet, (B) restoran, atau(C) rumah sakit.
4. Mrs. Yudi said, “Could you help me getthem, please?”What does it mean?A. She is asking for information.B. She is asking for service.C. She is giving information.D. She is giving service.
155PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
says that he is thirsty and want iced-tea.
says that he does not really like it.
explains that drinking soft drink every day isnot good.
clarifies it.
says that he is also thirsty and wants softdrink. Asks whether Gilang likes soft drink.
asks for clarification.
asks for clarification.
▲
▲
▲
▲
▲
▲
Mount Jaya Wijaya
1.
The Komodo Island
2.
Gilang NikoS
ourc
e: <
http
://rip
culz
.wor
dpre
ss.c
om/
2009
/07/
>
snow on the peak of the mountain nominated as one of the natural seven wonders
Sou
rce:
<ht
tp://
uplo
ad.w
ikim
edia
.org
/w
ikip
edia
/>
Jawaban: BKalimat tersebut artinya ”BersediakahAnda mengambilkannya untuk saya?”.Kalimat ini diucapkan untuk meminta jasaseseorang (asking for service). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena bukantujuan ucapan tersebut.
5. Mrs. Yudi said, “Could you help me getthem, please?”
The underlined word refers to ________.A. the shelves B. the cookiesC. the visitors D. the chocolateJawaban: BKata ’them’ mengacu pada objek yangtelah disebutkan pada kalimatsebelumnya, yaitu ’the cookies’ padakalimat ”I want some cookies on the shelf,. . . .”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena bukan kata yang dimaksud.
H. In pairs, make a dialog based on the guideline below.
Contoh jawaban:Gilang : I’m so thirsty. I want to drink iced-tea.Niko : I want soft drink. Don’t you like soft drink?Gilang : Not really.Niko : What do you mean?Gilang : Drinking soft drink every day is not good for our health.Niko : Is it right?Gilang : Yes.
I. Create a dialog based on one of the pictures below.Use the key words and the expressions you have learned.
156 UNIT 3 Procedures
The Suramadu Bridge
3.
batik—stated as the world’s culturalheritage by UNESCO
4.
earthquake hit Padanghundreds of people died
5.
built across Madura Strait
Sou
rce:
<ht
tp://
gam
bar.
ikla
nmax
.com
/20
0812
24/2
3085
9/sl
ayer
sele
ndan
gsha
wl.>
Sou
rce:
<ht
tp://
fc01
.dev
iant
art.n
et/fs
48/f/
2009
/203
/>
Sou
rce:
<ht
tp://
msn
bcm
edia
.msn
.com
/j/M
SN
BC
/Com
pone
nts/
Slid
esho
ws/
_pro
duct
ion/
ss-
0909
30-in
do-q
uake
/ss-
0910
02-in
doqu
ake-
01.s
s_fu
ll.>
Contoh jawaban:1. You : Did you know that we have a mountain which has snow on its peak?
Your friend : No, I didn’t. Is there any?You : Well, it is Mount Jaya Wijaya in Papua.Your friend : Unbelievable! Our country is situated on the equator, but there is snow!
Amazing!You : It is.
2. You : Have you voted the Komodo Island as one of the natural seven wonders?Your friend : Of course, I have. What about you?You : I have too. Let’s ask the others to vote.Your friend : Good idea!
3. You : Where were you last week?Your friend : I visited my uncle’s family in Madura.You : Did you pass through the Suramadu Bridge?Your friend : Yes, I did. It was cool! That was the first time I saw myself a bridge across
a strait.You : How lucky you are! I hope I can be there someday.
4. You : Do you have time tomorrow after school?Your friend : I think so. Why?You : I need to buy a batik shirt. Will you go with me to a fashion shop?Your friend : Sure. By the way, did you know that batik was declared by UNESCO as the
world’s cultural heritage?You : Was it? When?Your friend : On October 2, 2009.You : That was great!
157PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
3.2 Genre
Spoken Text
Written Text
Aim/goal
5-Minute Ice Cream
5. You : Have you heard the news?Your friend : What news?You : An earthquake hit Padang this afternoon!Your friend : Are you sure about it?You : I am. I watched the news on TV. It happened at 5:16 p.m. And it is predicted that
hundreds of people died. Some of them are still buried under the ruins.Your friend : What a tragedy!
Read the following monolog.Do you like ice cream? Do you want to know how to make it? I’ll tell you how to make
a five-minute ice cream.First of all, you have to prepare the ingredients. They are one package of frozen fruit,
½ cup of sugar, 2/3 cup of heavy cream and 1 teaspoonful of vanilla.Let’s start making it. Firstly, combine the frozen fruit, of sugar, cream and vanilla in a food
processor or blender. Secondly, process until the fruit is roughly chopped and the mixtureresembles ice cream. Then, your ice cream is ready to enjoy!
You can eat the ice cream now if you can’t wait, or freeze for firmer texture. The icecream can be frozen for up to a week.
Adapted from: October 2, 2009 <http://www.instructables.com/id/SLNFW3SFU6LRB0K/>
The text above is a spoken procedure. It functions to tell how to make somethingthrough a sequence of steps.
Read the following text.
158 UNIT 3 Procedures
Materials/Ingredients
What you need:1 package frozen fruit1/2 cup sugar2/3 cup heavy cream1 tsp vanilla
Steps
Step 1 Make Ice Cream!Combine the frozen fruit, sugar, cream and vanilla in a foodprocessor or blender. Process until the fruit is roughly choppedand mixture resembles ice cream.
Step 2 Eat!Your ice cream is ready to enjoy!Eat now if you can’t wait, or freeze for firmer texture.
The ice cream can be frozen for up to a week.
Source: October 2, 2009 <http://www.instructables.com/id/SLNFW3SFU6LRB0K/>
The text above is a written procedure. A procedure tells how to make something througha sequence of actions or steps. It usually uses imperative sentences, such as cut, place,use, etc.The structure of the text is:● aim/goal,● materials/ingredients,● steps/methods.
159PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Study the following sentences.● Aryani dances beautifully.● Shinta arrived late due to a flat tire.
Pay attention to the bold-typed words in the sentences above. They are called adverbs; thefirst is an adverb of manner and the second is an adverb of time.An adverb is a describing word. It describes actions or verbs. It tells you the way someonedoes something.
There are some kinds of adverbs. Among them are:1. Adverbs of Manner
They tell you the way people do things.
Examples:● Mr. Arman wrote the recipe clearly.● The boy does the exercises fast.
Other common adverbs of manner are:
● brightly ● freely ● carelessly ● correctly● cheaply ● quickly ● loudly ● beautifully
2. Adverbs of TimeThey tell you when someone does something, or when something happens.
Examples:● It rained hard last night.● The students of VIIA are playing volleyball now.
Other common adverbs of time are:
● tomorrow ● soon ● early ● late● already ● yesterday ● this afternoon ● next month
3. Adverbs of PlaceThey tell you where things happen, or where someone or something is going.
Examples:● The children are playing upstairs.● Your seat is over there.
Other common adverbs of place are:
● upstairs ● anywhere ● near
4. Adverbs which are used to introduce the first, second, etc. of a list of points/things
Examples:● Firstly, whisk the eggs.● Finally, serve it in a bowl.
Grammar Section
Adverbs
160 UNIT 3 Procedures
Answer the following questions.
1. What text type have you learned in Unit 2?Jawaban: Descriptives.
2. What is the purpose of the text?Jawaban: To describe a particular person, place or thing.
3. Can you mention some titles of descriptives? What are they?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I can. There are My lovely House, My Beloved Family, My School.
A. Listen to your teacher.Put the following pictures into the correct order based on the procedure you haveheard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru:Have you ever heard about a sauted green shrimp? Let me tell you how to make it.
Firstly, wash the vegetables and peel off the garlic. Then, chop the vegetables and slice thegarlic very thin. Now, prepare the shrimps. Next, heat the oil in a frying pan. Saute the garlic,shrimp and the vegetables. Finally, cook then serve it on a plate.
Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
Gambar yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
2 1 5
6 3 4
B. Answer the questions based on the text you have heard in Task A.1. What is the text about?
Jawaban: How to make a sauted green shrimp.2. What should you slice very thin?
Jawaban: The garlic.
161PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
3. What should you do after slicing the garlic?Jawaban: Preparing the shrimp.
4. What should you saute firstly?Jawaban: The garlic.
5. What should you saute lastly?Jawaban: The vegetables.
Picture source: October 6, 2009<http://www.health.com/health/library/mdp/0,zm6022,00.html>
Teks yang dibacakan guru:Did you know that your muscles are flexible?
Flexible means that they are able to bend or stretch.Try this activity to know how flexible you are.
First, sit on the floor with your legs straight outin front of you. Place your hands on your thighs,keep your arms straight. As you slowly exhale, bendat the waist, sliding your hands along your legstoward your feet. Stretch as far as you can. Can youreach your feet?
Source: Head to Toe Science
Variasi:
A. You will hear the following words in the monolog in Task B.Find the meanings of the words.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. straight = lurus2. thigh = paha3. exhale = menghembuskan napas4. slide = mendorong5. stretch = merentangkan6. waist = pinggang7. toward = ke arah8. bend = membungkukkan9. leg = kaki (bagian yang panjang)
10. feet = kaki bagian bawah, yang digunakan orang/hewan untuk berdiri
B. Listen to your teacher.Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on what you have heard?Correct the false ones.
Statements:1. ______ Your legs should be straight out in front of you.2. ______ You should place your hands on your waist before sliding them.3. ______ You should exhale fast while bending at the waist.4. ______ You should stretch as far as you can.5. ______ The activity is to know how flexible you are.
Jawaban:1. T2. F (You should place your hands on your thighs.)3. F (You should exhale slowly.)4. T5. T
162 UNIT 3 Procedures
Step 1The first thing you need to do is lie flat (2) on your belly onthe floor. You will need to be on a hard surface, so no bedsor couches.
Step 2Next thing you need to do is (3) reach behind you and grabyour legs (4) with your hands.
Step 3Next, pick up your neck and (5) look forward.
Step 4Now, start rocking in a back and forth motion like (6) a rocking horse.
Step 5Count to 20 and (7) take a break. Return to your starting position and (8) repeat the stepsa few more times. Make sure you count to 20 each time.
Step 6This is targeting (9) your stomach area, and the rocking motion helps (10) digest foodquicker.
C. Listen to your teacher.Complete the text based on what you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
How to Digest Food Faster with One Simple Exercise
Certain foods tend to take longer to digest than others. Here is a simple trick that my stepaerobics teacher has taught me, to help (1) digest your food during the day or before you go tobed at night. It only takes a few minutes.
Difficulty: Moderately EasyInstructions:
Source: Sammysfirefox22, October 6, 2009 <http://www.ehow.com/how_5196597_digest-faster-one-simple-exercise.html>
163PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
D. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer based on the text in Task C.
1. Where should you lie on to do that activity?A. Beds. B. Matresses.C. Couches. D. Floors.Jawaban: DJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Thefirst thing you need to do is lie flat on yourbelly on the floor.”. Jadi, ketika melakukankegiatan ini, kita berbaring di ataspermukaan lantai.
2. What should you do to your legs?A. Lift them high.B. Grab them with our hands.C. Place them firmly on the floor.D. Push them to move towards our heads.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatpada langkah kedua ”. . . grab your legswith your hands.” yang artinya ” . . . raihkedua kaki dengan tanganmu.”.
3. How do you do the rocking movement?A. In a back and forth motion.B. In a left and right motion.C. In a top and down motion.D. In a free motion.Jawaban: APilihan jawaban ini benar yangdisimpulkan dari kalimat ”Now, startrocking in a back and forth motion like
a rocking horse.” yang artinya ”Sekarang,mulailah bergoyang dengan gerakan kedepan dan ke belakang seperti kudagoyang.”.
4. How many should you count before youtake a break?A. Ten. B. Fifteen.C. Twenty. D. Twenty-five.Jawaban: CPada langkah kedua terdapat kalimat”Count to 20 and take a break.”. Jadi,kamu dapat beristirahat setelah 20(twenty) hitungan.”.
5. When do you pick up your neck and lookforward?A. After we rock.B. After we reach behind us.C. Before we grab our legs.D. Before we lie flat.Jawaban: BDalam teks langkah ”Next, pick up yourneck and look forward.” adalah langkahketiga dan ”. . . is reach behind you andgrab your legs with your hands.” adalahlangkah kedua. Jadi, kita dapat melakukankegiatan mengangkat leher dan melihat kedepan setelah kita menggapai bagianbelakang (after we reach behind us) danmeraih kedua kaki dengan tangan (afterwe grab our legs with our hands).
A. You will find the following words in the text in Task B.Find their meanings.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. sturdy = kokoh, kuat2. to fold = melipat3. to bend = menekuk4. upper = atas5. to lift = angkat6. object = benda7. chest = dada8. to roll back down = rebah ke belakang
164 UNIT 3 Procedures
STEP 1Anchor your feet under a (1) ________. Then, lie with yourknees bent.
Next, fold your arms across (2) ________ or just hold yourhands (3) ________.
STEP 2Slowly (4) ________. Finally, roll back down, slowly and(5) ________. Repeat as desired.
Adapted from: October 3, 2009 <http://www.fullfitness.net/exercises/abs/situp>
B. Complete the text with the words from the box.
a. with control b. lift your upper body c. behind your earsd. sturdy object e. your chest
Jawaban:1. d 2. e 3. c 4. b 5. a
C. Answer the questions based on the text in Task B.
1. What material do you need for this activity?Jawaban: A sturdy object.
2. What should you do with your knees?Jawaban: Bend them.
3. Where should you fold your arms?Jawaban: Across our chest.
4. When you hold your hands, where should you place them?Jawaban: Behind our ears.
5. When should you lift your upper body?Jawaban: After we fold our arms across our chest/hold our hands behind our ears.
165PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Variasi:
Look at the pictures and read the cue words.Tell your friends the procedure of folding a napkin based on them.
The French Napkin fold
Cue words:● lay ● face down ● far corner● dialogonally ● orient ● to the right● pivot at the same place the last fold pivoted
Contoh jawaban:
Maybe you often get confused of how to fold napkin. Well, just listen to me. I’ll tell youhow to fold it well. This is the French napkin fold. First, lay the napkin face down in front ofyou. Then, fold the napkin in half diagonally. Yeah, . . . like this. After that, orient the napkin sothe long side is on the left. Then, see the next step. Fold the far corner of the napkindiagonally towards you and to the right. Finally, fold the right-most point towards you . . . sothat it pivots at the same place the last fold pivoted. Now, you can use the finished napkin foryour dinner place. Very classy and uncomplicated, right?
Source: September 19, 2008 <http:www.napkingfoldingguide.com/09-frenchfold/>
1 2
3 4 5
D. Tell your friends how to make your local food/drink.You may put the picture of the food/drink.
Contoh jawaban:
Hi, friends. I want to tell you how to make spicy fruit salad knownas rujak. Now, I’ll show you how to make it.
Let’s prepare the ingredients first. You need 1 chayote, peeled;1 Granny Smith apple, cored; 2 cucumbers, peeled and cut in halflengthwise with seeds removed; 1 raw mango; 1 orange, peeled anddivided into sections; ½ tsp crushed red pepper; ¼ tsp shrimp paste;3 tbsp brown sugar; ½ tsp salt; 1 tsp tamarind, dissolved in 1 tbspwarm water; 1 14-oz can diced pineapple, drained.
Source: <http://servekrishna.net/images/static/kurmamyrujakmanis.jpg>
166 UNIT 3 Procedures
Let’s begin making it. First, coarsely chop the chayote, apple, cucumbers, mango and orangesections. Second, in a large bowl, combine crushed red pepper, shrimp paste, brown sugar, saltand tamarind to make a paste. Finally, add the chayote, apple, cucumber, mango, orange andpineapple to the bowl, and stir well to combine. Serve at room temperature. Your fruit salad isready. Hmm . . . yummy!
Source: November 30, 2009 <http://www.indonesianfoodonline.com/recipes/indonesian-spicy-fruit-salad-rujak>
A. Read the text below.Answer the questions based on the text.
Marmalade Pudding
Do you like pudding? Let me tell you how to make a kind of pudding, namely marmaladepudding. You can try this at home.
To make this pudding, you need ¼ lb suet, ¼ lb breadcrumbs, ¼ lb plain flour, ¼ lb sugar,1 flat teaspoon salt, 2 full teaspoons baking powder, 1 egg, 2 good tablespoons marmalade,3 tablespoons milk or sufficient to give stirring consistency.
Now, here is how to make it.● Firstly, mix all the ingredients together and steam for two hours.● Secondly, melt some marmalade to act as a sauce.● Lastly, either serve the sauce separately or pour it over pudding.
Source: October 2, 2009 <http://simplerecipes.co.uk/puddings/marmalade.htm>
Questions:1. How much salt do you need to make the pudding?
Jawaban: 1 flat teaspoon.2. How many ingredients do you need to make the pudding?
Jawaban: Nine.3. How long do you need to steam the ingredients?
Jawaban: For two hours.4. How do you make the sauce?
Jawaban: By melting some marmalade.5. What should you pour over the pudding?
Jawaban: The sauce.
B. Read the text in Task A once again.Underline the adverbs in the text.
Jawaban:Marmalade Pudding
Do you like pudding? Let me tell you how to make a kind of pudding, namely marmaladepudding. You can try this at home.
To make this pudding, you need ¼ lb suet, ¼ lb breadcrumbs, ¼ lb plain flour, ¼ lb sugar,1 flat teaspoon salt, 2 full teaspoons baking powder, 1 egg, 2 good tablespoons marmalade,3 tablespoons milk or sufficient to give stirring consistency.
Now, here is how to make it.● Firstly, mix all the ingredients together and steam for two hours.● Secondly, melt some marmalade to act as a sauce.● Lastly, either serve the sauce separately or pour it over pudding.
167PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Variasi:
Make sentences using the adverbs you find in the text.Contoh jawaban:1. I decide to spend my weekend with my family at home.2. Firstly, I go to the bookstore. Then, I go to the foodcourt for lunch.3. I’ve been waiting for Linda for two hours. I guess she won’t come.4. First of all, I prepare all the materials. Secondly, I pour some flour and sugar into a bowl.5. Lastly, we have lunch together before going home.6. The old couple live separately with their children. They prefer living in a village to in a big city.7. Mother needs some milk to make sauce which will be poured over pudding.
Variasi:Make five sentences using adverbs properly.Contoh jawaban:1. My mother is watering the flowers in the garden.2. I’ve studied hard for the test. I hope I can do it well.3. My father goes to work earlier this morning because he has a meeting.4. I went to your house yesterday afternoon, but you weren’t at home.5. My sister will make fried rice. First of all, she prepare cooked rice and other ingredients.
3 Microwave for 3 minutes in a 1000W oven, or 4 minutes ina 700W oven. It will start to crown over the top of the mug. Don’t panic!It will collapse once the heat stops.
C. Complete the sentences below with suitable adverbs.
1. Hold the stick ________.2. Do the homework ________.3. Did you come here ________?4. ________, peel the mangoes.5. Use the knife ________ in order not to hurt yourself.6. I love your performance. You danced ________.7. The students like Mr. Haryono. He always explains a lesson ________.8. I feel very happy. My grandparents will come ________ by train this evening.9. Before the test begins, the teacher asks each student to prepare a pen and a sheet of paper
________.10. Ride your bike ________. Otherwise, we will come late to school.
Contoh jawaban:1. tightly 2. well 3. yesterday 4. Firstly5. carefully 6. beautifully 7. clearly 8. from Yogyakarta9. on the desk 10. fast
D. Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good text.
Kalimat-kalimat acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
5-Minute Chocolate Cake
168 UNIT 3 Procedures
1 Supplies:● a microwave● a coffee mug● 4 tablespoons flour● 4 tablespoons sugar● 2 tablespoons unsweetened cocoa● 1 egg● 3 tablespoons milk● 3 tablespoons oil● 3 tablespoons chocolate chips● splash vanilla or other flavoring–try peppermint or cinnamon
4 Eat it!
This cake is still good half an hour out of the oven. In fact, I thinkit gets better the longer it sits. However, I can’t speak to how it doesafter that since there’s never any left!
Enjoy!
2 Mix your ingredients.● Add all of the dry ingredients to the mug and mix.● Add the egg and combine well. It gets pretty pasty at the point.● Stir in milk and oil.● Add chocolate chips and splash of vanilla. Stir well.
Source: October 2, 2009 <http://www.instructables.com/id/>
Variasi:
A. Find the meanings of the following words.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. tablespoon = ukuran sendok makan2. unsweetened = tidak manis (tawar)3. cinnamon = kayu manis4. flavoring = pemberi rasa (pada makanan/minuman)5. dry = kering6. to stir = mengaduk7. to crown = mengembang8. left = tersisa, sisa
169PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
B. What are the opposite meanings of the following words?Then, find their meanings.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
Words
1. dry2. to add3. to stop4. better5. longer
Meaning
basahmengurangiberlanjutlebih buruklebih singkat
Meaning
keringmenambahkanberhentilebih baiklebih lama
Antonym
wetto reduceto continueworseshorter
E. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer based on the text in Task D.
1. Which of the following ingredients don’twe need to make a 5-minute chocolatecake?A. Milk. B. Oil.C. Syrup. D. Sugar.Jawaban: CBerdasarkan daftar bahan-bahan(Supplies) dapat disimpulkan bahwabahan yang tidak dibutuhkan untukmembuat kue cokelat ini adalah sirup.
2. What should we add in the mug before weadd milk?A. Oil.B. An egg.C. Chocolate chips.D. Splash of vanilla.Jawaban: BSebelum kalimat ”Stir in milk and oil.”yang artinya ”Aduk susu dan minyak.”,terdapat kalimat ”Add the egg andcombine well . . . .” yang artinya”Tambahkan telur dan campurkan denganrata.”. Jadi, sebelum kita mencampurkansusu, kita harus memasukkan telurterlebih dahulu.
3. How long should you microwave themixture in a 700W oven?A. 2 minutes.B. 3 minutes.C. 4 minutes.D. 5 minutes.
Jawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat”Microwave for 3 minutes in a 1000Woven, or 4 minutes in a 700W oven.” yangartinya ”Panggang dalam microwave1000W selama 3 menit atau 4 menit dalammicrowave 700W.”
4. We should mix the ingredients below firstin the mug, except ________.A. flour B. milkC. sugar D. cocoaJawaban: BDalam teks terdapat kalimat ”Add all of thedry ingredients to the mug and mix.” yangartinya ”Tambahkan semua bahan keringke dalam mangkuk dan campur.”. Daridaftar bahan-bahan (Supplies) dapatdiketahui bahwa bahan-bahan yang keringadalah biji coklat, tepung, dan gula. Jadi,yang tidak termasuk bahan yangdicampurkan adalah susu.
5. What will happen after we microwave it?A. It will collapse.B. It will be thicker.C. It will collect at the bottom of the mug.D. It will start to crown over the top of the
mug.Jawaban: DJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”It willstart to crown over the top of the mug.Don’t panic! It will collapse once the heatstops.” yang artinya ”(Itu) akanmengembang di bagian atas cangkir.Jangan panik. Campuran itu akanmenyusut ketika panasnya hilang.”.
170 UNIT 3 Procedures
Variasi:
A. Answer the questions based on the proper text in Task D.1. How much milk should you use?
Jawaban: Three tablespoons.2. How many eggs do you need?
Jawaban: One.3. What kind of cocoa should you use?
Jawaban: Unsweetened one.4. What are the dry ingredients you should put into the mug?
Jawaban: Flour, sugar, unsweetened cocoa.5. What should you do after you add all of the dry ingredients to the mug?
Jawaban: Mix them.6. What happens after you add the egg and combine well?
Jawaban: It get pretty pasty at the point.7. When should you add chocolate chips?
Jawaban: Afer we stir in milk and oil.8. How long should you microwave the mixture in a 1000W oven?
Jawaban: For 3 minutes.9. What happens after you microwave the mixture?
Jawaban: It will start to crown over the top of the mug.10. Why does the writer say that we should not panic?
Jawaban: Because the crown will collapse once the heats stops.
B. Read the text.Answer the questions that follow.
Germinating Petunia Seeds
You will need:● a packet of petunia seeds ● a seed tray or small pots● loamy friable soil or potting mix ● water● fertilizer
What to do:1. Fill a seed tray with soil.2. Incorporate fertilizer into soil.3. Scatter seeds on the surface of the soil.4. Cover seeds with a 3 mm layer of soil. Press firmly.5. Spray water to moisten the seed bed.6. Place seed tray in warm, sunny position (at least 25°C).7. Keep soil moist by watering gently while seeds are germinating. Seeds will germinate in
about 10–14 days.Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
Questions:1. Where can you scatter seeds?
Jawaban: On the surface of the soil.2. What can you use if you don’t have a seed tray?
Jawaban: We can use small pots.3. Why should you spray water to the seed?
Jawaban: To moisten the seed bed.
171PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
A
1. petunia2. loamy3. friable4. to scatter5. to spray6. moist7. to germinate8. to incorporate9. to cover
10. tray
Responding
a. basahb. memasukkanc. gemburd. menyemprote. menutupif. sejenis tumbuhan berbungag. bakih. bergeluhi. mengecambahkanj. menyebarkan
4. Where should you place the tray?Jawaban: In warm, sunny position.
5. How long will the seeds germinate?Jawaban: In about 10 to 14 days.
C. Match the words in column A with their suitable meanings in column B.
Jawaban:1. f 2. h 3. c 4. j 5. d 6. a 7. i 8. b 9. e 10. g
D. Complete the sentences with the words in Task C.1. Dinda serves the guests some glasses of tea using a ________.2. The plant will grow well on a ________ soil like this.3. Rina is feeling very cold, so she ________ her body with a warm blanket.4. Do not ________ too much perfume on your body.5. I dislike being in ________ air like this.
Jawaban:1. tray 2. loamy 3. covers 4. spray 5. moist
A. Look at the pictures.Write a procedure based on the pictures.
You may use the following words:
● draw ● color ● decorate● glue ● clothes ● overalls● template ● construction paper
172 UNIT 3 Procedures
1
2
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
3________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
Paper Scarecrow
Supplies needed:● construction paper● pencil● glue● scissors● markers or crayons● optional: googly eyes● Optional: real straw or raffia
to print/draw – clothes
to cut out
to draw – template
173PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
4
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
5
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
1
Draw the scarecrow template (or draw your own).
2
Print out the scarecrow clothes (or draw your own).
Source: October 6, 2009 <http://www.enchantedlearning.com/crafts/thanksgiving/scarecrow/>
Contoh jawaban:
to color and decorate – clothes
to glue – clothesto add – eyes, a nose, a mouth
174 UNIT 3 Procedures
3
Cut out the scarecrow,shirt, overalls, shoes andhat.
4
Color and decorate the clothes using crayons or markers.
5 Glue the clothes on the scarecrow.Optional: glue on some straw (real straw,raffia or thin strips of light brown paper) atthe edges of the clothing.
Add eyes, a nose and a mouth.
This scarecrow makes a fun Thanksgivingdecoration.
Source: October 6, 2009 <http://www.enchantedlearning.com/crafts/thanksgiving/scarecrow/>
Picture source: October 4, 2009 <http://masakankita.blogspot.com/2007/09/pecel-lele.html>
B. Look at the picture.It is called ‘pecel lele’ in some regions.Write down a procedure how to make it.You may write another procedure of a different recipe.
175PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Variasi:
Do you like honey?Write down a recipe using it.Contoh jawaban:
Spicy Sweet Honey Chili
Serves: 6–8 (change servings and units)
Ingredients:● 2 lbs ground beef● 1 cup chopped sweet onion (Vidalia)● 1 chopped garlic clove● ½ cup chopped green bell pepper● 1½ diced jalapeno peppers● 2 (15 ounce) cans chili beans● 1 (14½ ounce) can of petite diced tomatoes● 1½ teaspoons chili powder● 1 teaspoon cumin
Contoh jawaban:Pecel Lele
Ingredients:● 4 medium catfish, clean it● oil to fry
Blend:● 1 tbs coriander seed (ketumbar)● 2 cm Curcuma domestica (kunyit)● 1 garlic● ½ tbs salt
Sauce (blend):● 1 big tomato● fried peanuts as you need● garlic, shallots, chilly as you need (fry it first)● salt● sugar
Garnish:tomato, cabage-letuce, Ocimum basilicum (kemangi), poh-pohan leaf (only find in Indonesia)
Steps:1. Clean the catfish, then mix the fish with the blent ingredients. Wait until the blent ingredient
penetrate into the fish at about 30 minutes.2. Fry the fish in the pan.3. Dry it from oil.4. Put in the plate with the garnish. Put the sauce on the fish if you like. Eat with the hot rice.
Note: To make the sauce warm, you can warm it in the pan or in the microwave.Source: October 4, 2009 <http://masakankita.blogspot.com/2007/09/pecel-lele.html>
176 UNIT 3 Procedures
● 1 teaspoon thyme● ½ teaspoon salt● 1½ teaspoons Accent seasoning, flavor enhancer● ½ teaspoon cinnamon● –½ cup honey
Directions:1. Crumble ground beef in a large pan; add accent flavor enhancer (optional).2. Brown ground beef.3. Add onion, green pepper and garlic.4. Cook until onion is translucent or brown; drain oil.5. Add tomatoes, jalapeño peppers, chili beans, chili powder, cumin, thyme, salt and cinnamon.6. Stir and simmer on low for at least 25 minutes.7. Add honey; stir again.8. Serve alone, over rice or spaghetti.9. Serve with cheese and crackers is a must!
10. Then, serve with corn bread as well!Source: Tracie Altland, October 2, 2009 <http://www.recipezaar.com/1-Spicy-Sweet-Honey-Chili-78123>
C. Write down a procedure.
You may choose one of the following topics:● a kind of craft,● a kind of sport.
Contoh jawaban:
Wacky Watermelon Paper Plate Craft
13
Supplies:● ½ of a paper plate● glue● red and green construction paper, cut or torn into little squares● black cut as the seeds● scissors
Directions:1. Cut the red and green construction paper into little mini squares (or you can have the kids tear
them).2. Cut the paper plate in half.3. Cover paper plate red squares by gluing down to paper plate.4. Glue green squares to the edge of paper plate.5. Glue on black construction paper to be the seeds!
Source: Samantha, October 4, 2009 <http://www.twoheartstogether.com/2009/08/05/wacky-watermelon-paper-plate-craft/>
177PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
3.3 Short Functional Texts: Warnings and Tips
Spoken Text
Written Text
Read the following text.Listen, everyone. The examination will begin. Do not put anything on the desk, except a penand other writing utensils, and also your test card. One more thing, do not cheat. Good luck!
The text is called a warning. Its purpose is to warn someone not to do something.Usually, those who break the warning will get a penalty. For example, students who cheaton the test will be disqualified or they have to take a remedial test.
Read the following text.Eat your beans! Nutrient compounds called ‘flavonoids’ have been found to be effective
antioxidants that help protect against heart disease and cancer. These flavonoids are found inthe coating of such beans as navy, pintos, kidney, great northern and black beans.
Source: October 28, 2009 <ttp://www.health-fitness-tips.com/newsletters/t59-eat-beans.htm>
The text above is a tip. A tip is a small piece of advice about something practical. You canfind tips from many sources, for example from the Internet, magazines, newspapers orother media.
Answer the following questions.
1. Have you ever heard any warnings at school?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have.
2. If you have, what is the the warning about?Contoh jawaban: A warning that asks all students not to make any noises during the final test.
3. Do you have a problem with your health? If you do, what is it?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. I’m allergic of cold weather.
178 UNIT 3 Procedures
Variasi:
Make sentences using the words above.Contoh jawaban:1. You should pay attention to your teacher’s explanation.2. For the sake of our group, we should solve every problem immediately.3. Thousand visitors visited Ancol during the long holiday.4. Mother always asks me to put the books back on their shelves after I have read them.5. The teacher reminds the students to park their bikes on their proper place.
4. Have you ever followed any tips for your health problem?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have.
5. Did the tip work on you?Contoh jawaban: Yes, it did.
A. You will hear the following words in the text in Task B.Find their meanings.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. attention = perhatian 2. sake = kepentingan3. visitor = pengunjung 4. to put back = meletakkan kembali5. proper = yang benar/sesuai
B. Listen to your teacher.Complete the following text based on what you have heard.
Peringatan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:May I have (1) your attention, please?For the sake of other visitors, please (2) do not leave the magazines or (3) newspapers you
have read (4) on the desk. Please, put them back on their (5) proper shelves. Thank you.
C. Answer the following questions based on the text you have heard.
1. What is the warning about?Jawaban: It is a warning not to leave the magazines or newspapers we have read on the desk.
2. Where do you think you can hear the warning?Jawaban: In a library.
3. Who do you think delivers the warning?Jawaban: A librarian.
4. After reading a magazine, where should you put it back?Jawaban: In its proper shelf.
5. “Please, put them back on their proper shelves.”What does the word ‘them’ refer to?Jawaban: The magazines or newspapers.
179PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Variasi:Untuk kegiatan pembelajaran di kelas lain, guru dapat memberikan bentuk latihan yangberbeda seperti di bawah ini.
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the complete text in Task B?Correct the false ones.1. ______ The visitors are not allowed to leave the magazines on the desk.2. ______ The visitors cannot find any newspapers in the place.3. ______ The magazines and newspapers are put on some shelves.4. ______ The warning is dedicated to the visitors of a hospital.5. ______ The warning is delivered by a teacher.
Jawaban:1. T2. F (Visitors can find newspapers in the place.)3. T4. F (The warning is dedicated to the visitors of a library.)5. F (The warning is delivered by a librarian.)
Peringatan yang dibacakan guru:Listen, friends. Relating to the working beeactivity that will be held tomorrow morning atschool, please do not come late. Remember,come half of an hour earlier before the classbegins. Do not forget to bring cleaning tools.We are responsible for the cleanliness of ourclassroom and its surrounding. Thank you.
D. Listen to the announcement andchoose the correct answer.
1. Where can you hear the text?A. In a parking lot.B. In a library.C. In a laboratory.D. In a classroom.Jawaban: DJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”We areresponsible for the cleanliness of ourclassroom and its surrounding.” yangartinya ”Kita bertanggung jawab ataskebersihan kelas kita dan sekitarnya.”.Jadi, teks tersebut dapat didengar di ruangkelas (in a classroom). Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena tidak sesuaidengan isi teks.
2. Who do you think delivers the text?A. A teacher.B. A principal.C. A class captain.D. A chairperson of OSIS.Jawaban: CBerdasarkan kalimat sapaan ”Listen,friends.” yang artinya ”Dengarkan, teman-teman.” dan frasa kunci ’our classroom’,dapat disimpulkan bahwa yangmembacakan teks itu adalah siswa yangada di kelas itu dan ia adalah seorangketua kelas (a class captain). Hal itukarena ketua kelaslah yang memiliki tugasuntuk mengingatkan teman-temannyasekelas tentang suatu kegiatan. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi teks.
3. When will the activity be held?A. Yesterday afternoon.B. Tomorrow morning.C. Tomorrow afternoon.D. The day after tomorrow.Jawaban: BKalimat soal menanyakan waktu kegiatanini (kerja bakti) dilaksanakan. Jawabandisimpulkan dari keterangan waktu’tomorrow morning’ pada kalimat ”Relatingto the working bee activity that will be heldtomorrow morning at school . . . .” danklausa ”. . . before the class begins” yang
180 UNIT 3 Procedures
WET PAINT!
Do not feed the animals!
artinya ”. . . sebelum kelas mulai.”. Jadi,kegiatan kerja bakti itu dilakukan padabesok pagi (tomorrow morning). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi teks.
4. These are what the students should doaccording to the text, except ________.A. coming earlierB. bringing cleaning toolsC. coming fifteen minutes earlierD. participating in a working beeJawaban: CHal yang tidak dilakukan siswa adalah (C)yang artinya datang lima belas menit lebihawal. Hal ini bertentangan dengan kalimat”Please come half of an hour earlier.” yangartinya ”Datang setengah jam (30 menit =thirty minutes) lebih awal.”
5. “We are responsible for the cleanliness ofour classroom . . . .”What is the underlined word in Indonesian?A. Bertanggung jawab.B. Bersalah.C. Dapat dipahami.D. Dapat dipertanyakan.Jawaban: AKata ’responsible’ dalam bahasaIndonesia adalah ’bertanggung jawab’.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. BahasaIndonesia untuk pilihan jawaban (B)adalah guilty, (C) adalah understandable,dan (D) adalah questionable.
A. Read the warning in the Summary section.Retell it using your own words.
Contoh jawaban:O.K., class. Let me remind you something. Do not leave any notes or anything else on the desk,except a pen and other writing utensils, and also your test card. One more thing, do not cheatduring the test. Do you get it? Good luck!
B. Read the following warning.Retell it using your own words.
Contoh jawaban:Attention, please. To all visitors, please do not sit on
the benches. The paint is still wet. Thank you.
C. Deliver warnings based on the following situations and clues.
1. Suppose you are conducting a tour in a safari park. Then, you see the following warning.Explain to the members of the tour. What would you say?
181PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Staff only!
NO ENTRY!
2. Suppose your class is conducting a tour to a factory. Then, your group passes one room withthe following warning attached on the door. The guide explains to you. What would he say?
3. Suppose you want to meet your father in his office. You walk to his room, then you see thefollowing warning. His secretary explains it to you. What would she say?
Contoh jawaban:1. Listen, everyone. Before we begin the tour, please remember one thing. Do not feed the
animals. Let me repeat once again. Do not feed the animals. Thank you.2. All right, children. This is our storage room. We are not allowed to enter the room, except the
staff. Let’s continue our trip.3. I’m really sorry. You are not allowed to meet your father now. He has an important meeting
with his client.
A. Read the text with proper pronunciation.Find the meanings of the words that follow.
To add strength to leg muscles and get a cardiovascular workout at the same time, tryclimbing plain old stairs. This can be done at home, in your office, apartment building or on stair-climbing machines in the gym.
Climbing two steps at a time is good for building the quadriceps (thigh muscles) and thegluteus. Going down steps builds strength in the quadriceps and to a lesser extent, the hamstrings.
Source: October 28, 2009 <http://www.health-fitness-tips.com/newsletters/t61-climbing-stairs.htm>
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. strength = kekuatan2. muscle = otot3. cardiovascular = yang berhubungan dengan jantung4. workout = latihan5. plain = sederhana6. stair = tangga7. step = langkah8. gym = ruang olahraga9. to climb = naik
10. to go down = turun11. thigh = paha12. quadricep = otot berkepala empat (kuadrisep)13. gluteus = (otot) gluteus14. lesser extent = sejumlah lebih kecil15. hamstring = urat-urat di lutut
182 UNIT 3 Procedures
Variasi:
Read the tips below.Then, decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).Correct the false ones.
Smart Tips for Kitchens● Turn off the oven five to 10 minutes before the food is done to make use of the residual
heat in cooking. Use the timer wisely to avoid over-cooking and energy waste.● Refrain from opening the door of your refrigerator frequently. This keeps your food cold
and hygienic.● Chop food into small pieces before putting them into the blender. This makes the blender
more durable and saves more energy.Source: March 12, 2007 <http://www.clp-powerwise.com.hk/eng/tips/smartest_tips.html>
Statements:1. ______ We can make use of the residual heat in cooking by turning off the oven 10
minutes before the food is done.2. ______ We can make use of the timer to save energy.3. ______ Opening the door of your refrigerator frequently makes your food cold and
hygienic.4. ______ Chopping food into small pieces before putting them into the blender will not
save more energy.5. ______ Almost all the tips are for saving energy.
Jawaban:1. T2. T3. F (Refrain from opening the door of your refrigerator frequently. This makes your food
cold and hygienic.)4. F (Chopping food into small pieces before putting them into the blender will save more
energy.)5. T
B. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A?Correct the false ones.
1. ______ The text is about how to strengthen the hamstrings.2. ______ Climbing plain old stairs can strengthen our leg muscles.3. ______ Climbing and going down stairs are useful for our quadriceps.4. ______ For building the gluteus, it is good to climb stairs one step.5. ______ We can do this workout at home.
Jawaban:1. F (The text is about how to strengthen leg muscles and get a cardiovascular workout at the
same time by climbing stairs.)2. T3. T4. F (For building the quadriceps, it is good to climb stairs two steps.)5. T
183PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
A
1. to suffer2. injury3. to stand for4. to stress5. minor6. severe7. swelling8. healing9. to elevate
10. limb
B
a. menekanb. parah/keras (sakit)c. menderitad. pembengkakane. menaikkan/meninggikanf. kepanjangan darig. lukah. kecil/ringani. anggota badan/lambaij. penyembuhan
C. Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B.You will find the words in Task D.
Jawaban:1. c2. g3. f4. a5. h6. b7. d8. j9. e
10. i
D. Complete the following text with the correct words from the box.
a. Compression b. severe injuries c. suffer d. higher thane. injured area f. comfortably g. limit swelling h. direct contacti. affected area j. exercise
R.I.C.E for Injuries
If you (1) ________ from a sports related injury, use R.I.C.E. The term stands for Rest, Ice,Compression and Elevation.
RestTake a break from (2) ________ or any type of movement that may stress the (3) ________.A minor injury should be rested for one or two days, while more (4) ________ may need longer.IceIce the (5) ________. Icing reduces pain, limits swelling and bleeding, and encourages rapidhealing. Wrap ice in a towel to avoid (6) ________ with the skin.
(7) ________Compress the injury with a stretch bandage. Make sure not to wrap it too tight, just enough tosupport the injured area (8) ________.
ElevateElevate the limb. If possible, try to keep the injured part above the level of the heart. At the veryleast, try to keep it (9) ________ the hips. This helps (10) ________ and also preventsmovement of the area that is injured.
Source: October 28, 2009 <http://www.health-fitness-tips.com/newsletters/t75-rice-for-injuries.htm>
Jawaban:1. c 2. j 3. e 4. b 5. i 6. h 7. a 8. f 9. d 10. g
184 UNIT 3 Procedures
E. Choose the correct words based onthe complete text in Task D.
1. What is the text about?A. Tips to compress the injured area.B. One of the applications of R.I.C.E.C. Tips to handle injuries using R.I.C.E.D. Tips to stop bleeding and limit swelling.Jawaban: CTeks tersebut tentang tips yang berkaitandengan penanganan luka menggunakanmetode R.I.C.E (tips to handle injuriesusing R.I.C.E.). Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena hanya merupakanpendukung dari gagasan pokok teks itu.
2. Severe injuries need ________ than minorinjuries to rest and recover.A. more daysB. less daysC. shorter daysD. some daysJawaban: AKalimat ”A minor injury should be restedfor one or two days, while more severeinjuries may need longer.” artinya ”Lukaringan seharusnya istirahat untuk satuatau dua hari, sedangkan luka parah bolehjadi membutuhkan waktu lebih lama.”.Dengan kata lain, luka parah (severeinjuries) membutuhkan hari lebih banyak(more days) daripada luka ringan (minorinjuries). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
3. The following are the benefits of icing,except ________.A. to encourage rapid healingB. to increase bleedingC. to limit swellingD. to reduce pain
Jawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Ice theaffected area. Icing reduces pain, limitsswelling and bleeding, and encouragesrapid healing.”. Jadi, yang bukanmerupakan manfaat pemberian es didaerah luka adalah (B) yang artinyameningkatkan pendarahan. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karenamerupakan manfaat pemberian es didaerah luka.
4. “Make sure not to wrap it too tight, . . . .”(Paragraph 4)The opposite meaning of the underlinedword is ________.A. strongB. rapidC. looseD. shortJawaban: CKata ’tight’ artinya kencang. Kata iniberlawanan makna dengan kata looseyang artinya longgar. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinyakuat, (B) artinya cepat, dan (D) artinyapendek.
5. “At the very least, try to keep it higher thanthe hips.” (Paragraph 5)What does the underlined word refer to?A. The heart.B. The limb.C. The bandage.D. The injured part.Jawaban: DKata ’it’ mengacu pada objek yangdiangkat lebih tinggi dari pinggul yangtelah disebutkan pada kalimatsebelumnya, yaitu ’the injured part’ padakalimat ”If possible, try to keep the injuredpart above the level of the heart.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena bukankata yang dimaksud.
185PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Respect everyone, no matter what they think or say.
To overcome difficulties in falling asleepBe optimistic!
Love yourself.How to study effectively.
Variasi:
A. Find the similar meanings of the following words in the tips above.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. to amuse = to entertain 2. to relate = to associate3. hard = difficult 4. trip = journey5. to develop = to improve
A. Here are some tips.Write down the suitable topic for each of the tips below.
1. ___________________________________________________________________________
First, lay your body down in a comfortable sofa or bed. Second, read something thatentertains you. It’s better to drink a glass of hot milk before. Finally, you’ll feel so sleepy.
Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
2. ___________________________________________________________________________
Even if you are feeling really down, remember that there’s always something out there to smileabout. A positive outlook will make people want to be around you more.
3. ___________________________________________________________________________
Use colors and shapes to help you remember. Circle things or highlight works. Associate thecolor or shape with the information.
Source: February, 19, 2007 <http://www.adprima.com/studytips.htm>
4. ___________________________________________________________________________
They are people who deserve to be treated with respect. If you treat them well, they will treatyou the same.
5. ___________________________________________________________________________
It is difficult to like others when you do not appreciate yourself for who you are. Try to exerciseto improve your self-esteem. Start your journey to “self-discovery”.
Jawaban:1. To overcome difficulties in falling asleep.2. Be optimistic!3. How to study effectively.4. Respect everyone, no matter what they think or say.5. Love yourself.
186 UNIT 3 Procedures
B. Find the opposite meaning of the following words in the tips above.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. uncomfortable >< comfortable 2. negative >< positive3. to forget >< to remember 4. badly >< well5. easy >< difficult
5
3
1
4
2
Variasi:
Here are two tips of how to get along well with your parents.However, they are not arranged in order.Put them in the correct order to make good tips.Teks yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
When this occurs, they will probably be more cooperative with you.
Tip 1: Ask your parents once a day, “Is there anything I can do for you?”
B. Complete the following statements based on the tips in Task A.
1. It’s better for us to drink ________ before going to bed.2. People want to be around you more eagerly if you always have ________.3. Use colors and shapes to help you remember. Each color or shape relates to certain ________.4. We have to treat other people ________.5. You will be easier to like others when you ________.
Contoh jawaban:1. a glass of hot milk 2. positive outlook 3. information4. well 5. appreciate yourself for who you are
C. Put the following sentences in a good order to get a good tip.
Kalimat-kalimat acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
For a Total Workout, Include Body, Mind and Spirit
Add them to your workout routines and feel the difference.
For a change of pace, try yoga, Pilates or tai chi, all of which engage your mind, body and spirit.
The best workout, according to top trainers and fitness experts, is one that includes the mindand spirit as well as the body.
Include these alternative mind/body disciplines on a regular basis.
Consider some alternatives to your regular weight and cardio training.
Source: October 28, 2009 <http://www.health-fitness-tips.com/newsletters/t58-total-workout.htm>
Tip 2: Spend some time in the same room with your parents while they are watchingTV or reading. Sit down and talk to them about school, your friends orsomething else that interests you.
3
1
4
However, they’ll get over this feeling and will love the “new you”.6
187PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Source: September 22, 2008 <http://life.familyeducation.com/teen/communication/39364.html>
At first they may think it strange because of the change in your behavior.
Most of the time they will probably say no, or give you something that will take a fewminutes to complete. Your parents will love this and see you as a very cooperative person.
D. What tips do you think work on you?Write and share the tips with your friends.
Contoh jawaban:Water Works for Weight Loss
Nothing quells the appetite like water, lots and lots of water. Start out with two quart bottles inthe morning and carry one with you to school or wherever you go. If you like, divvy up the 64ounces of water into eight (8-ounce) bottles or four pint (16-ounce) bottles to carry around with youall day. Freeze half of them the night before and they will last all day, even in a hot car. Keep someunfrozen so they will be ready to drink immediately.
Yes. You will have to make more frequent bathroom trips, but it is worth it. Drink your 64ounces of water before dinner, if possible, so you’re not up half the night going to the bathroom.
Water not only fills you up and lessens your appetite, but it also prevents those “hungryhorrors” we all encounter when our blood sugar drops and we reach for cookies, candy, ice cream,fries or other high-calorie treats. Water also flushes out the system, rids the body of bloat andtoxins and rosies up the complexion. Now, start splashing.
Source: October 28, 2009 <http://www.health-fitness-tips.com/newsletters/t78-water-works.htm>
2
5
Write down a procedure of how to do a certain game.Mind the structure of the text.
Read and memorize the words.Use them whenever you speak English.
to bake : memanggangbelly : perutto chop : memotongto freeze : membekukanmarmalade : selai jerukto melt : mencairkanpasty : pucat, seperti buburto peel : mengupasplain : sederhana, biasa
to resemble : menyerupai, miriprough : kasar, beratto saute : menumis dengan minyak
sedikitseparately : secara terpisahshrimp : udangto sprinkle : menaburkanto steam : mengukustablespoon : sendok makan (ukuran)teaspoon : sendok teh (ukuran)unsweetened : tidak manis (tawar)to whisk : mengocok
188 UNIT 3 Procedures
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.
1. Ryan : What time will you leave forSemarang?
Rizki : At seven o’clock.
What does the underlined sentence mean?A. Ryan is giving a fact.B. Ryan is asking for a fact.C. Ryan is giving his service.D. Ryan is asking for an opinion.Jawaban: BKalimat tersebut artinya ”Pukul berapakamu akan pergi ke Semarang?”. Kalimatini diucapkan Ryan untuk meminta sebuahfakta (asking for a fact), yaitu tentangwaktu keberangkatan Rizki ke Semarang.
2. Safira : I heard that Nadia would continueher study in Australia. Is it true?
Reno : I don’t know about it either. We’dbetter ask Nadia about the news.
The underlined sentence means ________.A. Safira expresses her curiosityB. Safira asks for Reno’s opinionC. Safira gives a fact about somethingD. Safira asks for clarificationJawaban: DKalimat Safira, ”Is it true?” yang artinya”Apakah itu benar?” menunjukkan kalauSafira meminta klarifikasi (asking forclarification) kepada Reno tentang beritabahwa Nadia akan melanjutkansekolahnya di Australia.
Read the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5.
Betty : What do you do in your spare time?Seno : I like reading. I read comics,
magazines and others. What about you?Betty : I do too. I always read novels.Seno : How do you get them?Betty : My elder sister lends me the novels.
She gets them from the bookstore orshe borrows them from her friends.
Seno : Does everybody in your family likereading?
Betty : Yes, they are.
3. What do Betty and Seno do in their sparetime?A. Going to the bookstores.B. Meeting their school friends.C. Reading magazines, novels and others.D. Lending the magazines and novels.Jawaban: CDalam percakapan tersebut, Senomenyatakan suka membaca (”I likereading.”) dan Betty menyatakan hal yangsama dengan ungkapan ”I do too.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi percakapan.
4. Which of the following statements is NOTTRUE according to the dialog?A. Seno likes reading magazines.B. Betty’s sister has some novels.C. All Betty’s family members like readings.D. Sometimes Betty borrows Seno’s
reading materials.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini, yang artinya kadang-kadang Betty meminjam bahan bacaanSeno, benar untuk pernyataan yang salahkarena yang benar adalah Betty seringmeminjam novel milik kakaknya. Pilihanjawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat Seno”I like reading. I read comic, magazinesand others.”, (B) sesuai dengan kalimatBetty ”My elder sister lends me the novels.She gets them from the bookstore . . . .”,dan (D) sesuai dengan kalimat ”Yes, theyare.”.
5. “What do you do in your spare time?”The underlined words mean ________.A. busy time B. long timeC. leisure time D. short timeJawaban: CFrasa ’spare time’ memiliki makna yangsama dengan frasa leisure time yangartinya waktu luang. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah; (A) artinya waktu sibuk/padat,(B) artinya waktu yang lama, dan (D)artinya waktu yang singkat.
189PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Read the text and answer questions 6 to 8.
Curried Rice
Ingredients:● 1 cup uncooked rice ● 2 tbs butter● 1 tsp curry powder ● ½ cup raisins● ½ chopped onion ● 2 cups water
How to make it:● Find a large saucepan or frying pan which
has a lid, place on a medium heat, addbutter, and then add chopped onion. Cookthe onion for a couple of minutes until itstarts to brown slightly.
● Add curry powder stir with onions for a minute.● Add raisins, rice and water.● Put on lid and simmer until water is
absorbed (about 15 minutes).Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School
Students Grade VII
6. The following is NOT the ingredient tomake curried rice. It is ________.A. 2 cups waterB. 1 teaspoon curry powderC. 1 cup uncooked riceD. 2 teaspoons sugarJawaban: DYang bukan merupakan bahan untukmembuat curried rice adalah 2 tsp sugarkarena tidak disebutkan pada bagianIngredients.
7. We need around ________ minutes tocook the curried rice.A. 10 B. 15C. 20 D. 25Jawaban: BJawaban diketahui dari kalimat terakhirteks, ”Put on lid and simmer until water isabsorbed (about 15 minutes)” yang artinya”Tutup panci itu dan masak hingga airhabis (kurang lebih lima belas menit).”.
8. When should we add cury powder?A. After we add butter.B. After we cook the onion.C. After we add the raisins.D. Before we add the raisins.Jawaban: BBerdasarkan kalimat ”Cook the onion . . . .Add curry powder.” yang artinya ”Masakbawang . . . . Tambahkan bubuk kari.”,
bubuk kari dimasukkan setelah bawangmasak (after we cook the onion).
9. You read a warning in front of a houselike the one below. What does it mean?
NO ADMITTANCE
A. People must not stop in front of it.B. Visitors cannot drop by there now.C. Pedestrians may not cross there.D. Other people must not enter it.
Ujian Nasional 2004/2005Jawaban: DPeringatan di atas artinya ”Dilarangmasuk”. Pilihan jawaban yang memilikimakna sama dengan peringatan tersebutadalah (D) yang artinya orang lain tidakboleh masuk (ke rumah itu). Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya orang-orang dilarangberhenti di depan rumah, (B) artinyapengunjung tidak boleh turun di sanasekarang, dan (C) artinya pejalan kakitidak boleh menyeberang di sana.
Read the text and answer questions 10 to 12.
Six Tips on How to Stick with Your NewYear’s Resolutions
1. Focus on positive self-talk. Congratulateyourself every time you take a steptowards your resolution goal. Be your ownbest cheerleader.
2. Avoid berating yourself if you should fallback or break a resolution. Just brushyourself off and start over again.
3. Stick to your resolution by considering ita promise to yourself, not a test of yourwillpower.
4. Avoid situations that put you intemptation’s path, meaning if you are ona diet, don’t go to the ice cream parlor.
5. Keep a sticky note in a prominent place sothat you see it every day, remindingyourself of your resolutions. For example:on your bathroom mirror, next to your bedor on the refrigerator.
6. Be realistic. Make sure your plan isa realistic one that can fit into your lifestyle.Make changes as easy and convenient aspossible.Source: October 28, 2009 <http://www.health-fitness-
tips.com/newsletters/t77-resolution.htm>
190 UNIT 3 Procedures
10. What is the text about?A. Tips to achieve our goals.B. Tips to make ourselves confident.C. Tips to stick with our new year’s
resolutions.D. Tips to improve ourselves to be betterJawaban: CIsi teks disimpulkan dari judul teks itusendiri, yaitu ”Six Tips on How to Stick withYour New Year’s Resolutions”, sedangkankalimat-kalimat berikutnya merupakangagasan pendukung dari gagasan utamateks tersebut.
11. “Stick to your resolution by considering ita promise to yourself, . . . .” (Tip 5)What does the underlined word refer to?A. The new year. B. Our resolution.C. A promise. D. Our willpower.Jawaban: BKata ganti benda ’it’ merujuk pada katabenda yang telah disebutkan sebelumnya,yaitu ’your resolution’.
12. “Make changes as easy and convenient aspossible.” (Tip 6) The underlined word canbe best replaced by ________.A. create B. formC. present D. exploreJawaban: AKata ’make’ memiliki makna yang samadengan kata create yang artinya membuat/menciptakan. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah; (B) artinya membentuk, (C) artinyamempersembahkan, dan (D) artinyamenggali.
13. Rafi : Did you see the tennis match onTV yesterday?
Akmal : Yes, Serena Williams won it.Rafi : Really?Akmal : Yes, she played ________.A. calmly B. carelesslyC. slowly D. wonderfullyJawaban: DKalimat soal memerlukan adverb ofmanner untuk menjelaskan cara bermain.Berdasarkan kalimat ”Serena Williams wonit.”, adverb of manner yang tepat adalahwonderfully yang artinya dengan cantik.Pilihan jawaban yang lain tidak tepatdengan konteks kalimat.
14. Zarra : My brother will take part in thebadminton competition next week.I hope he wins. He has beentraining ________ since lastmonth.
Raisa: I’m glad to hear that.A. regularly B. softlyC. hardly D. unseriouslyJawaban: AKata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimatsoal adalah adverb of manner, yaitu (A)yang artinya dengan teratur. Hal inidisimpulkan dari kalimat ”I hope he wins.”pertanyaan ”. . . he will be the winner?”.
Read the text and answer questions 15 to 18.
Loop-the-Loop Paper Plane
Materials needed:● a sheet of heavy paper●●●●● a paper clip●●●●● a pencil●●●●● crayons●●●●● blunt scissors
Method:Here’s a paper airplanethat will fly in circles.1. First fold the paper in
half the long way.2. Then draw an airplane with
wings and a tail on it.3. Next draw a line about an inch away
from the fold on each side the fulllength of the paper.
4. Then cut out the airplane, but do not cuton the fold.
5. After that spread out the airplane andcolor it. You can draw airplanemarkings near each wing tip.
6. Next refold your airplane. Now fold eachwing down along the line drawn on it.
7. Then add a paper clip to the nose. Youcan change the way your airplane fliesby changing the wing shape and puttingmore than one paper clip on the nose.
191PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
15. Which of the statements is NOT TRUEabout loop-the-loop paper plane?A. It needs a paper clip to fly.B. A pencil is not needed to make
a line on it.C. If you fly it, it will fly in circles in the
air.D. The first thing to do is to fold the
paper in half.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban (A) benar karena a paperclip disebutkan pada bagian ”Materialsneeded”, (C) sesuai dengan kalimat”Method: Here’s a paper airplane that willfly in circles.”, dan (D) sesuai denganlangkah nomor 1, yaitu ”First fold the paperin half the long way.”. Jadi, pernyataanyang salah adalah (B) karena justru pensiladalah satu-satunya alat tulis yangdibutuhkan untuk membuat garis.
16. Which picture goes with the third method?
A. B.
C. D.
Jawaban: DJawaban disimpulkan dari frasa kunci ’oneach side’ yang artinya ’di setiap sisinya’.Gambar yang menunjukkan garis adalahgambar (B) dan (D). Pilihan jawaban (D)benar karena pada gambar (B) kertassudah dibuka padahal langkah ke-3 kertasbelum dibuka.
17. What is the purpose of the text?A. To persuade the readers to make it.B. To present important points of view.C. To describe how something is made.D. To inform people about the
handicrafts.Jawaban: CTeks tersebut disebut teks prosedurkarena di dalamnya terdapat cara/Methoduntuk membuat sesuatu. Jadi, tujuan teksini adalah pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinyamenjelaskan cara membuat sesuatu (todescribe how something is made).
18. The text consists of three parts. Thethird part functions to show readers________ to make the loop-the-looppaper plane.A. the steps B. the eventsC. the argument D. the explanation
Ujian Nasional 2004/2005Jawaban: ATeks prosedur memiliki tiga bagian, yaitu(1) aim/goal (tujuan), (2) materials (bahan-bahan), dan (3) method (langkah-langkah).Jadi, bagian ketiga teks prosedur berisitentang langkah-langkah (steps) untukmembuat sesuatu.
19. The–man–is–hungry–three–noodles–of–1 2 3 4 5 6 7
bowls–ordering8 9
The best arrangement of the words to bea good sentence is ________.A. 1–2–3–4–9–5–8–7–6B. 1–4–2–3–9–5–6–7–8C. 1–4–2–3–9–5–7–8–6D. 1–4–2–3–9–5–8–7–6Jawaban: DSusunan kalimat yang betul adalah pilihanjawaban (D), yaitu The hungry man isordering three bowls of noodles.
20. Arrange these sentences to explain how tooperate a TV set.1. Press the power button.2. Choose the best program you like.3. Adjust the volume.4. First, plug the cable into an electric
outlet.5. Watch and enjoy the program.A. 1–4–5–3–2 B. 4–1–2–3–5C. 4–2–3–5–1 D. 5–3–2–1–4Jawaban: BSusunan teks yang betul mengenai caramengoperasikan TV adalah dimulaidengan kalimat nomor 4 dengan penandaFirst (pertama) dan diikuti dengan kalimatnomor 1, 2, 3, dan 5, yaitu (4) Pertama-tama, colokkan kabel ke outlet-nya;(1) Tekan tombol power; (2) Pilih programterbaik yang Anda sukai; (3) Sesuaikanvolumenya; serta (5) Saksikan dan nikmatiacaranya.
192 UNIT 3 Procedures
B. Write a procedure to make somethingthat you know.
Contoh jawaban:
Molding Sugar Glass
Materials:● 1 tbs of butter● a nonstick baking tray● 1 cup of sugar● a nonstick saucepan● 1 tbs of water● a stove● a wooden spoon
Method:1. Spread the butter on the baking tray, and
place it in the refrigerator to cool.2. Pour the sugar into the saucepan with one
tablespoon of water, and heat it gently ata low temperature.
3. Stir the sugar slowly to keep it fromburning. After a few minutes the sugar willturn into a brown liquid.
4. Pour the molten onto the cold baking trayand leave it to cool. The butter will melt,but it will form a layer between the heaviersugar syrup and the tray, and will keep thesugar from sticking to tray.
5. When it is cold, carefully peel the sugar-glasspane from the baking tray.
Adapted from: Science Activities Vol. 9: Using Materials
Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 3:● Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa setelah mempelajari Unit 3. Bagian ini
bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi
kelas di pojok kanan atas.● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru.● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru.● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.
193PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1and 2.
Irma : Hi, Aji. Is the man wearing batik yourfather?
Aji : No, he isn’t. My father is the manwearing a blue shirt over there.
Irma : Oh, he looks young.Aji : Yeah. He is 35 years old.
1. Irma says, “Is the man wearing batik yourfather?”What does it mean?A. She is asking for a fact.B. She is asking for something.C. She is asking for an opinion.D. She is asking for clarification.
2. What is Aji’s father wearing?A. A batik shirt. B. A blue shirt.C. Blue trousers. D. A blue batik shirt.
Read the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5.
Lia : Did you hear that Adi has just gotan accident?
Tantri : Not yet. How did it happen?Lia : While he was walking home yesterday,
a motorcycle hit him.Tantri : Is he seriously injured?Lia : No, he isn’t. And if you like to join, we
plan to visit him tonight.Tantri : I want to do so, but I don’t know how
to go there.Lia : Don’t worry. I’ll pick you up.Tantri : If that’s so, I’ll go. Thanks.
3. What does Tantry tell Lia about?A. Adi cannot walk.B. Adi is hospitalized.C. Adi is seriously injured.D. Adi has got an accident.
4. When are they going to visit Adi?A. That night. B. That morning.C. That afternoon. D. The next morning.
5. Tantry says, “Don’t worry. I’ll pick you up.”What does it mean?A. She is telling a fact.B. She is giving information.
C. She is giving a service.D. She is giving clarification.
Read the text and answer question 6.
6. What is the purpose of the text?A. To ask people to to do something.B. To describe something.C. To advise people.D. To warn people.
Read the text and answer questions 7 and 8.
Nutrition/Healthy Eating Tips
● Eat smaller portions more often.● Try eating at least every four hours
and make sure that you have a goodsource of protein and complexcarbohydrate each time you eat.
● Eat breakfast!● Try eating a combination of complex
carbohydrates and protein at least1 hour after waking up.
Source: Jessica Crandall, RD, October 5, 2009 <http://
www.advancedresultsfw.com/nutrition/healthy-eating/>
7. How often should you eat?A. At least every two hours.B. At least every three hours.C. At least every four hours.D. At least every five hours.
8. Which is good according to the tips?A. Eat lunch, not breakfast.B. Eat small portion but seldom.C. Eat big portion every time you eat.D. Eat at least 1 hour after waking up.
Read the text and answer questions 9 to 13.
Apple Slices
Ingredients:2 eggs 9 ozs caster sugar3¾ ozs butter ¼ pint top milk6½ ozs plain flour 4 large cooking apples½ tsp baking powder
Please do not swim here. It is dangerous.
194 UNIT 3 Procedures
Directions:1. Whisk eggs and 8 ozs sugar until thick.2. Put butter and milk into a saucepan, and
boil. Stir eggs and sugar into it.3. Fold in flour and baking powder.4. Pour the mixture into large greased
roasting tin. Peel apples and slice, thenplace these on top of the mixture.
5. Sprinkle the remainder of sugar on top,and bake at 210°C for 25 minutes.
6. Serve hot with cream or custard.
Source: October 2, 2009 <http://simplerecipes.co.uk/
puddings/apples.htm >
9. What should you boil?A. Butter and milk. B. Eggs and sugar.C. Custard. D. Apples.
10. How much baking powder do you need tomake apple slices?A. ¼ teaspoon. B. ½ teaspoon.C. 1 teaspoon. D. 2 teaspoons.
11. What is put on top of the mixture?A. Milk.B. Custard.C. Apple and butter.D. Apple and sugar.
12. When should you add flour and bakingpowder?A. After we peel apples and slice them.B. Before we add eggs and sugar.C. After we add eggs and sugar.D. Before we add butter and milk.
13. How much sugar is sprinkled on top out ofthe total 9 ozs?A. 1 oz. B. 2 ozs.C. 3 ozs. D. 4 ozs.
For questions 14 and 15, choose the correctwords to complete the following paragraph.
(14) ______, pour the mixture into thebowl. Do it (15) ______ so that it won’t spill out.
14. A. Final B. FinishC. Finally D. Finishing
15. A. careful B. carefullyC. in careful D. carefulness
Read the text and answer questions 16 to 20.
How to Make Cheese Omelette
Ingredients:1 egg, 50 g of cheese, 1 cup of milk, 3 tbs ofcooking oil, a pinch of salt and pepper.
Utensils you need:Frying pan, fork, spatula, cheese grater, bowl, plate.
How to make it:1. Crack an egg into a bowl.2. Whisk the egg with a fork until it is smooth.3. Add milk and whisk well.4. Grate the cheese into the bowl and stir.5. Heat the oil in a frying pan.6. Pour the mixture into the frying pan.7. Turn the omelette with a spatula when it
browns.8. Cook both sides.9. Place on a plate, spread salt and pepper.
10. Eat while warm.
Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School
(SMP/MTs)
16. What is the purpose of the text?A. To describe something.B. To tell us how to make something.C. To entertain the readers.D. To tell past experience.
17. Below are the ingredients you need tomake cheese omelette, except ________.A. cheese B. spatulaC. pepper D. cooking oil
18. When should you add milk?A. After we crack an egg into a bowl.B. After we whisk the egg.C. After we add the cheese.D. After we heat the oil in the frying pan.
19. “Pour the mixture into the frying pan . . . .”(Step 6)What does the bold-typed word refer to?A. Egg, milk, salt.B. Peper, milk, cheese.C. Egg, oil, cheese.D. Egg, milk, cheese.
20 When should you spread the salt?A. Before we whisk the egg.B. After the egg and cheese are mixed.C. After the omelette is cooked.D. Before the omelette browns.
B. What is your favorite food/drink?Write down the recipe of making it.
195PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Jawaban Review Unit 3A. Pilihan Ganda
1. A. Kalimat yang diucapkan Irma artinya”Apakah pria yang mengenakan batikitu ayahmu?”. Kalimat ini bertujuanuntuk meminta fakta (asking fora fact).
2. B. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengankalimat ”My father is the man wearinga blue shirt over there.”. Jadi, ayah Ajimengenakan kemeja biru (a blueshirt)
3. D. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat”Did you hear that Adi has just got anaccident?” yang artinya ”Tahukahkamu bahwa Adi baru saja mendapatkecelakaan?”. Jadi, berita yangdisampaikan Tantri adalah bahwa Adibaru saja mendapat kecelakaan.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan isipercakapan.
4. A. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengankalimat ”No, he isn’t. And if you like tojoin, we plan to visit him tonight.”.Jadi, mereka akan menengok Adimalam itu (that night).
5. C. Kalimat yang dikatakan Tantry artinya”Jangan khawatir. Saya akanmenjemputmu.”. Kalimat ini digunakanuntuk memberi jasa (giving a service).
6. D. Kalimat tersebut artinya ”Harap tidakberenang di sini. Berbahaya.”. Kalimatini bertujuan untuk memperingatkan(to warn) pengunjung untuk tidakberenang.
7. C. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Tryeating at least every four hours . . . .”.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
8. D. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karenasesuai dengan kalimat terakhir, yaitu”Try eating . . . at least 1 hour afterwaking up.” yang artinya ”Cobalahmakan . . . minimal 1 jam setelahbangun tidur.”. Pilihan jawaban (A)yang artinya makanlah makan siang,bukan makan pagi, tidak sesuaidengan kalimat ”Eat breakfast!”.
Pilihan jawaban (B) dan (C) tidaksesuai dengan kalimat ”Eat smallerportions more often.” yang artinya”Makanlah porsi sedikit tetapi lebihsering.”.
9. A. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karenasesuai dengan kalimat ”Put butter andmilk into a saucepan and boil.” yangartinya ”Masukkan mentega dan susuke dalam panci dan didihkan.”.
10. B. Pada bagian Ingredients atau bahan,terdapat frasa ” ½ teaspoon bakingpowder”. Jadi, bubuk pengembangkue yang dibutuhkan sebanyak ½sendok teh.
11. D. Jawaban disimpulkan dari langkahkeempat ”. . . . Peel apples and slice,then place these on top of the mixture.”yang artinya ”. . . . Kupas apel danpotong-potong, lalu taruh di atascampuran.” dan langkah kelima”Sprinkle the remainder of sugar on topand bake at 210°C for 25 minutes.”yang artinya ”Taburkan sisa gula dibagian atas dan panggang pada suhu210°C selama 25 menit.”. Jadi, yangditaburkan di bagian atas adalah apeldan gula.
12. C. Kalimat ”Fold in flour and bakingpowder.” adalah langkah ketiga,sehingga ini dilakukan setelah (after)langkah kedua kalimat ”. . . . Stir eggsand sugar into it.”, atau sebelum(before) langkah keempat ”Pour themixture into large greased roastingtin.”. Pilihan jawaban yang sesuaiadalah (C) yang berarti kegiatanmenambahkan tepung dan bubukpengembang kue dilakukan setelahmenambahkan telur dan gula (afterwe add eggs and sugar). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi teks.
13. A. Pada daftar bahan (Ingredients)tertulis bahwa gula yang dibutuhkansebanyak 9 ons. Gula sebanyak 8 onssudah dicampurkan dengan telurpada langkah pertama (kalimat”Whisk eggs and 8 ozs sugar until
196 UNIT 3 Procedures
thick.”). Jadi, gula yang tersisa danditaburkan di atas campuransebanyak 1 ons.
14. C. Kata yang tepat melengkapi kalimatsoal adalah adverb yang menunjuk-kan urutan, sehingga pilihan jawaban(C) benar.
15. B. Kata yang tepat melengkapi kalimatsoal berbentuk adverb yangmenjelaskan cara karenamenerangkan kata kerja ’do’. Jadi,pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinyasecara hati-hati benar.
16. B. Teks tersebut merupakan teksprosedur yang menjelaskan kepadakita tentang cara membuat sesuatu(to tell us how to make something).Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.Pilihan jawaban (A) tujuan teksdescriptive, (C) tujuan teks narrative,dan (D) tujuan teks recount.
17. B. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karenaspatula atau sudip merupakan utensilatau alat, dan bukannya ingredient(bahan).
18. B. ”Add mild and . . . .” merupakanlangkah ketiga yang dilakukan setelahlangkah kedua, yaitu ”Whisk the egginto a bowl.”. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena tidak sesuai denganisi teks.
19. D. Yang dimaksud dengan ’mixture’(campuran) di sini adalah campuranbahan-bahan yang telah dijelaskanpada langkah pertama sampaikeempat, yaitu telur, susu, dan keju.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
20 C. ”. . ., spread salt and pepper.” adalahlangkah kesembilan. Jadi, kegiatan inidilakukan setelah langkah kedelapan,yaitu ”Cook both sides.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi teks.
B. Esai
Chocolate Milkshake Recipe
Ingredients:● vanilla ice cream● milk● about 50 chocolate cookies
Procedure:1. Put a few scoops of ice cream into the
blender.2. Blend with enough milk to make the mixture
thick, but fairly liquid.3. Add the remaining ingredients and blend.
Serves: 4Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School
Students Grade VII.
197PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Petunjuk Umum:Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk procedure yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti kegiatanlistening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrasesdalam teks.
Text 1
Fried Eggs
Ingredients:● 2 teaspoons of butter (or olive oil)● 2 or 3 large eggs, depending on appetite● salt and pepper to taste
Equipment:● a small frying pan● a spatula● gas ring, at medium heat
Method:1. First, melt the butter in the pan over medium heat.2. Then, crack open the eggs into the pan and let fry until the yolks begin to harden at the edges
(indicated by a lightening in the yolk color).3. Using the spatula, flip the eggs over and allow to cook ten seconds for over-easy, or up to one
minute for over-hard.4. Finally, add salt and pepper to taste, and serve.
Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VII.
Text 2
Cucumber Salad
Ingredients:● 2 large cucumbers ● 10 baby carrots● 15 cherry tomatoes ● 4 pepperoncini peppers● ¼ red onion ● ½ green bell pepper● ½ red bell pepper ● 4 ounces feta cheese● 2 tablespoons olive oil ● 6 tablespoons red wine vinegar● ½ lemon juice ● 1 pinch salt● 1 pinch pepper ● 1 teaspoon dried oregano
Directions:1. Slice all vegatables in desired bite-sized chunks.2. Toss veggies in a large bowl.3. Add wet ingredients.4. Add salt, pepper and dried oregano.5. Fold in feta cheese.6. Can be eaten right away, but tastes great after it sits for a bit!7. Finally, enjoy it.
Source: October 2, 2009 <http://www.recipezaar.com/cucumber-salad-389711>
198 UNIT 3 Procedures
1. Print out the star template or just draw a large star on a piece ofpaper.
2. Cut out the star and decorate it if you like.
3. Fold over one tip of the star.Staple, tape, or glue the star to a lengthof string.
4. Make many stars and attach them to thestring. Leave some extra string at theedges for hanging.
5. Now, you can decorate any area witha patriotic flair!
Source: September 19, 2008 <http://www.enchantedlearning.com/crafts/stringofstars/>
Text 3String of Stars
Supplies needed:● construction paper (red, white and blue)● printer (optional)● scissors● string or yarn (red, white or blue)● a stapler, tape, or glue
Fold tip overStaple, tape orglue here
199PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
ACCESS FORRESIDENTS ONLY
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
1. Winda : What do you think of my father’scar?
Delon : ________.A. Please drive the carB. Drive the car carefullyC. I think it’s very niceD. I’ll tell you the truthJawaban: CKalimat Winda merupakan kalimat yangmenanyakan pendapat seseorang.Respons yang tepat untuk kalimat tersebutadalah ungkapan menyatakan pendapat,yaitu pilihan jawaban (C). Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) dan(B) mengungkapkan permintaan untukmelakukan sesuatu, sedangkan pilihanjawaban (D) menyatakan kebenaran.
2. Rinda : I am very thirsty. ________Ika : Sure. Let me get it for you.A. May I have a glass of water, please?B. I don’t bring money to buy a drink.C. I don’t like plain water.D. Is there anything I can do for you?Jawaban: ARinda menyatakan bahwa ia sangat haus(kalimat ”I am very thirsty.”). Kalimat yangtepat mengikutinya adalah kalimat untukmeminta sesuatu, yaitu pilihan jawaban (A)yang artinya bolehkah saya minta segelasair. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenabukan merupakan ungkapan yang sesuai.
3. Fanty : ________?Dido : I am bringing a notebook.A. What’s your opinion of this notebookB. Can you give me a notebookC. Do you like a notebookD. What are you bringingJawaban: DKalimat Dido merupakan ungkapanmemberi fakta. Jadi, kalimat yang sesuaidiucapkan Fanty adalah ungkapan
meminta fakta. Di antara keempat pilihanjawaban, yang merupakan ungkapanmeminta fakta adalah (D) yang artinya apayang sedang kamu bawa.
4. Mr. Candra : Do you like this mobile phone?Indah : Of course, I do. It’s the one
I have been looking for, Dad.Who are talking in the dialog?A. A teacher and a student.B. A brother and a sister.C. A seller and a buyer.D. A father and a daughter.Jawaban: DPercakapan tersebut terjadi antara PakCandra dan Indah. Indah memanggil PakCandra dengan sebutan ’Dad’. Dadmerupakan sebutan untuk ayah. Jadi,dapat disimpulkan bahwa yang bercakap-cakap adalah seorang ayah dan anakperempuan. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah.
5. Teacher : Why do you come late? Theclass has been started a fewminutes ago.
Rendy : I do apologize, Sir. I’ve got a flattire.
Where does the dialog take place?A. In a classroom.B. At home.C. In a town hall.D. In a park.Jawaban: APercakapan tersebut terjadi antara guru danmuridnya yang datang terlambat. Dalampercakapan tersebut guru berkata, ”Theclass has been started a few minutes ago.”.Jadi, dapat dipastikan percakapan tersebutterjadi di ruang kelas (in a classroom).Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
6. You find this notice at the gate ofa housing complex.
200 Latihan Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas
It means that only the ________ whoown the houses at the housing complexcan go there.A. security guards B. participantsC. people D. guests
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008Jawaban: CPeringatan tersebut artinya memiliki artibahwa hanya orang-orang yang memilikirumah di kompleks tersebut yang dapatmelalui jalan tersebut. Hal ini dapat jugadisimpulkan dari kata ’resident’ yangartinya orang-orang yang menghuni/memiliki rumah di perumahan itu (peoplewho own the houses at the housingcomplex). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya petugaskeamanan, (B) artinya peserta, dan(D) artinya tamu.
7. The following notice is found on a chocolatewrap.
After you have enjoyed the chocolate,where should you throw the wrap?A. Into a pocket. B. Into a recycle bin.C. Into a bag. D. To the ground.Jawaban: BPeringatan tersebut artinya ’Jagalahkebersihan bumi kita’. Itu berarti setelahmakan cokelat, kita seharusnya membuangbungkus cokelat di tempat sampah (into arecycle bin). Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai dengan kontekskalimat. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya didalam saku, (C) artinya di dalam tas, dan(D) artinya di tanah.
Read the text and answer questions 8 and 9.
8. What is the purpose of the text?A. To congratulate someone.B. To greet someone.C. To express sympathy.D. To express gratitude.Jawaban: DKartu ucapan tersebut artinya ”Terimakasih berada di sana, selalu menceriakandan membesarkan hati saya.”. Jadi, tujuankartu ucapan tersebut adalah untukmenyatakan rasa terima kasih. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya untuk memberi ucapan selamatkepada seseorang, (B) artinya untukmenyapa seseorang, dan (C) artinya untukmenunjukkan simpati.
9. “Always, cheering and encouraging me”The word ‘cheer’ has an opposite meaningto ________.A. pleaseB. amuseC. saddenD. disappointJawaban: CKata ’cheer’ artinya menceriakan. Katatersebut berlawanan makna dengan kata’sadden’ yang artinya membuat sedih.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihanjawaban (A) dan (B) artinyamenyenangkan, sedangkan (D) artinyamengecewakan.
Read the text and answer questions 10 to 13.
Peter is the youngest in our family. Heis fourteen years old and four years youngerthan me. He has long, straight hair, brighteyes and a friendly smile. Sometimes he israther naughty at home, but he usually doeswhat he is asked to do.
Peter is interested in sports very much,and at school he plays football and tennis.He is the best badminton player in ourfamily.
10. What is the text mostly about?A. Peter.B. Peter’s hobby.C. Peter’s family.D. Peter’s elder brother.
KEEP OUR WORLD CLEAN
Source: August 5, 2009 <http://www.sportskids.com//giftcard/
201PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Jawaban: ASecara keseluruhan teks tersebutmenjelaskan tentang Peter. Paragrafpertama menjelaskan ciri-ciri fisik dansifat-sifat Peter. Paragraf keduamenjelaskan kegemaran Peter.
11. From the text we know that Peter is________.A. the writer’s youngest brotherB. the writer’s elder brotherC. a naughty boyD. a friendly boyJawaban: ADalam kalimat pertama dan keduaparagraf pertama terdapat kalimat ”Peter isthe youngest in our family. He is fourteenyears old and four years younger thanme.”. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa Peteradalah saudara laki-laki penulis yangpaling bungsu. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
12. Based on the text we know that thewriter is ________ years old.A. fourteen B. sixteenC. eighteen D. nineteenJawaban: CKalimat kedua paragraf satu menyatakan”He is fourteen years old and four yearsyounger than me.” yang artinya ”Ia (Peter)berusia 14 tahun dan 4 tahun lebih mudadari saya (penulis).”. Jadi, usia penulisadalah 14 + 4 = 18 (eighteen). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan teks.
13. “Peter is interested in sports verymuch, and at school he plays footballand tennis.”The underlined phrase can be replacedby ________.A. dislikes sportB. really likes sportC. hates sport very muchD. finds sport not really entertaining
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008Jawaban: BFrasa yang digarisbawahi artinya ’sangattertarik pada olahraga’. Frasa tersebutartinya sama dengan ’really likes sport’yang artinya ’benar-benar menyukai
olahraga’. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya tidak menyukaiolahraga, (C) artinya sangat membenciolahraga, dan (D) artinya mendapatiolahraga tidak benar-benar menghibur.
Read the text and answer questions 14 to 17.
Things you’ll need:● a blender
Ingredients:● 1 avocado (ripe)● 500 ml cold milk● 250 ml cold water● 150 grams sugar● 3–5 drops vanilla essence
Steps:1. Peel the avocado and remove seed.2. Put the pulp of the avocado along with the
sugar in a blender, and blend well.3. Add the milk, water and vanilla essence,
and blend for 1 minute.4. Garnish and serve.
Source: October 5, 2009 <http://www.wikihow.com/Make-Avocado-Juice>
14. What is the purpose of the text?A. To describe avocadoes.B. To describe avocado juice.C. To inform the function of a blender.D. To tell the steps of making avocado
juice.Jawaban: DTeks tersebut merupakan teks procedure,yang menjelaskan cara membuat jusalpukat, yang disimpulkan dari kata ’Steps’yang artinya ’Langkah-langkah’. Jadi,tujuan teks tersebut adalah menjelaskanlangkah-langkah membuat jus alpukat.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
15. The following are the ingredients that youneed to make avocado juice, except________.A. an unripe avocadoB. cold milkC. cold waterD. vanilla essenceJawaban: AYang bukan merupakan bahan untukmembuat jus alpukat adalah alpukatmentah (unripe avocado). Untuk membuat
202 Latihan Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas
jus alpukat dibutuhkan alpukat matang,bukan mentah. Hal itu sesuai denganbahan pertama yang disebutkan, yaitu”1 avocado (ripe)”. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena merupakan bahan-bahanyang diperlukan seperti yang tertulis dalamtahap ’Ingredients’.
16. Where do you put the pulp of the avocado?A. In a glass. B. In a blender.C. In a bowl. D. In a microwave.Jawaban: BJawaban diketahui dari langkah kedua”Put the pulp of the avocado along with thesugar in a blender . . . .”. Jadi, pilihanjawaban (B) benar.
17. “Add the milk, water and vanilla essence,and blend for 1 minute.” (Step 3)The bold-typed word has a similar meaningto ________.A. solution B. granuleC. mixture D. substanceJawaban: DKata ’essence’ dan ’substance’ memilikiarti yang sama, yaitu ’intisari’. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya larutan, (B) artinya butir/biji, dan(C) artinya campuran.
Read the text and answer questions 18 and 19.
5 Tips for Mental Health
1. Build confidence.Identify your abilities and weaknessestogether. Accept them, build on them anddo the best with what you have.
2. Eat right, keep fit.A balanced diet, exercise and rest canhelp you reduce stress and enjoy life.
3. Make time for family and friends.These relationships need to be nurtured;if taken for granted, they will not be thereto share life’s joys and sorrows.
4. Manage stress.We all have stressors in our lives.However, learn how to deal with them.
5. Learn to be at peace with yourself.Get to know who you are, what makes youreally happy, and learn to balance what youcan and cannot change about yourself.
Source: October 6, 2009 <http://www.cmha.ca/bins/content_page.asp?cid=4-42-214>
18. Why are a balanced diet, exercise and restgood for our mental health?A. They build our confidence.B. They help us identify our abilities.C. They help us reduce stress and enjoy
life.D. They help us manage our stress.Jawaban: CJawaban dapat diketahui dari tips kedua,yaitu kalimat ”A balanced diet, exerciseand rest can help you reduce stress andenjoy life.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
19. “However, learn how to deal with them.”What does the bold-typed word refer to?A. The stressors.B. The stress.C. Families.D. Friends.Jawaban: AKata ’them’ dalam kalimat tersebutmengacu pada kata benda yang telahdisebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya,yaitu ’stressors’ (hal-hal yangmenimbulkan ketegangan) pada kalimat”We all have stressors in our lives.”.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat.
Read the text and answer questions 20 to 23.
I live in a flat near my school. My house isdesigned for four member family. We havea living room, a kitchen, two bedrooms,a lavatory and a bathroom. In the front doorthere is a peephole.
Opposite the front door is the living room.It also becomes our family room. There are twocarpets, two armchairs and two stools, a coffeetable, a table for old record, seven beautifulflowers and four pictures in it. In the living roomthere are also a TV set, a great mirror and twotable lamps. Near the living room there area lavatory and a bathroom with two washers,a great mirror, a sink and a bath tub. There isa passage from the living room to the kitchen.
In the kitchen there are a carpet, a table,four chairs, a rubbish bin, flowers and a fridge.In this room I also put many cooking utensils,such as plates, knives, spoons, forks, etc. In mybedroom there is a computer on the computer
203PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
table. Besides, there are also a TV set, stereoand hi-fi systems, a bed for me, a table anda great bookcase.
Adapted from: October 5, 2009 <http://referaty-seminarky.sk/description-of-my-house/>
20. What is the text about?A. The writer’s school.B. The writer’s house.C. The writer’s family.D. The writer’s room.Jawaban: BSecara keseluruhan teks tersebutmenjelaskan rumah penulis (the writer’shouse). Hal itu juga didukung kalimat-kalimat awal paragraf, yaitu ”I live in a flatnear my school. My house is designed forfour member family.”.
21. Where is the bathroom?A. Near the kitchen.B. Behind the kitchen.C. Near the living room.D. Behind the dining room.Jawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kelimaparagraf dua, yaitu ”Near the living roomthere are a lavatory and a bathroom . . . .”.Jadi, kamar mandi berada di dekat ruangtamu. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan teks.
22. Which of the following statements is NOTTRUE according to the text?A. The peephole is in the front door.B. There is a passage from the living
room to the bathroom.C. There is a great mirror in the bathroom.D. The computer is in the writer’s bedroom.Jawaban: BPernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teksadalah adanya lorong antara ruang tamudan kamar mandi. Hal itu tidak sesuaidengan kalimat terakhir paragraf dua”There is a passage from the living room tothe kitchen.”. Jadi, lorong berada di antararuang tamu dan dapur.
23. “. . . seven beautiful flowers and fourpictures in it.” (Paragraph 2)What does the bold-typed word refer to?A. The house. B. The living room.C. The kitchen. D. The bathroom.
Jawaban: BKata ’it’ dalam kalimat tersebut mengacupada tempat yang telah disebutkan padakalimat sebelumnya, yaitu ruang tamu (theliving room) pada kalimat ”Opposite thefront door is the living room.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi teks.
Read the text and answer questions 24 to 27.
A Paper Boat
Material:● A4 paper
Steps:1. Take a sheet of paper of the size A4
(8½" 11"). Fold the upper half down.2. Find the center line by folding the left side
on the right side and by unfolding.3. Fold downward both upper triangles.4. At the bottom fold the top strip upward.5. Fold the two small triangles on the left and
on the right backwards to make themdisappear.
6. Turn the paper over and fold the otherlower strip upwards. You have formed thewell known hat.
7. Turn the hat 90 degrees and open it. Thethumbs must be inside. Lay the upper andthe lower parts on each other.
8. Fold the lower front triangle upwards.9. Turn the paper over and fold up the other
lower triangle. You get a hat withouta brim.
10. Open the hat again and put the upper parton the lower one.
11. Pull the upper corners of the triangles bothto the right and left. The paper boat isfinished!
12. Stretch the boat both to the right and left,and then separate it slightly fromunderneath so it can float.
Source: August 30, 2009 <http://educ.queensu.ca/~fmc/june2003/PaperShip.html>
24. What is the text about?A. A boat.B. A nice paper boat.C. How to make paper.D. How to make a paper boat.
204 Latihan Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas
Jawaban: DTeks tersebut merupakan teks procedurekarena berisi ’Material’ (bahan) dan ’Steps’(langkah-langkah). Teks tersebutmenjelaskan cara membuat perahu kertas(how to make a paper boat). Hal itu jugadikuatkan dengan kalimat pada langkahkesebelas, yaitu ”The paper boat isfinished!”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
25. What should you do to make the smalltriangles in the bottom disappear?A. Fold them backwards.B. Fold them upwards.C. Turn them over.D. Open them upwards.Jawaban: ADalam langkah kelima dinyatakan ”Foldthe two small triangles on the left and onthe right backwards to make themdisappear.”. Jadi, yang dilakukan supayasegitiga kecil di bagian bawah tidak terlihatadalah dengan melipatnya ke arahsebaliknya (fold them backwards). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban(B) artinya melipat segitiga kecil ke atas,(C) artinya membalik segitiga keciltersebut, dan (D) artinya membukasegitiga kecil tersebut ke atas.
26. “. . . and open it.” (Step 7)The bold-typed word refers to ________.A. the paper B. the boatC. the hat D. the triangleJawaban: CKata ’it’ dalam kalimat tersebut mengacupada benda yang telah disebutkan padaklausa sebelumnya, yaitu hat (topi) padaklausa ”Turn the hat 90 degrees . . . .”.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
27. “You get a hat without a brim.” (Step 9)The bold-typed word has a similar meaningto ________.A. border B. centerC. corner D. topJawaban: AKata ’brim’ dan ’border’ memiliki arti yangsama, yaitu pinggir. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya
pusat/tengah, (C) artinya pojok, dan(D) artinya puncak.
Read the text and answer questions 28 and 29.
How to Use a Fire Extinguisher
28. What is the purpose of the text?A. To tell how to extinguish fire.B. To tell how to use a fire extinguisher.C. To describe a fire extinguisher.D. To persuade people to use a fire
extinguisher.Jawaban: BTeks tersebut merupakan manual yangmenjelaskan cara menggunakanpemadam api (how to use a fireextinguisher). Hal itu diketahui dari judulteks (How to Use a Fire Extinguisher) yangdiikuti langkah-langkah pemakaiannya.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
29. “Squeeze the lever.” (Step 3)What does the bold-typed word mean?A. Hold firmly. B. Pull firmly.C. Push firmly. D. Press firmly.Jawaban: DKata ’squeeze’ artinya ’tekan dengan kuat’(press firmly). Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinyamemegang dengan kuat, (B) artinyamenarik dengan kuat, dan (C) artinyamendorong dengan kuat.
Read the text and answer questions 30 to 33.
Stevie Wonder
One of my favorite musicians is StevieWonder. He is a singer, a song writer,a multi-instrumentalist and a record producer.
He is a man who speaks to anyone’s souland spirit. There are many great characteristicsof this man. But, there are two key aspects ofStevie Wonder that need description, i.e. hispersonality and his music.
Hold upright.Pull the ringpin.
Picture source: www.globalsecurity
Start back 8feet. Aim at thebase of fire.
Squeeze thelever. Sweepside to side.
1 2 3
205PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
Stevie Wonder has got the triumph throughhardship. As do most of us, Stevie Wonder hasbeen through great trials and tribulations on hispath of life. He is blind and is never able to fullyenjoy the beauty of the world around him.However, he then triumphs over this adversity.He uses his ability as a gifted musician to graceus with his masterpieces. This can tell us a lotabout a man who has the strength to carry on.It is not easy to write and sing a song in sucha condition. However, he can prove that he cando both, to write and to sing.
Adapted from: October 5, 2009<http://www.exampleessays.com/viewpaper/97479.html>
30. Who is Stevie Wonder?A. He is an actor.B. He is an athlete.C. He is a musician.D. He is a dancer.Jawaban: CStevie Wonder adalah seorang musisi. Halitu diketahui dari kalimat awal teks, yaitu”One of my favorite musicians is StevieWonder.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
31. Why can’t Stevie Wonder enjoy the beautyof the world around him?A. He is deaf. B. He is blind.C. He is deaf-mute. D. He is paralyzed.Jawaban: BDalam kalimat ketiga paragraf tigadisebutkan ”He is blind and is never ableto fully enjoy the beauty of the worldaround him.”. Jadi, Stevie Wonder tidakdapat menikmati keindahan dunia disekitarnya karena ia buta (he is blind).Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya ia tuli, (C) artinya iabisu-tuli, dan (D) artinya ia lumpuh.
32. Which of the following statements is NOTTRUE about Stevie Wonder?A. Stevie Wonder is a talented musician.B. Stevie Wonder has got his success
through hardship.C. Stevie Wonder cannot play some
musical instruments.D. Stevie Wonder is a man who has the
strength to carry on.
Jawaban: CPernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teksadalah pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinyaStevie Wonder tidak dapat memainkan alatmusik. Hal itu tidak sesuai dengan kalimatkedua paragraf satu ”He is . . . a multi-instrumentalist . . . .”. Seoranginstrumentalist berarti orang yang mampumemainkan alat musik. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena sesuai dengan teks.Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimatkelima paragraf tiga, (B) sesuai dengankalimat pertama paragraf tiga, dan (D)sesuai dengan kalimat keenam paragraftiga.
33. “However, he then triumphs over thisadversity.” (Paragraph 3)The opposite meaning of the bold-typedword is ________.A. difficulty B. fortuneC. triumph D. failureJawaban: BKata ’adversity’ memiliki arti ’kemalangan’.Kata tersebut berlawanan makna dengankata ’fortune’ yang artinya keberuntungan.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya kesukaran, (C) artinyakeberhasilan, dan (D) artinya kegagalan.
Read the text and answer questions 34 to 37.
How to Show the Rusting of a Metal
Materials:● a coarse steel wool pad● a 10-ounce plastic glass● 1 tablespoon vinegar
Steps:1. Place the steel wool in the glass.2. Pour the vinegar over the steel wool.3. Observe the color of the steel wool
immediately, and then periodically for 2 ormore hours.
4. The steel wool is silvery in color at thebeginning of the experiment. As timepasses, parts of the steel wool havea reddish brown color.
Source: Science through the Ages
34. What do you pour over the steel wool?A. Water. B. A steel wool pad.C. Vinegar. D. A plastic glass.
206 Latihan Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas
Jawaban: CYang dituang di atas wol baja adalah cuka(vinegar). Hal itu sesuai dengan langkahkedua ”Pour the vinegar over the steelwool.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
35. How should you observe the color of thesteel wool?A. Immediately and periodically.B. Slowly and periodically.C. Immediately and once.D. Slowly and once.Jawaban: ADalam langkah ketiga dijelaskan ”Observethe color of the steel wool immediately andthen periodically for 2 or more hours.”.Jadi, warna wol baja seharusnya diamatidengan cepat dan pada waktu-waktutertentu (immediately and periodically).Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan teks.
36. What is the color of the steel wool as timepasses?A. Silver.B. Red.C. Brown.D. Reddish brown.Jawaban: DSetelah waktu berjalan, wol baja yangpada awal percobaan berwarna keperakanberubah menjadi cokelat kemerahan(reddish brown). Hal itu diketahui darilangkah keempat ”As time passes, parts ofthe steel wool have a reddish browncolor.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
37. “Materials: a coarse steel wool pad”The opposite meaning of the bold-typedword is ________.A. harsh B. smoothC. hard D. fluidJawaban: BKata ’coarse’ artinya kasar. Kata tersebutberlawanan makna dengan kata ’smooth’yang artinya lembut. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinyakasar, (C) artinya keras, dan (D) artinyatidak tetap atau berubah-ubah.
Read the text and answer questions 38 to 42.
My school is one of the most famousschools in our locality. It has a glorious past.It is a very big school with a number of 1,000students and 40 teachers. My school is locatedat the heart of the city.
My school consists of open spaces,an auditorium, a prayer hall, a big library andseparate laboratories for physics, chemistryand biology. There is a computer-learningcenter attached to the school. We have a vastplayground and it is regarded as one of thebiggest playgrounds in our town.
The principal and the teachers are highlyeducated and dedicated to the education.Hence, a high level of discipline is maintained.Our school always wants to impart the bestpossible education to the students. We havea parent-teacher association, an interactionclub and an alumni association. All of themfunction well.
Adapted from: October 6, 2009 <http://langcafe.net/?p=131>
38. The school is situated ________.A. at the center of the cityB. far from the city centerC. at the outskirts of the cityD. near the city centerJawaban: ADalam kalimat terakhir paragraf satudinyatakan ”My school is located at theheart of the city.”. Frasa ’heart of the city’artinya sama dengan ’center of the city’,yaitu pusat atau jantung kota. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban(B) artinya jauh dari pusat kota, (C) artinyadi pinggiran kota, dan (D) artinya di dekatpusat kota.
39. What is the main idea of paragraph two?A. The number of students in the school.B. The location of the school.C. The buildings in the school.D. Highly educated teachers.Jawaban: CSecara keseluruhan, paragraf duamenjelaskan jenis-jenis bangunan disekolah. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (B) terdapat dalamparagraf satu, sedangkan (D) terdapatdalam paragraf tiga.
207PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
40. The following statements are TRUEaccording to the text, except ________.A. the school is famous in the cityB. there are three separate laboratories
in the schoolC. a high level of discpline is maintained
in the schoolD. the parent-teacher association does
not function wellJawaban: DPernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teksadalah pilihan jawaban (D) yang artinyaorganisasi orang tua dan guru tidakberfungsi dengan baik. Hal itu tidak sesuaidengan kalimat keempat dan kelimaparagraf tiga, yaitu ”We have a parent-teacher association, an interaction club andan Alumni association. All of them functionwell.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban(A) sesuai dengan kalimat pertama paragrafsatu, (B) sesuai dengan kalimat pertamaparagraf dua, dan (C) sesuai dengankalimat kedua paragraf tiga.
41. “. . . and it is regarded as one of thebiggest play grounds in our town.”(Paragraph 2)What does the bold-typed word refer to?A. The school. B. The playground.C. The auditorium. D. The library.Jawaban: BKata ’it’ dalam kalimat tersebut mengacupada tempat yang disebutkan pada klausasebelumnya, yaitu ’playground’ (tamanbermain) pada klausa ”We have a vastplayground . . . .”. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena tidak sesuai dengankonteks kalimat.
42. “Our school always wants to impart the bestpossible education . . . .” (Paragraph 3)The bod-typed word has a similar meaningto ________.A. take B. getC. put D. giveJawaban: DKata ’impart’ dan ’give’ memiliki arti yangsama, yaitu memberi. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A)artinya mengambil, (B) artinyamemperoleh, dan (C) artinya menaruh.
For questions 43 to 46, choose the correctwords to complete the following text.
My best friend is John. Although he is(43) ________ a different class, we are bestfriends. John is very friendly and intelligent. Heis also a responsible one. As the captain of hisclass, the teachers (44) ________ him withmany important tasks. He always(45) ________ his work well. His favoritesubject at school is English. He can speakEnglish (46) ________.
43. A. inB. onC. behindD. besideJawaban: APreposisi yang tepat untuk mendahuluiketerangan tempat ’a different class’ adalah’in’ yang artinya ’di dalam’ (kelas yangberbeda). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat.
44. A. trustB. trustsC. trustedD. trustingJawaban: AKalimat soal menggunakan bentuk thesimple present tense dan subjek kalimattersebut berbentuk jamak, yaitu theteachers (para guru), sehingga kata kerjayang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimattersebut adalah trust. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah.
45. A. doB. doesC. didD. doingJawaban: BKalimat soal menggunakan bentuk thesimple present tense dan subjek kalimattersebut berupa kata ganti orang ketigatunggal, yaitu he, sehingga kata kerja yangtepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebutadalah does. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah.
46. A. beautifullyB. loudlyC. calmlyD. fluently
208 Latihan Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas
Jawaban: DKata keterangan cara (adverb of manner)yang paling tepat untuk melengkapi frasa’berbicara dalam bahasa Inggris’ adalahfluently (dengan lancar). Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah; (A) artinya dengan indah,(B) artinya dengan keras, dan (C) artinyadengan tenang.
For questions 47 and 48, rearrange thefollowing words into a good sentence.
47. the – off – of – keep – reach – children1 2 3 4 5 6
The acceptable arrangement of thejumbled words above is ________.A. 4–2–1–6–3–5 B. 4–2–3–5–1–6C. 4–2–1–5–3–6 D. 4–2–3–6–1–5Jawaban: CSusunan kata yang tepat adalah ”Keep offthe reach of children” yang artinya”Jauhkan dari jangkauan anak-anak”.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak membentuk kalimat yang logis.
48. come – health – hope – out – soon – you – 1 2 3 4 5 6
good – with – we 7 8 9
The correct arrangement of the jumbledwords above is ________.A. 9–3–6–1–4–8–7–2–5B. 9–3–8–7–2–5–6–1–4C. 9–3–6–7–2–8–1–4–5D. 9–3–5–8–7–2–6–1–4Jawaban: ASusunan kata yang tepat adalah ”We hopeyou come out with good health soon” yangartinya ”Kami berharap kamu segerasembuh”. Kalimat tersebut merupakanucapan semoga cepat sembuh dalam getwell card. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak membentuk kalimat yanglogis.
For questions 49 and 50, rearrange thefollowing sentences into a good text.
49. (1) The building is very big and beautiful.In the Acropola there is a temple ofgod Pallas Athena, i.e. Perthenon.
(2) There are many shops with souvenirsand postcards in Greece. But the bestabout Greece is ice cream, which theyhave in many flavors.
(3) My favorite place for a holiday is Greece.(4) The capital of Greece, Athens, is
a very pretty city. It has a historicalbuilding named Acropola.
(5) Besides famous historical buildings,Greece has also beautiful beaches.The beaches are small and stony, butthe seas are clean. The weather isvery hot, it almost doesn’t rain there.
(6) It is situated in the south Europe.(7) They all look delicious and you can’t
resist.Adapted from: October 5, 2009 <http://referaty-
seminarky.sk/greece—my-ideal-place-for-a-holiday/>
Which one is the best arrangement tomake a good text?A. (3)–(6)–(5)–(1)–(7)–(2)–(4)B. (3)–(6)–(2)–(7)–(4)–(5)–(1)C. (3)–(6)–(4)–(7)–(5)–(2)–(1)D. (3)–(6)–(4)–(1)–(5)–(2)–(7)Jawaban: DSusunan kalimat yang tepat adalah:(3) Tempat favorit saya untuk liburanadalah Yunani; (6) Yunani terletak dibagian selatan Eropa; (4) Ibu kota Yunani,Atena, merupakan kota yang sangat indah.Kota itu memiliki bangunan bersejarahyang bernama Acropola; (1) Bangunantersebut sangat besar dan indah. Di dalamAcropola terdapat patung dewa Atena,yaitu Perthenon; (5) Selain bangunanbersejarah terkenal, Yunani memiliki pantaiyang indah. Pantai tersebut kecil danberbatu, tetapi lautnya bersih. Udarasangat panas, hampir tidak ada hujan disana; (2) Ada banyak toko yang menjualcinderamata dan kartu pos di Yunani.Namun, yang terbaik di Yunani adalah eskrim dengan berbagai rasa; (7) Es krimtersebut tampak sangat lezat dan kamutidak dapat menahan keinginan untukmencicipinya. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena bukan merupakan urutankalimat yang tepat.
209PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
50.
1 2
3 4
Arrange these sentences based on thepictures above to make cookinginstructions.1. Put noodles into 2 glasses of
briskly boiling water.2. Your delicious noodles are ready to
be served.3. Put the seasoning, vegetables oil
and chilli powder in a bowl.
4. Mix the noodles well with all of theseasoning.
5. Cook the noodles and simmer for3 minutes.
A. 4–3–5–1–2B. 2–1–5–3–4C. 3–5–1–4–2D. 1–5–3–4–2
Ujian Nasional 2005/2006Jawaban: DKalimat-kalimat soal merupakan petunjuk/prosedur memasak mi sesuai gambaryang tersedia. Berdasarkan gambar, dapatdiketahui bahwa urutan cara memasak miyang benar adalah: (1) masukkan mi kedalam dua gelas air yang mendidihdengan cepat; (5) Masak mi dan rebusselama 3 menit; (3) Masukkan bumbu,minyak sayur, dan bubuk cabe ke dalammangkuk; (4) Aduk mi dengan baik dengansemua bumbu; (2) Mi yang lezat siapdisajikan.
210 Latihan Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas
Aguestien, H.I.R., Bachtiar B.M., Joko S., Yuniarti D.A. 2008. New Let’s Talk Grade VII for JuniorHigh School (SMP/MTs). Bandung: Pakar Raya.
Azar, B.S. 1993. Understanding and Using English Grammar (Second Edition). New Jersey:Prentice hall, Inc.
Blundell, J., J. Higgens and N. Middlemiss. 1992. Function in English. Oxford: Oxford UniversityPress.
Curry, Dean. 1996. Easy Does It. Washington D.C.: The Material Branch.Doff, A. and C. Jones. 1994. Language in Use Intermediate. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Echols, J. M. and H. Shadily. 1989. Kamus Indonesia–Inggris. Jakarta: PT Gramedia Pustaka Utama.______. 1989. Kamus Inggris–Indonesia. Jakarta: PT Gramedia Pustaka Utama.Hornby, A.S. 2002. Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Priyana, J., A. R. Irjayanti and V. Renitasari. 2008. Scaffolding English for Junior High School
Students Grade VII. Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.Richard, J.C. 1989. American Breakthrough 2. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Seaton, A., Mew, Y.H. 2002. English Grammar for Students. Learners Publishing Pte Ltd.Tan, L. ?. Week by Week English Practice Papers Primary 2. Singapore: Success Publications
Pte, Ltd.Teo, Kristine. 2002. Primary English Cloze Passages. Singapore: Postkid.cmPte Ltd.Wardiman, A., M.B. Jahur, M.S. Djusma. 2008. English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School
(SMP/MTs). Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.Wiese, J. 2000. Head to Toe Science. Canada: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
210 Daftar Pustaka
